Anda di halaman 1dari 690

System Configuration Guide

A320 Family
Issue 6, Revision 1

January 2012
Document in accordance with the following Standard Specifications:
A318-100 P 000 01000 issue 04
A319-100 J 000 01000 issue 07
A320-200 D 000 02000 issue 08
A321-200 E 000 02000 issue 05

Authorized by BSMC
CC1200001

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

[ REF-2]

A320 Family
Title

Table of contents
ATA

Title

ATA

Introduction

00

Water/waste

38

Certification and external livery

02

Information systems

46

General aircraft design criteria

03

Auxiliary Power Unit (APU)

49

Placards and markings

11

Structures

51

Air conditioning

21

Doors

52

Auto flight

22

Fuselage

53

Communications

23

Stabilizers

55

Electrical power

24

Windows

56

Equipment/furnishings

25

Wings

57

Fire protection

26

Engines

72

Fuel

28

Engine fuel and control

73

Hydraulic power

29

Oil

79

Ice and rain protection

30

Indicating/recording systems

31

Landing gear

32

Lights

33

Navigation

34

Oxygen

35

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page TOC-1

A320 Family

Table of contents

Intentionally left blank

Table of Contents

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page TOC-2

A320 Family

Detailed table of contents

TITLE

Page

ATA ref

Introduction

[00]

00.00.200 - Introduction

[00-2]

Certification and external livery

[02]

02.10.104 - Certification of dynamically tested passenger seats


02.10.111 - Compliance with FAA type certification requirements
02.10.112 - Partial compliance with FAA type certification requirements
02.10.120 - 15 knots tailwind certification
02.10.123 - Operation on runways with reduced width
02.10.190 - ETOPS 120/180 min
02.12.122 - Compliance status with EU-OPS 1
02.12.123 - Compliance with CS25/FAR 25.562 (Head Injury Criteria - HIC)
02.12.130 - EASA certification of Take Off/Landing operation on wet grooved / PFC
runways
02.40.101 - External livery

General aircraft design criteria


03.20.300 - Design weights (A318)
03.20.400 - Design weights (A319)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

10
12
16
20
22
24
30
32
34

[02-2]
[02-4]
[02-8]
[02-12]
[02-14]
[02-16]
[02-22]
[02-24]
[02-26]

36

[02-28]

39

[03]

40
44

[03-2]
[03-6]

Page DTOC-1

Detailed table
of contents
Detailed
table
of contents
TITLE
03.20.500 - Design weights (A320)
03.20.600 - Design weights (A321)

Placards and markings


11.00.124 - Installation of leasing identification plates
11.20.100 - Second language for door operation external placards and markings
11.20.110 - Second language for selected external placards and markings
11.20.119 - Nose Landing Gear (NLG) permanent steering markers
11.20.135 - Second language for residual cabin & cargo pressure exterior door warning
placards
11.21.101 - Emergency cut-out markings
11.22.100 - Landing gear placards
11.30.100 - Installation of additional access placards in forward and aft cargo holds
11.30.121 - Second language for cargo compartment placards
11.30.136 - US and metric units for cargo compartment height placards
11.33.101 - Placard for flight crew oxygen system

A320 Family
Page
48
52

57

ATA ref
[03-10]
[03-14]

[11]

58
60
62
64
68

[11-2]
[11-4]
[11-6]
[11-8]
[11-12]

72
76
78
82
86
90

[11-16]
[11-20]
[11-22]
[11-26]
[11-30]
[11-34]

Air conditioning

93

[21]

21.20.108 - Cabin air recirculation filter cartridges equipment selection


21.22.100 - Installation of electrical heaters for foot air outlets in the cockpit
21.26.110 - Avionics ventilation fan automatic speed reduction

94
98
102

[21-2]
[21-6]
[21-10]

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page DTOC-2

A320 Family

Detailed table of contents

TITLE
21.27.108 - Avionics ventilation air filter alternate equipment
21.28.201 - Installation of ventilation system for forward cargo hold
21.28.210 - Installation of ventilation system for complete aft cargo hold
21.41.100 - Installation of front air outlets at flight crew foot level
21.43.201 - Installation of heating system for forward cargo hold
21.43.204 - Installation of heating system for complete aft cargo hold
21.70.109 - Installation of ozone catalytic converters

Auto flight
22.00.104 - Automatic landing capability
22.70.100 - Flight Management (FM) kits alternate equipment
22.81.143 - Inhibition of the expedite pushbutton
22.82.103 - Installation of third Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU)

Communications
23.00.132 - Installation (based on basic common provision) of Emergency Locator
Transmitter (ELT)
23.11.102 - Full provision for single HF system
23.11.111 - Full provision for dual HF system
23.11.116 - Installation of single HF system (SFE)
23.11.131 - Installation of single HF system and full provision for second one (SFE)
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page
106
110
114
118
120
124
128

131
132
134
138
142

ATA ref
[21-14]
[21-18]
[21-22]
[21-26]
[21-28]
[21-32]
[21-36]

[22]
[22-2]
[22-4]
[22-8]
[22-12]

145

[23]

148

[23-4]

152
156
160
162

[23-8]
[23-12]
[23-16]
[23-18]
Page DTOC-3

Detailed table
of contents
Detailed
table
of contents
TITLE
23.11.155 - Installation of dual HF system (SFE)
23.11.167 - Additional wiring for HF Data Link (HFDL) function
23.11.169 - Activation of HF Data Link (HFDL) function
23.12.130 - VHF Data Radio (VDR) alternate equipment
23.13.100 - Installation of alternate Radio Management Panel (RMP)
23.13.101 - Installation of third Radio Management Panel (RMP)
23.13.105 - Activation of RMP std 4 frequency load function
23.28.170 - Installation of AERO H+/SBB SATCOM cockpit voice interface
23.28.210 - Installation of SATCOM AERO H+ SRT 2100B system
23.28.211 - Installation of SwiftBroadband (SBB) SATCOM system
23.50.110 - Installation of additional Audio Control Panel (ACP) and jack panel
23.50.135 - Installation of headset for fourth occupant
23.50.138 - Cockpit hand microphone alternate equipment
23.51.103 - Installation of active noise canceling boomsets (SFE)
23.51.136 - Boomsets alternate equipment
23.51.139 - Boomsets alternate equipment with two jack plugs
23.70.110 - Installation of a video monitoring system
23.71.103 - Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR) alternate equipment
23.71.110 - Recorder Independent Power Supply (RIPS) - 28VDC power supply for CVR
23.71.120 - System provision for CVR capable of data link recording
23.73.200 - Installation of cockpit and cabin alert switches (Aircraft Security Project)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A320 Family
Page
166
170
172
174
178
180
184
186
188
192
196
200
204
206
210
214
218
220
224
226
228

ATA ref
[23-22]
[23-26]
[23-28]
[23-30]
[23-34]
[23-36]
[23-40]
[23-42]
[23-44]
[23-48]
[23-52]
[23-56]
[23-60]
[23-62]
[23-66]
[23-70]
[23-74]
[23-76]
[23-80]
[23-82]
[23-84]

Page DTOC-4

A320 Family

Detailed table of contents

TITLE

Electrical power
24.55.101 - Passenger Address (PA) power supply in emergency condition with batteries
OFF

Equipment/furnishings
25.10.108 - Installation of paper holder on the glareshield
25.11.102 - Pilot seats alternate covers - sheepskin
25.11.208 - Installation of fourth occupant seat in cockpit
25.27.100 - Installation of heated floor panels for fwd passenger/crew/service door area
25.27.101 - Installation of On/off switch for heated floor panels
25.50.137 - Rubber seal profile for cargo compartment floor panels
25.50.510 - Basic full bulk configuration selection in forward and aft cargo holds
25.50.520 - Installation of reinforced floor panels for heavy bulk usage in forward and aft
cargo holds
25.52.190 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in forward cargo hold
(A320)
25.52.191 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in forward cargo hold
(A321)
25.52.202 - Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in forward cargo hold - sliding
carpet system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page

ATA ref

231

[24]

232

[24-2]

235

[25]

238
240
244
248
252
254
258
262

[25-4]
[25-6]
[25-10]
[25-14]
[25-18]
[25-20]
[25-24]
[25-28]

268

[25-34]

272

[25-38]

274

[25-40]

Page DTOC-5

Detailed table
of contents
Detailed
table
of contents
TITLE
25.52.204 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold
(A319/A320)
25.52.205 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold
(A321)
25.52.212 - Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in aft cargo hold - sliding
carpet system
25.52.304 - Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward and aft
cargo holds (A320/A321)
25.52.310 - Fixed provision for occasional bulk capability in forward and aft cargo holds
(A320/A321)
25.52.315 - Full electrical provision for semi-automatic CLS
25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability in fwd and
aft cargo holds
25.52.407 - Bulk loading capability in aft cargo hold door area behind two ULDs (A319)
25.52.410 - Full provision for installation of special container in aft cargo hold, door area
(A319)
25.52.500 - Installation of continuous side guides in forward cargo hold
25.52.511 - Installation of continuous side guides in aft cargo hold

Fire protection
26.20.103 - Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) fire extinguisher alternate equipment
26.21.104 - Engine fire extinguishers alternate equipment
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A320 Family
Page
278

ATA ref
[25-44]

282

[25-48]

284

[25-50]

288

[25-54]

294

[25-60]

298
300

[25-64]
[25-66]

304
308

[25-70]
[25-74]

312
316

[25-78]
[25-82]

319

[26]

320
324

[26-2]
[26-6]
Page DTOC-6

A320 Family

Detailed table of contents

TITLE
26.23.103 - Cargo holds fire extinguisher alternate equipment
26.23.111 - Cargo holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS 120 min
26.23.112 - Cargo holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS 180 min

Fuel
28.11.133 - Full provision for installation of one Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft cargo
hold
28.11.140 - Full provision for installation of two/one Additional Center Tanks (ACTs) in aft
cargo hold
28.11.225 - Installation of one Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft cargo hold
28.11.235 - Installation of two Additional Center Tanks (ACTs) in aft cargo hold
28.25.107 - Installation of additional refuel/defuel coupling in LH wing
28.25.110 - Installation of fuel quantity preselector in cockpit
28.25.130 - Relocation of refuel/defuel control panel

Hydraulic power
29.10.110 - Hydraulic Engine Driven Pumps (EDPs) alternate equipment
29.21.104 - Electropumps alternate equipment

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page
328
330
334

ATA ref
[26-10]
[26-12]
[26-16]

337

[28]

338

[28-2]

342

[28-6]

346
352
356
360
364

[28-10]
[28-16]
[28-20]
[28-24]
[28-28]

367

[29]

368
372

[29-2]
[29-6]

Page DTOC-7

Detailed table
of contents
Detailed
table
of contents
TITLE

Ice and rain protection


30.41.102 - Installation of intermittent function of windshield wipers
30.70.108 - Extended freezing protection
30.81.105 - Installation of dual advisory ice detection system

Indicating/recording systems
31.00.107 - US units for indicators and labels
31.14.103 - Overhead panel toggle switches re-orientation
31.33.051 - Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU) alternate equipment
31.33.132 - Installation of Quick Access Recorder (QAR/WGL-QAR)
31.33.200 - Solid State Flight Data Recorder (SSFDR) alternate equipment
31.33.210 - Digital Flight Data Recorder System (DFDRS) capabilities
31.36.161 - Installation of Digital AIDS Recorder (DAR/WGL-DAR) (BFE)
31.60.114 - Indication of metric altitude on Primary Flight Display (PFD)
31.60.120 - Installation of Electronic Instrument System (EIS2)
31.65.100 - Activation of Minimum Off Route Altitude (MORA) on Navigation Display (ND)

Landing gear
32.40.113 - Wheels and brakes alternate equipment
32.41.111 - Main Landing Gear (MLG) tires selection and alternate equipment

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A320 Family
Page

ATA ref

375

[30]

376
380
382

[30-2]
[30-6]
[30-8]

387

[31]

388
392
396
402
406
410
412
416
420
422

[31-2]
[31-6]
[31-10]
[31-16]
[31-20]
[31-24]
[31-26]
[31-30]
[31-34]
[31-36]

425

[32]

426
430

[32-2]
[32-6]

Page DTOC-8

A320 Family

Detailed table of contents

TITLE
32.41.120 - Nose Landing Gear (NLG) tires selection
32.48.200 - Installation of universal brake cooling fans
32.49.109 - Installation of Tire Pressure Indicating System (TPIS) on twin wheel

Lights
33.12.109 - Changes in cockpit illumination (excluding instrument and panel lighting)
33.43.000 - Runway turnoff lights
33.46.000 - Taxi and take-off lights

Navigation
34.00.108 - QNH/QFE BARO setting
34.13.105 - Installation of aspirated Total Air Temperature (TAT) probes
34.13.106 - Pitot probes alternate equipment
34.15.101 - Angle Of Attack (AOA) sensors alternate equipment
34.20.203 - Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS) optional functions
34.35.109 - System provision for Head Up Display (HUD) system installation
34.35.110 - Installation (based on provision) of Head Up Display (HUD) system
34.41.302 - Full single Weather Radar (WXR) system alternate equipment
34.41.310 - Installation of dual Weather Radar (WXR) System
34.42.101 - Radio altimeters alternate equipment

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page
434
438
442

ATA ref
[32-10]
[32-14]
[32-18]

445

[33]

446
448
450

[33-2]
[33-4]
[33-6]

453

[34]

456
460
464
468
472
476
478
480
484
488

[34-4]
[34-8]
[34-12]
[34-16]
[34-20]
[34-24]
[34-26]
[34-28]
[34-32]
[34-36]

Page DTOC-9

Detailed table
of contents
Detailed
table
of contents
TITLE
34.42.117 - Radio altitude automatic call-outs
34.43.203 - Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) alternate equipment
(SFE)
34.43.250 - Installation of T2CAS
34.43.260 - T2CAS - Activation of alternate warnings
34.43.270 - Wiring provision for T3CAS
34.43.290 - Wiring provision for Aircraft Traffic Situation Awareness (ATSAW)
34.43.295 - Activation of ATSAW function
34.48.124 - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) - alternate
equipment
34.48.127 - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) alternate warnings
34.48.132 - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) - optional functions
34.51.101 - Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) interrogators alternate equipment
34.52.117 - Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Broadcast (ADS-B OUT)
34.52.133 - Compliance with European enhanced surveillance (EHS) regulation
34.52.140 - Air Traffic Control (ATC) control panel alternate equipment
34.53.109 - Full provision for second Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system
34.53.111 - Single Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system alternate equipment
34.53.119 - Installation of dual Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system
34.55.102 - VHF Omnidirectional Range (VOR)/Marker receivers alternate equipment
34.58.313 - Multi Mode Receiver (MMR) alternate equipment
34.58.316 - Activation of GLS function
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A320 Family
Page
492
496

ATA ref
[34-40]
[34-44]

500
502
504
506
508
510

[34-48]
[34-50]
[34-52]
[34-54]
[34-56]
[34-58]

512
514
516
520
522
524
528
532
536
540
544
548

[34-60]
[34-62]
[34-64]
[34-68]
[34-70]
[34-72]
[34-76]
[34-80]
[34-84]
[34-88]
[34-92]
[34-96]
Page DTOC-10

A320 Family

Detailed table of contents

TITLE
34.58.317 - Activation of FLS function
34.58.340 - Installation of MLS function for cat IIIb operation hosted by the MMR

Oxygen
35.11.102 - Installation of in-situ replenishment facility for cockpit oxygen cylinder
35.11.201 - Cockpit oxygen cylinder alternate equipment
35.20.010 - Installation of four oxygen masks per box
35.20.113 - Extended supply duration for passenger chemical oxygen system
35.20.114 - Extended supply duration for passenger gaseous oxygen system

Water/waste
38.10.104 - Installation of water conditioner in potable water system
38.41.101 - Installation of auxiliary compressor in the potable water pressurization
system

Information systems
46.21.102 - Installation of AIRBUS standard Airline Operational Communication (AOC)
software for ATSU
46.21.105 - Activation of ARINC 623 ATS applications in the ATSU
46.21.111 - Activation of VHF Data Link (VDL) Mode 2 function

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page
550
552

555
556
560
564
566
570

ATA ref
[34-98]
[34-100]

[35]
[35-2]
[35-6]
[35-10]
[35-12]
[35-16]

573

[38]

574
576

[38-2]
[38-4]

579

[46]

580

[46-2]

584
586

[46-6]
[46-8]

Page DTOC-11

Detailed table
of contents
Detailed
table
of contents
TITLE
46.21.140 - Installation of Future Air Navigation System (FANS) A+
46.21.142 - Installation of Future Air Navigation System (FANS) B+

Auxiliary Power Unit (APU)


49.00.105 - Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) alternate equipment

Structures
51.00.115 - Fuselage and wings extended corrosion prevention
51.22.250 - External livery decorative adhesive film
51.22.710 - Alternate paint system (CF primer/strippable) on standard areas (3 coats)

Doors
52.22.200 - Installation of additional emergency exits (A319)
52.51.100 - Installation of cockpit door release back-up system (MMEL conditions)
52.51.106 - Installation of modified door lock mechanism

Fuselage
53.30.050 - Belly fairing panels - extrusion strips
53.35.100 - Ram air inlet leading edge protection

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A320 Family
Page
588
590

ATA ref
[46-10]
[46-12]

593

[49]

594

[49-2]

597

[51]

598
604
608

[51-2]
[51-8]
[51-12]

611

[52]

612
616
618

[52-2]
[52-6]
[52-8]

621

[53]

622
626

[53-2]
[53-6]

Page DTOC-12

A320 Family

Detailed table of contents

TITLE

Stabilizers
55.30.101 - Installation of erosion protection on vertical stabilizer leading edge

Windows
56.10.102 - Cockpit windows alternate equipment

Wings
57.40.100 - Leading edge and leading edge devices
57.49.101 - Wing leading edge access panels - miscellaneous changes

Engines
72.00.118 - Engines selection and alternate equipment (A318)
72.00.119 - Engines selection and alternate equipment (A319)
72.00.120 - Engines selection and alternate equipment (A320)
72.00.121 - Engines selection and alternate equipment (A321)

Engine fuel and control


73.21.100 - Installation of additional sensors for engine health monitoring

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page

ATA ref

629

[55]

630

[55-2]

633

[56]

634

[56-2]

639

[57]

640
642

[57-2]
[57-4]

645

[72]

646
650
654
658

[72-2]
[72-6]
[72-10]
[72-14]

661

[73]

662

[73-2]

Page DTOC-13

Detailed table
of contents
Detailed
table
of contents
TITLE

Oil
79.00.101 - Engine, engine accessories and Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) alternate
lubricating oil
79.40.101 - Installation of Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) oil level viewing port on
engine RH fan cowl

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A320 Family
Page

ATA ref

665

[79]

666

[79-2]

670

[79-6]

Page DTOC-14

A320 Family
Reference

Title

00.00.200

Introduction

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Introduction 00

Page 1

[ 00-1]

A320 Family

00 Introduction
00.00.200 - Introduction
Description
1) General
This Configuration Guide is dedicated to the aircraft
models and associated Standard Specifications indicated on the first page.
This Configuration Guide offers various options defined
as "Airbus preferred solutions" to the customer.
When used in conjunction with the Standard Specification and the other Configuration Guides a complete customization of the Aircraft is possible through the
selection of the different items and associated technical
solutions.
2) Basic aircraft
This Configuration Guide starts from the theoretical basic aircraft as shown in the reference layout for weight
and performance calculations of the corresponding
Standard Specification and incorporating any relevant
Manufacturer Specification Change Notice (MSCN).

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

3) Instructions for use


This Configuration Guide encompasses a wide range of
options and in some circumstances, it is possible that a
particular combination of options cannot be achieved.
Therefore, the Configuration Guide must be used in
conjunction with the expertise and assistance of Airbus.
4) Lead-times
This Configuration Guide shows items for which a predefined technical solution has been developed and for
which the lead times have been studied. Provided the
schedule as defined in the customer definition milestone chart is respected, these items can be installed
without affecting the delivery lead time.
Caution:
Some items require longer lead-time than normal, and
therefore customer decisions prior to Contractual Definition Freeze (CDF) deadlines. These items are highlighted in this catalogue by a special remark: "Subject to
lead-time constraints". For these items, specific decision deadlines shall be identified in customer definition
milestones.

00.00.200

Page 2

[ 00-2]

Introduction 00

A320 Family
00.00.200 - Introduction (Continued)
5) Catalogue presentation
On each page, the following information is provided:
Air Transport Association of America (ATA) title and
section number
date of the issue of the catalogue
option reference
For each item, the description is structured in subparts:
objective of the item
basic aircraft definition related to the item
description of the item in terms of modifications, in
some cases commented by a note and/or illustrated
by drawings
EPAC selection mode for the item shows whether the
item is selectable by individual or global Request For
Change (RFC)/Specification Change Notice (SCN)
procedure
technical solutions: a table describes all technical solutions (called TDU: Technical Description Unit) associated to the item.
Note: For comparison purposes, some tables also show
the basic aircraft equipment, labelled Std (Standard) in
the TDU column.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

As far as possible, the arrangement of the items follows


the ATA 100 classification. The items are sorted by numerical order of reference numbers within a given ATA
chapter.
The different options bear a 7-digit reference number:
(e.g: 26.24.600) showing first the ATA (e.g. 26) and subATA (e.g. 24) classification, followed by a running number (e.g. 600).
Each technical solution (TDU) is referenced by a twodigit number (e.g. 02).
All items are listed in the Table Of Content (TOC) and
duplicated at the beginning of each chapter.
Definition of titles:
"... equipment selection", "... alternate equipment", "provisions for...", "Installation of...".
a) items titled "... equipment selection" relate to items
where the standard specification offers a choice of basic
equipment. For such items the customer is requested to
select from one of the choices on offer, unless alternate
equipment is required.

00.00.200

Page 3

[ 00-3]

A320 Family

00 Introduction
00.00.200 - Introduction (Continued)
b) items titled "...alternate equipment" relate to items
where the customer can choose equipment alternate to
that defined in the Standard Specification.

pend on successful product qualification and proof of


compliance with Airbus performance requirements and
customer expectations.

c) items titled "Provisions for..." relate to items where


the customer can add structural and/or system provisions to prepare the a/c for later installation.

Weights
Weight definitions are as follows:
MWE: Effect of RFC/SCN on Manufacturer's Weight
Empty
OWE: Effect of RFC/SCN on Operator's Weight
Empty
APL: Effect of RFC/SCN on Available Payload
All weights quoted are for one off unless otherwise stated.
TBD: Weight effects have yet to be determined for RFC/
SCN.
Negl: Weight effect is small and will be taken as zero for
individual RFC/SCN.
Weights for alternative items are delta weights to the
corresponding Standard Specification unless otherwise
stated.
Where the EPAC selection mode is Global the weight of
the item shall be part of the relevant Global RFC/SCN.
Any weights shown in the catalogue for such items are
for guidance only.

d) items titled "Installation of..." relate to items where the


customer can add functions/equipment/systems on top
of the standard definition.
Selection conditions
Specific selection conditions may be associated to an
item and are identified by an icon and a special remark
visible in the TDU table (see example in the figure hereafter).
Such solutions may be at the initial phases of development or first application on Airbus aircraft. For these
items commitment to quality, industrial and technical capabilities, on time delivery and customer support de-

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

00.00.200

Page 4

[ 00-4]

Introduction 00

A320 Family
00.00.200 - Introduction (Continued)
For some individual RFC/SCN the weight is dependent
on customer requirements, e.g. certain BFE items. The
weights for such items shall be taken for guidance only
and will be identified as such.
6) Definition handling
The customer's selection is recorded by Airbus in RFC
forms.
Then, a SCN is issued by Airbus, based on a customer's
RFC, and is submitted for customer's signature.
These RFCs/SCNs are issued before CDF directly on
customer request except if their content is to be adapted.
Global RFC/SCN
The global RFC consists of a checklist containing items
with considerable interdependence and equivalent
lead-times. The global RFC leads to the global SCN
which groups all selected items.
Individual RFC/SCN
The selection of individual items not covered by global
RFC/SCN is achieved via individual RFCs/SCNs.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Specific customer request


Items that are not mentioned in this Guide, or corresponding to a modified item, require specific customer
requests as a special feasibility study has to be initiated.
It is therefore essential for customers to review the Configuration Guide as soon as possible to identify which of
their requirements are covered and which are not.
This will allow the customers, with the assistance of Airbus, to raise in time the necessary specific requests related to items which are not covered by this Guide.
Such specific requests shall necessarily have an impact
in terms of lead times and resources and shall consequently lead to constraints and decisions that shall be
discussed in good faith between the customer and Airbus. Airbus hereby forewarns that this may lead to the
unfeasibility of certain requests.
7) Buyer's responsibility
All installation of equipment by any entity other than the
Manufacturer (including but not limited to the Buyer) for
which provisions are made or which are post-delivery of
the aircraft shall be made under the sole and full responsibility of the Buyer.

00.00.200

Page 5

[ 00-5]

A320 Family

00 Introduction
00.00.200 - Introduction (Continued)
The Buyer shall hold harmless and indemnify the Manufacturer against any claims or/and damages related directly or indirectly to an incorrect installation of an
equipment or to such equipment itself, whether defective or not.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

00.00.200

Page 6

[ 00-6]

Introduction 00

A320 Family
Figure 00-1 - Typical page description
Detailed description page

Chapter cover page

Option reference and title

with a list of available items


ATA title and section number

A320 Family 25 Equipment/furnishings

25 Equipment/furnishings

25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability in
fwd and aft cargo holds
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
To provide operational capability either to transport
ULDs and/or bulk freight up to a maximum average density of 15 lb/cu ft.

Reference

Title

25.52.212

Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in aft cargo hold - sliding carpet system

fender for protection devices for the rapid decom25.52.304


pression at frame 24 A.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO

A320 Family

Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward and aft cargo
holds (A320/A321)

25.52.310

Fixed provision for occasional bulk capability in forward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321)

Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200


Full bulk configuration and structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in the forward and aft cargo
holds.
System provision for CLS plus minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading system.

25.52.315

Full electrical provision for semi-automatic CLS

25.52.404

Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability in fwd and aft cargo
holds

25.52.407

Bulk loading capability in aft cargo hold door area behind two ULDs (A319)

25.52.410

Full provision for installation of special container in aft cargo hold, door area (A319)

25.52.500

Installation of continuous side guides in forward cargo hold

Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200


The modification consists of the installation of:
electrically powered semi-automatic CLS
additional tie-down fittings
door nets with stanchions and divider nets for the forward and aft cargo holds
reinforced cargo floor panels for heavy bulk usage for
the forward and aft cargo holds, flat parts only
drainage system
side wall/ceiling panels for bulk loading in the forward
and aft cargo holds

25.52.511

Installation of continuous side guides in aft cargo hold

Issue 6 Revision 01, January 2012

25.52.404

Date of the issue of the catalogue

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 246

[ 26-4] Issue 6 Revision 01, January 2012

Option reference

00.00.200

Page 243

[ 26-1]

page number
(ATA section + page number within the section)

Page 7

[ 00-7]

A320 Family

00 Introduction

Figure 00-2 - Example of technical solutions description table


Technical solution
identifier (TDU)

Selection
condition
remark
TDU

Title of the technical


solution and optional
remarks
Selection
condition

Applicable
series

Weights information
per series
MWE: Manufacturers Weight Empty
OWE: Operational Weight Empty
APL: Allowable Payload Change

Equipment information:
reference
vendor
PN (part numbers)
quantity
status (BFE or SFE)

Table 25-21 - Technical solutions description


Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)

MWE/OWE/APL

01

Semi-automatic CLS in fwd


and aft cargo holds - without
ACT provision (A320/A321)

A320-200
A321-200

122.0/122.0/-122.0
102.0/102.0/-102.0

02

Semi-automatic CLS in fwd


and aft cargo holds - with full
provision for one ACT (A320)

A320-200

153.0/153.0/-153.0

A321-200

133.0/133.0/-133.0

A320-200

177.0/177.0/-177.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Requires prior acceptance of


CN28.11.133/02 - Full provision for installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A320).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months.

03

Semi-automatic CLS in fwd


and aft cargo holds - with full
provision for one ACT (A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.133/01 - Full provision for installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A321)
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months.

04

Semi-automatic CLS in fwd


and aft cargo holds - with full
provision for two ACTs (A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.140/03 - Full provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A320).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

00.00.200

Page 8

[ 00-8]

A320 Family

Certification and external livery 02

Reference

Title

02.10.104

Certification of dynamically tested passenger seats

02.10.111

Compliance with FAA type certification requirements

02.10.112

Partial compliance with FAA type certification requirements

02.10.120

15 knots tailwind certification

02.10.123

Operation on runways with reduced width

02.10.190

ETOPS 120/180 min

02.12.122

Compliance status with EU-OPS 1

02.12.123

Compliance with CS25/FAR 25.562 (Head Injury Criteria - HIC)

02.12.130

EASA certification of Take Off/Landing operation on wet grooved / PFC runways

02.40.101

External livery

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 9

[ 02-1]

02 Certification and external livery

A320 Family

02.10.104 - Certification of dynamically tested passenger seats


Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
To certify passenger seats in accordance with seat
frame specification AI 2521M1F100000 for dynamically
tested passenger seats.
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200
A319/A320/A321
Passenger seats are certified in accordance with seat
frame specification AI 2520M1F000100.
A318
Passenger seats are certified in accordance with seat
frame specification AI 2521M1F000500 for dynamically
tested passenger seats.

Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200


Certification of dynamically tested passenger seats is
mandatory for FAA certification on A319 and A321, but
is already included in the following option:
CN02.10.111/01 - Compliance with FAA type certification requirements.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200


Passenger seats are certified in accordance with seat
frame specification AI 2521M1F100000 for dynamically
tested passenger seats.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

02.10.104

Page 10

[ 02-2]

Certification and external livery 02

A320 Family

Table 02-1 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

05

Certification of dynamically
tested passenger seats B/C

A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0

06

Certification of dynamically
tested passenger seats Y/C

A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Equipment
reference

02.10.104

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

Page 11

STS

[ 02-3]

02 Certification and external livery

A320 Family

02.10.111 - Compliance with FAA type certification requirements


Objective
To install all modifications to be in compliance with FAA
type certification requirements.
Basic aircraft
The aircraft is designed and constructed in accordance
with JAR-25 airworthiness requirements, and FAR-25
for US importation (see type certificate data sheet).
Description
The following changes shall be carried-out to be in compliance with the FAA Type Design of the respective Aircraft type:
A318-100
installation of ozone converters
installation of modified emergency exit inscription
and marking
installation of dynamically tested passenger seats as
per seat frame specification 2520 M1F 0005 00 (or
equivalent)
installation of weight placard on each overwing hatch
installation of passageways to emergency exits.
A319-100
installation of ozone converters

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

installation of modified emergency exit inscription


and marking
installation of dynamically tested passenger seats as
per seat frame specification 2520 M1F 0005 00 (or
equivalent)
installation of passageways to emergency exits.
A320-200
installation of ozone converters
installation of modified emergency exit inscription
and marking
installation of maximum 179 passenger seats
installation of passageways to emergency exits.
A321-200
installation of ozone converters
installation of dynamically tested passenger seats as
per seat frame specification 2520 M1F 0005 00 (or
equivalent)
installation of passageways to emergency exits.
Note
On US registered a/c the installation of variable geometry seats in conjunction with photoluminescent floormounted EEPMS is prohibited.

02.10.111

Page 12

[ 02-4]

A320 Family

Certification and external livery 02

02.10.111 - Compliance with FAA type certification requirements (Continued)


EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

02.10.111

Page 13

[ 02-5]

A320 Family

02 Certification and external livery


Table 02-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Compliance with FAA type certification requirements (A319/


A320/A321)

A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

20.0/20.0/-20.0
20.0/20.0/-20.0
20.0/20.0/-20.0

A318-100

20.0/20.0/-20.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

For A319 and A321, not compatible with


CN02.10.104 - 16 g Certification of
dynamically passenger seats.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN21.70.109 - Installation of ozone catalytic converters.
Selection of CN11.30.131/05 - Installation
of weight placards on overwing hatch is
recommended.

08

Compliance with FAA type certification requirements (A318)


Requires prior acceptance of
CN21.70.109 - Installation of ozone catalytic converters.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN11.30.131/05 - Installation of weight
placards on overwing hatch.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

02.10.111

Page 14

[ 02-6]

A320 Family

Certification and external livery 02

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

02.10.111

Page 15

[ 02-7]

02 Certification and external livery

A320 Family

02.10.112 - Partial compliance with FAA type certification requirements


Objective
To install all modifications except cabin arrangement requirements, to be partially in compliance with FAA type
certification requirements.

A320-200
installation of ozone converters
installation of modified emergency exit inscription
and marking.

Basic aircraft
The aircraft is designed and constructed in accordance
with JAR-25 airworthiness requirements, and FAR-25
for US importation (see type certificate data sheet).

A321-200
installation of ozone converters.

Description
The following changes shall be carried-out to be partially in compliance with the FAA Type Design of the respective aircraft type:
A318-100
installation of ozone converters
installation of modified emergency exit inscription
and marking
installation of weight placard on each overwing
hatch.
A319-100
installation of ozone converters
installation of modified emergency exit inscription
and marking.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Note
on US registered a/c the installation of variable geometry seats in conjunction with photoluminescent
floor-mounted EEPMS is prohibited.
upon the selection of this option, AIRBUS will, no later than 6 months before aircraft Industrial Delivery,
issue the FAA Type Design Statement to the end
customer including:
- "Compliance Status to the FAA Type Design" (List of
Modifications required to meet US Type Design)
- "Additional Requirements to obtain a US Standard Airworthiness Certificate" (Customization status for US operations).
the selection of this option ensures the partial compliance of the individual aircraft MSN to the FAA Type
Design, at the exclusion of the cabin layout.

02.10.112

Page 16

[ 02-8]

A320 Family

Certification and external livery 02

02.10.112 - Partial compliance with FAA type certification requirements (Continued)


the delivery of a US Standard Airworthiness Certificate at Aircraft ID is subject to a prior FAA validation
process of the Aircraft customized definition. AIRBUS will timely initiate and control this process provided the end customer delivers, no later than 6
months before Aircraft ID, the final N-Registration
marks allocated by the FAA to the individual aircraft
MSN. Failure to meet this objective may generate
changes to the contractual definition (de-validation of
Modifications not timely approved by the FAA or Delay of the aircraft ID
a revised FAA TD Statement will be provided at time
of delivery.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

02.10.112

Page 17

[ 02-9]

A320 Family

02 Certification and external livery


Table 02-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

04

Partial compliance with FAA


type certification requirements (without seat arrangement requirements)

A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

20.0/20.0/-20.0
20.0/20.0/-20.0
20.0/20.0/-20.0

A318-100

20.0/20.0/-20.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Requires prior acceptance of


CN21.70.109 - Installation of ozone catalytic converters.
Selection of CN11.30.131/05 - Installation
of weight placards on overwing hatch is
recommended.

06

Partial compliance with FAA


type certification requirements (without seat arrangement requir) (A318)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN21.70.109 - Installation of ozone catalytic converters.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN11.30.131/05 - Installation of weight
placards on overwing hatch.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

02.10.112

Page 18

[ 02-10]

A320 Family

Certification and external livery 02

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

02.10.112

Page 19

[ 02-11]

02 Certification and external livery

A320 Family

02.10.120 - 15 knots tailwind certification


Objective
To be able to take off with a tailwind component up to
15 knots depending on engine type.
Basic aircraft
In the absence of specific flight tests, the usual interpretation of the current certification requirements is to limit
the tailwind operations to a maximum component of
10 knots.
Description
In order to operate the aircraft at a tailwind component
up to 15 knots, severe conditions shall be conducted by
the aircraft manufacturer. This includes flight test demonstrations with 1.5 x the desired limit in terms of tailwind.

additional engine characteristics justifications with


tailwind, in particular in terms of engine inlet.
Note
Depending on the sensitivity of the engine inlet characteristics with a tailwind, a slower thrust application at
take-off may be necessary, which in turn may require
"rolling take-off procedure". Both effects may require
long take-off distances and consequent aircraft gross
weight penalties for a given runway length.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

The certification dossier for tailwind operations at takeoff shall include:


new performance justifications, updating of flight
manual and flight crew operating manual
additional handling qualities demonstrations in flight,
including justification/modifications (if necessary) of
the computers settings (angle of attack protection
settings, windshear warning ...)
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

02.10.120

Page 20

[ 02-12]

Certification and external livery 02

A320 Family

Table 02-4 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

15 knots tailwind certification


at take-off

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0

02.10.120

Page 21

[ 02-13]

02 Certification and external livery

A320 Family

02.10.123 - Operation on runways with reduced width


Objective
To authorize aircraft operation on runways with a width
comprised between 30 m and 45 m.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Basic aircraft
The standard aircraft is certificated for operation on runways with a minimum width of 45 m.
Description
Certification for operation on runways less than
45 meters wide (width comprised between 30 m and
45 m) is achieved by performing the following modifications:
new performance justifications, updating of flight
manuals and TLC
new definition of MMEL, updating of certification documents
adjustment of limitations (e.g. crosswind, autoland),
updating of MEL and CDL.
Note
For aircraft equipped with a CLS and operating on reduced runway width, it is recommended to select a bulk
loading option.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

02.10.123

Page 22

[ 02-14]

Certification and external livery 02

A320 Family

Table 02-5 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Aircraft Operation on runways


less than 45m wide
Not applicable in conjunction with PW
engines

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0

02.10.123

Page 23

[ 02-15]

02 Certification and external livery

A320 Family

02.10.190 - ETOPS 120/180 min


Objective
To make the design capable of 120/180 min maximum
diversion time from diversion airport at normal one engine inoperative cruise speed.
Basic aircraft
Basic certification is with class C cargo holds.
Description
Modifications concern the supply of some systems in
electrical emergency conditions and their reliability as
required by the applicable ETOPS Configuration Maintenance and Procedure (CMP) document at the time of
aircraft delivery.
Note
The precise list of modifications depends upon the selected configuration of the aircraft:
applicable airworthiness requirement
engine model
APU type
cargo hold ventilation, heating.

ETOPS operation authorization can only be obtained


through application by the operator to its national authority. During the operational life of the aircraft, additional modifications may be necessary to maintain
systems reliability at the required level. They are not
covered by this change.
Requires prior acceptance of CN26.23.111 - Cargo
holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS
120 min or CN26.23.112 - Cargo holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS 180 min.
It is mandatory to have at least one HF installed for
ETOPS 120/180. Therefore, this option requires prior
acceptance of CN23.11.116 - Installation of single HF
system (SFE), or CN23.11.131 - Installation of single
HF system and full provision for second one (SFE), or
CN23.11.155 - Installation of dual HF system (SFE).
If the aircraft makes extended over water flights, under
EU-OPS 1 requirements, it is the responsibility of the
operator to install slide rafts (EECG item CN25.62.102)
and two portable ELTs (EECG item CN25.65.305).
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

02.10.190

Page 24

[ 02-16]

A320 Family

Certification and external livery 02


Figure 02-1 - ETOPS - area of operation

(Non ETOPS twins)

Typical single engine speed

Typical single engine speed

60 minute rule

120 minute rule

Typical single engine speed

One engine failure flight path


(condition of ETOPS requirement)

180 minute rule

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

02.10.190

Page 25

[ 02-17]

A320 Family

02 Certification and external livery


Figure 02-2 - ETOPS 120/180 min options (A318)

A318 - ETOPS 120 min


EASA/JAA

FAA

A318 - ETOPS 180 min


EASA/JAA

FAA

CFM56-5B8/3

CN02.10.200/05

CN02.10.200/06

CN02.10.300/05

CN02.10.300/06

CFM56-5B9/3

CN02.10.200/07

CN02.10.200/08

CN02.10.300/07

CN02.10.300/08

PW6122A

CN02.10.200/11

CN02.10.200/12

CN02.10.300/11

CN02.10.300/12

PW6124A

CN02.10.200/13

CN02.10.200/14

CN02.10.300/13

CN02.10.300/14

Certified = SCG item


(no lead-time constraint)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Not certified
(lead-time constraint)

02.10.190

Page 26

[ 02-18]

Certification and external livery 02

A320 Family

Figure 02-3 - ETOPS 120/180 min options (A319)

A319 - ETOPS 120 min


EASA/JAA

FAA

A319 - ETOPS 180 min


EASA/JAA

FAA

CFM56-5B5/3

CN02.10.210/03

CN02.10.210/04

CN02.10.310/03

CN02.10.310/04

CFM56-5B6/3

CN02.10.210/15

CN02.10.210/16

CN02.10.310/15

CN02.10.310/16

CFM56-5B7/3

CN02.10.210/37

CN02.10.210/38

CN02.10.310/37

CN02.10.310/38

IAE V2522-A5

CN02.10.210/41

CN02.10.210/42

CN02.10.310/41

CN02.10.310/42

IAE V2524-A5

CN02.10.210/51

CN02.10.210/52

CN02.10.310/51

CN02.10.310/52

IAE V2527M-A5

CN02.10.210/61

CN02.10.210/62

CN02.10.310/61

CN02.10.310/62

Certified = SCG item


(no lead-time constraint)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

02.10.190

Page 27

[ 02-19]

A320 Family

02 Certification and external livery


Figure 02-4 - ETOPS 120/180 min options (A320)

A320 - ETOPS 120 min

A320 - ETOPS 180 min

EASA/JAA

FAA

EASA/JAA

FAA

CFM56-5B4/3

CN02.10.220/03

CN02.10.220/04

CN02.10.320/03

CN02.10.320/04

CFM56-5B5/3

CN02.10.220/05

N/A

CN02.10.320/05

N/A

CFM56-5B6/3

CN02.10.220/07

N/A

CN02.10.320/07

N/A

IAE V2527-A5

CN02.10.220/41

CN02.10.220/42

CN02.10.320/41

CN02.10.320/42

IAE V2527E-A5

CN02.10.220/51

CN02.10.220/52

CN02.10.320/51

CN02.10.320/52

Certified = SCG item


(no lead-time constraint)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

N/A = Not Applicable

02.10.190

Page 28

[ 02-20]

Certification and external livery 02

A320 Family

Figure 02-5 - ETOPS 120/180 min options (A321)

A321 - ETOPS 120 min


EASA/JAA

FAA

A321 - ETOPS 180 min


EASA/JAA

FAA

CFM56-5B1/3

CN02.10.240/09

CN02.10.240/10

CN02.10.330/09

CN02.10.330/10

CFM56-5B2/3

CN02.10.240/30

CN02.10.240/31

CN02.10.330/30

CN02.10.330/31

CFM56-5B3/3

CN02.10.240/13

CN02.10.240/14

CN02.10.330/13

CN02.10.330/14

IAE V2530-A5

CN02.10.240/21

CN02.10.240/22

CN02.10.330/21

CN02.10.330/22

IAE V2533-A5

CN02.10.240/11

CN02.10.240/12

CN02.10.330/11

CN02.10.330/12

Certified = SCG item


(no lead-time constraint)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

02.10.190

Page 29

[ 02-21]

02 Certification and external livery

A320 Family

02.12.122 - Compliance status with EU-OPS 1


Objective
To provide compliance status report against EU-OPS 1,
subparts K & L or subparts K, L & S, at aircraft delivery.
Basic aircraft
The basic aircraft does not comply with EU-OPS 1, subparts K, L & S (cabin emergency equipment, Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) installation, TCAS change
7.0, ...).
Description
At aircraft delivery, a compliance status report against
EU-OPS 1, subparts K & L or subparts K, L & S, shall be
provided.
Note
The operator is responsible to show to their national operational authority the compliance of their aircraft with
EU-OPS 1. AIRBUS is providing help by raising a factual compliance review and cannot be responsible for the
non-compliance which may be identified.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

02.12.122

Page 30

[ 02-22]

Certification and external livery 02

A320 Family

Table 02-6 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Compliance status with EUOPS 1 - subpart K plus L


requirements

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0

02

Compliance with EU-OPS 1 subpart K, L and S requirements

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Equipment
reference

02.12.122

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

Page 31

STS

[ 02-23]

02 Certification and external livery

A320 Family

02.12.123 - Compliance with CS25/FAR 25.562 (Head Injury Criteria - HIC)


Objective
To certify passenger seats and cabin attendant seats in
accordance with CS25/FAR 25.562 (Head Injury Criteria - HIC).
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The passenger seat and cabin attendant seat configuration shall be compliant with CS25/FAR 25.562
regulation.
In particular, dynamic tests are required on passenger
seats and cabin attendant seats to demonstrate such
compliance for the agreed validated cabin layout.
Note
Airbus commitment to show compliance with such regulation at delivery remains subject to the on-time successful seat supplier results of passenger seat dynamic
tests.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

02.12.123

Page 32

[ 02-24]

Certification and external livery 02

A320 Family

Table 02-7 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

03

Compliance with CS25/FAR


25.562 (Head Injury Criteria HIC)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0

02.12.123

Page 33

[ 02-25]

02 Certification and external livery

A320 Family

02.12.130 - EASA certification of Take Off/Landing operation on wet grooved / PFC


runways
Objective for A318-100 and A319-100 and A320-200
To allow Take-Off/Landing performance calculation on
wet runway taking credit of specific runway pavement
(grooved or Porous Friction Course). On those specific
pavements, a higher braking friction coefficient, than on
standard smooth runways, can be reached.
The grooved/PFC (Porous Friction Course) runway is
associated to a specific braking friction coefficient on
wet runway.

state, taking into account the specific braking friction coefficient. The minimum OCTOPUS version needed for
calculation of the Landing A/C performance is V25.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Basic aircraft for A318-100 and A319-100 and A320200


None.
Description for A318-100 and A319-100 and A320200
The modification consists in introducing the relevant
limitations and performance through the AFM supplement to cover Take-Off/Landing operations under wet
conditions on grooved/PFC runways.
The minimum OCTOPUS version needed is V23.1 that
allows as an option to select the calculation of the Take
Off A/C performance (Accelerate Stop Distance) either
on a smooth runway state or on a grooved/PFC runway

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

02.12.130

Page 34

[ 02-26]

Certification and external livery 02

A320 Family

Table 02-8 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

EASA certification of Take-Off


operation on wet grooved /
PFC runways

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200

0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0

02

EASA certification of Landing


operation on wet grooved /
PFC runways

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200

0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Equipment
reference

02.12.130

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

Page 35

STS

[ 02-27]

02 Certification and external livery

A320 Family

02.40.101 - External livery


Objective
To deliver the aircraft painted in the livery of the buyer.
External livery means fuselage, vertical stabilizer and
nacelles.
Basic aircraft
The aircraft is delivered painted in white (fuselage, vertical stabilizer), and light grey (wings, Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) and nacelles).
External markings are in English only.
Description
The aircraft fuselage, vertical stabilizer and nacelles
shall be painted according to the livery of the customer
as defined by:
a drawing prepared by AIRBUS, based on decorative
instructions from the customer (paper, floppy disk,
etc.)
painted colour samples prepared by AIRBUS, based
on instructions from the customer (colour references,
samples).
Note
Note 1:
Some metallic areas are and remain unpainted:

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

leading edges of slats


engine intake lips and exhaust, parts of pylons
scuff plates
horizontal stabilizer shield
THS forward leading edge
forward pylon fairings
equipment details such as angle of attack sensors,
static ports, selected antennas etc.

Note 2:
One RFC will be issued for drawing identification.
Note 3:
The complexity of each external livery (design, paint
blending and/or fading, number of colours, product selection, ...), can affect the paint production cycle. Consequently, each external livery is investigated on an
individual basis, and relevant terms and conditions will
be mentioned in the corresponding SCN (Specification
Change Notice).
EPAC selection mode
Individual

02.40.101

Page 36

[ 02-28]

Certification and external livery 02

A320 Family

Figure 02-6 - External livery (A319)

A319 shown
Principles valid for all A320 Family versions

IAE engine nacelle


anti-skid paint

CFM engine nacelle


THS leading edge
unpainted
Apron fairing

Slat leading edge


unpainted

THS travel area


Grey M9001 (polyurethane top coat)
Grey M9004 (upper wing coating)
White M8002
Metallic unpainted

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

02.40.101

Page 37

[ 02-29]

A320 Family

02 Certification and external livery


Table 02-9 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

External livery

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

TBD/TBD/TBD
TBD/TBD/TBD
TBD/TBD/TBD
TBD/TBD/TBD

Equipment
reference

External livery

02.40.101

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

TBD

QTY

TBD

Page 38

STS

SFE

[ 02-30]

A320 Family
Reference

Title

03.20.300

Design weights (A318)

03.20.400

Design weights (A319)

03.20.500

Design weights (A320)

03.20.600

Design weights (A321)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

General aircraft design criteria 03

Page 39

[ 03-1]

03 General aircraft design criteria

A320 Family

03.20.300 - Design weights (A318)


Objective for A318-100
To allow the customer to select predefined alternate design weight variants as shown in following table (selectable weight variants associated with basic and optional
engines/aircraft models).

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Basic aircraft for A318-100


The aircraft basic design weights (weight variant 000)
are as follows:
Maximum Taxi Weight (MTW) 59.4 t
Maximum Take-Off Weight (MTOW) 59 t
Maximum Landing Weight (MLW) 56 t
Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW) 53 t.
Description for A318-100
changes in the aircraft manuals (Aircraft Flight Manual, Weight & Balance Manual, Flight Crew Operation Manual, ...)
modification of the CG diagram
changes in all performance related manuals and software to adapt to the new maximum weights (MTOW,
MLW, )
replacement of labels bonded to the MLG main fitting
indicating MTOW and tire pressure
possibly, changes of the wheels when necessary.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

03.20.300

Page 40

[ 03-2]

General aircraft design criteria 03

A320 Family

A3
1
PW 8-122
61
24
A

A3
1
PW 8-121
61
22
A

Design weights (t)

A3
CF 18-1
M5 12
6-5
B9
/3

Weight
variant

A3
CF 18-1
1
M
56 1
-5B
8/3

Figure 03-1 - Design weight options (A318)

CN03.20.311 CN03.20.312 CN03.20.321 CN03.20.322


000

001

002

003

004

005

006

007

008

MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

59
56
53
61.5
56
53
63
57.5
54.5
64.5
57.5
54.5
66
57.5
54.5
68
57.5
54.5
56
56
53
61
56
53
64
56
53

TDU

Basic

Basic

Basic

Basic

20

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

01

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

02

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

03

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

04

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

05

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

06

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

07

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

08

03.20.300

Certified = SCG item


(no lead-time constraint)

Page 41

[ 03-3]

A320 Family

03 General aircraft design criteria


Figure 03-2 - Basic CG limits diagram (A318)
Aircraft weight (kg x 1000)

13

15

17

Aircraft weight (kg x 1000)

19

21

23

80

41 %RC
80

75

75

70

70

65

65

27

29

31

33

35

37

39

MTOW 59 000 kg

60
55

25

56

60

MLW 56 000 kg

57

55

MZFW 53 000 kg

50

50
Flight

Flight

45

45
42.6

Take-off

40

Landing

40

Landing

35

15

17 19 21 23

25

27 29 31 33

35

37 39 41 43

35

45 %RC

32.2

05 07 09 11 13

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

03.20.300

Page 42

[ 03-4]

General aircraft design criteria 03

A320 Family

Figure 03-3 - CG limits diagram with max. optional MTOW (A318)


Aircraft weight (kg x 1000)

80

41 %RC
80

75

75

70

21

23

25

27

29

31

MTOW 68 000 kg

33

35

37

39

33.0

19

32.0

17

18.7

15

16.7

13

Aircraft weight (kg x 1000)

70
65

65
63

63

60

60

MLW 57 500 kg
57

56

MZFW 54 500 kg

55

55
Flight

50

50
Flight
Landing

45
Take-off

Landing

35
05 07 09 11 13

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

40.6

31.18

Take-off

40

15

17 19 21 23

45

25

27 29 31 33

03.20.300

35

37 39 41 43

40
35

45 %RC
Page 43

[ 03-5]

03 General aircraft design criteria

A320 Family

03.20.400 - Design weights (A319)


Objective for A319-100
To allow the customer to select predefined alternate design weight variants as shown in following table (selectable weight variants associated with basic and optional
engines/aircraft models).
Basic aircraft for A319-100
The aircraft basic design weights (weight variant 000)
are as follows:
Maximum Taxi Weight (MTW) 64.4 t
Maximum Take-Off Weight (MTOW) 64 t
Maximum Landing Weight (MLW) 61 t
Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW) 57 t.

Note for A319-100


If the Tire Pressure Indication System (TPIS) is installed, the TPIS computer pin programming has to be
modified accordingly.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Description for A319-100


changes in the aircraft manuals (Aircraft Flight Manual, Weight & Balance Manual, Flight Crew Operation Manual, ...)
modification of the CG diagram
changes in all performance related manuals and software to adapt to the new maximum weights (MTOW,
MLW, ...)
replacement of labels bonded to the NLG/MLG main
fitting indicating MTOW and tire pressure
possibly, changes of the brakes, wheels and tires
when necessary.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

03.20.400

Page 44

[ 03-6]

General aircraft design criteria 03

A320 Family

A
E V 31925 133
27
MA5
IA

A
IAE 319
V2 -132
52
4-A
5

A
IA 319
E V -1
25 31
22
-A
5

A
CF 319
M
56 115
-5B
7/3

Design weights (t)

CF A319
M
56 112
-5B
6/3

Weight
variant

CF A319
M
56 111
-5B
5/3

Figure 03-4 - Design weight options (A319)

CN03.20.411 CN03.20.412 CN03.20.415 CN03.20.431 CN03.20.432 CN03.20.433

008

MTOW
MLW
MZFW

64
61
57
70
61
57
75.5
62.5
58.5
68
61
57
68
62.5
58.5
70
62.5
58.5
73.5
62.5
58.5
75.5
61
57
64
62.5
58.5

009

MTOW
MLW
MZFW

66
62.5
58.5

011

MTOW
MLW
MZFW

012

MTOW
MLW
MZFW

66
61
57
62
61
57

000

001

002

003

004

005

006

007

MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

TDU

Basic

Basic

Basic

Basic

Basic

Basic

20

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

01

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

02

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

03

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

04

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

05

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

06

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

07

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

08

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

09

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

11

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

12

03.20.400

Certified = SCG item


(no lead-time constraint)

Page 45

[ 03-7]

A320 Family

03 General aircraft design criteria


Figure 03-5 - Basic CG limits diagram (A319)
Aircraft weight (kg x 1 000)

80

15

17

Aircraft weight (kg x 1 000)

19

21

23

25

27

29

31

33

35

37

39

41% RC
80

75

75

70

70
MTOW 64 000kg

65

65

MLW 61 000kg

60

60
MZFW 57 000kg

55

55
50

50

49.6

45

Take-off

45

Flight

Take-off/landing

40

40

Flight
35.4

35
05

07

09

11

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

13

15

17 19 21 23

25

27 29 31 33

03.20.400

Landing

35

37 39 41 43

45

35
%RC

Page 46

[ 03-8]

General aircraft design criteria 03

A320 Family

Figure 03-6 - CG limits diagram with max. optional MTOW (A319)


Aircraft weight (kg x 1000)
13

15

17

Aircraft weight (kg x 1000)


19

21

23

25

27

29

31

33

35

37

39

75

MTOW 75 500 kg

75

74.5

70

70
65.3

65

65

MLW 62 500 kg

60

60

25

MZFW 58 500 kg

55

55

49.6

50

45

Take-off

Take-off/landing
40

41 %RC
80

37

36

26

24

80

50

45
Flight
40

Flight

35.4

35

Landing
35

05 07 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 %RC

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

03.20.400

Page 47

[ 03-9]

03 General aircraft design criteria

A320 Family

03.20.500 - Design weights (A320)


Objective for A320-200
To allow the customer to select predefined alternate design weight variants as shown in following table (selectable weight variants associated with basic and optional
engines/aircraft models).
Basic aircraft for A320-200
The aircraft basic design weights (weight variant 008)
are as follows:
Maximum Taxi Weight (MTW) 73.9 t
Maximum Take-Off Weight (MTOW) 73.5 t
Maximum Landing Weight (MLW) 64.5 t
Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW) 61.0 t.

possible limitations associated to high design


weights (for example maximum taxiing speed during
turns).
Note for A320-200
If the Tire Pressure Indication System (TPIS) is installed, the TPIS computer pin programming has to be
modified accordingly.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Description for A320-200


changes in the aircraft manuals (Aircraft Flight Manual, Weight & Balance Manual, Flight Crew Operation Manual, )
modification of the CG diagram
changes in all performance related manuals and software to adapt to the new maximum weights (MTOW,
MLW, )
replacement of labels bonded to the NLG/MLG main
fitting indicating MTOW and tire pressure
possibly, changes of the brakes, wheels and tires
when necessary

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

03.20.500

Page 48

[ 03-10]

General aircraft design criteria 03

A320 Family

Figure 03-7 - Design weight options (A320)


Weight
Variant

008

009

010

011

012

013

014

015

016

017

018

Design weights
(tons)

MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW

A320-214
CFM 56-5B4/3

A320-215
CFM 56-5B5/3

A320-216
CFM 56-5B6/3

A320-232
IAE V2527-A5

A320-233
IAE V2527E-A5

CN03.20.514

CN03.20.515

CN03.20.516

CN03.20.532

CN03.20.533

TDU

Basic

Basic

Basic

Basic

Basic

08

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

09

Certified

N/A

N/A

Certified

Certified

10

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

11

Certified

N/A

N/A

Certified

Certified

12

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

13

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

14

Certified

N/A

N/A

Certified

Certified

15

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

16

Certified

N/A

N/A

Certified

Certified

17

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

18

73.5
64.5
61
75.5
64.5
61
77
64.5
61
75.5
66
62.5
77
66
62.5
71.5
64.5
61
73.5
64.5
61.5
78
64.5
61
73.5
66
62.5
78
66
62.5
71.5
66
62.5

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

03.20.500

Certified = SCG item (no leadtime constraint)


N/A = Not Applicable

Page 49

[ 03-11]

A320 Family

03 General aircraft design criteria


Figure 03-8 - Basic CG limits diagram (A320)
Aircraft weight (kg x 1 000)

15

17

19

Aircraft weight (kg x 1 000)

21

23

25

27

29

31

35

33

37

39

41% RC

90

90

85

85

80

80

75

75

MTOW 73 500kg

70

69.5

MLW 64 500kg

65

70
65

MZFW 61 000kg

60

60

55

55
50

50
47.5

45

45
Take-off

40
35

Flight

Take-off/landing
Flight
05

07

40

Landing

09 11 13

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

15

17 19 21 23

25

27 29 31 33

35

37 39 41 43

03.20.500

45

35
%RC

Page 50

[ 03-12]

A320 Family

General aircraft design criteria 03

Figure 03-9 - CG limits diagram with max. optional MTOW (A320)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

03.20.500

Page 51

[ 03-13]

03 General aircraft design criteria

A320 Family

03.20.600 - Design weights (A321)


Objective for A321-200
To allow the customer to select predefined alternate design weight variants as shown in following table (selectable weight variants associated with basic and optional
engines/aircraft models).
Basic aircraft for A321-200
The aircraft basic design weights (weight variant 000)
are as follows:
Maximum Taxi Weight (MTW) 89.4 t
Maximum Take-Off Weight (MTOW) 89.0 t
Maximum Landing Weight (MLW) 75.5 t
Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW) 71.5 t.

Note for A321-200


If the Tire Pressure Indication System (TPIS) is installed, the TPIS computer pin programming has to be
modified accordingly.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Description for A321-200


changes in the aircraft manuals (Aircraft Flight Manual, Weight & Balance Manual, Flight Crew Operation Manual, )
modification of the CG diagram
changes in all performance related manuals and software to adapt to the new maximum weights (MTOW,
MLW, )
replacement of labels bonded to the NLG/MLG main
fitting indicating MTOW and tire pressure
possibly, changes of the brakes, wheels and tires
when necessary.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

03.20.600

Page 52

[ 03-14]

General aircraft design criteria 03

A320 Family

IAE A321
V2 -232
53
0-A
5

IAE A321
V2 -231
53
3-A
5

CF A321
M5 -21
6-5 3
B2
/3

Design weights (t)

A
CF 321
M5 -21
6-5 2
B1
/3

Weight
variant

CF A321
M
56 211
-5B
3/3

Figure 03-10 - Design weight options (A321)

CN03.20.611 CN03.20.612 CN03.20.613 CN03.20.631 CN03.20.632


000

001

002

004

005

006

007

008

009

010

011

MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW
MTOW
MLW
MZFW

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

89
75.5
71.5
93
77.8
73.8
89
77.8
73.8
87
75.5
71.5
85
75.5
71.5
83
75.5
71.5
83
73.5
69.5
80
73.5
69.5
78
73.5
69.5
85
77.8
73.8
93.5
77.8
73.8

Basic

Basic

Basic

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Basic

TDU

Basic

20

Certified

Certified

01

Certified

Certified

Certified

02

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

04

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

05

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

06

Not yet
certified

Certified

Certified

Not yet
certified

Certified

07

Not yet
certified

Certified

Certified

Not yet
certified

Certified

08

Not yet
certified

Certified

Certified

Not yet
certified

Certified

09

Not yet
certified

Certified

Certified

Not yet
certified

Certified

10

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

Certified

11

03.20.600

Certified = SCG item


(no lead-time constraint)
Not yet certified = certification possible
on specific customer request
(lead-time constraint)

Page 53

[ 03-15]

A320 Family

03 General aircraft design criteria


Figure 03-11 - Basic CG limits diagram (A321)
Aircraft weight (kg x 1 000)

95

13

15

17

Aircraft weight (kg x 1 000)

19

21

23

25

27

29

31

33

35

37

39

41% RC
95
90

90
MTOW 89 000kg

85

85
81.8

80

40.1

80
MLW 75 500kg

75

75
MZFW 71 500kg

70

70

65

65
Take-off

60

60

55

55

50

50

45

45

Flight

Landing
Take-off/landing

40

40

Flight

35

05

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

07 09 11 13

15

17 19 21 23

25

27 29 31 33

35

03.20.600

37 39 41 43

45

35

%RC

Page 54

[ 03-16]

General aircraft design criteria 03

A320 Family

Figure 03-12 - CG limits diagram with max. optional MTOW (A321)


Aircraft weight (kg x 1000)

Aircraft weight (kg x 1000)

13

15

17

19

21

23

25

27

29

31

33

35

37

41 %RC
95

88
36.

83

90

37.

89.0

MTOW 93 500 kg

21.65

19.65

91.5

90

.16

85

39

17.5

MLW 77 800 kg

40.6

15.5

80

15.33

85

80.3
79.2
75.5

MZFW 73 800 kg

9.5

75

39

17

95

80
75

70

70

65

65

60

60

55

55

50

50
Take-off/landing

Flight

45

45
Landing

42.9

Flight
E23_011_232A

Take-off

40

40

35

35
05 07 09 11 13

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

15

17 19 21 23

25

27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43

03.20.600

45%RC

Page 55

[ 03-17]

03 General aircraft design criteria

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

03.20.600

Page 56

[ 03-18]

A320 Family

Placards and markings 11

Reference

Title

11.00.124

Installation of leasing identification plates

11.20.100

Second language for door operation external placards and markings

11.20.110

Second language for selected external placards and markings

11.20.119

Nose Landing Gear (NLG) permanent steering markers

11.20.135

Second language for residual cabin & cargo pressure exterior door warning placards

11.21.101

Emergency cut-out markings

11.22.100

Landing gear placards

11.30.100

Installation of additional access placards in forward and aft cargo holds

11.30.121

Second language for cargo compartment placards

11.30.136

US and metric units for cargo compartment height placards

11.33.101

Placard for flight crew oxygen system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 57

[ 11-1]

A320 Family

11 Placards and markings


11.00.124 - Installation of leasing identification plates
Objective
To install supplementary (leasing) identification plates
on the aircraft.
Basic aircraft
Manufacturer and owner plates are installed on the
frame of the forward RH passenger/crew/service door.
A SELCAL plate is installed on the main instrument panel.
Description
Leasing plates are installed on each engine, on the upper frame of the forward LH passenger door and on the
cockpit side of lavatory A partition according to customer requirements.
Note
The wording of the plates shall be provided to AIRBUS
contracts as soon as possible or at the latest one week
before the start of the ground check.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

11.00.124

Page 58

[ 11-2]

Placards and markings 11

A320 Family

Table 11-1 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Installation of leasing identification plates on engines, LH


door frame and Lav A partition

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

02

Installation of leasing identification plates on engines

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

03

Installation of leasing identification plates on LH door frame

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

04

Installation of leasing identification plates on Lavatory A


partition

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Equipment
reference

11.00.124

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

Page 59

STS

[ 11-3]

A320 Family

11 Placards and markings

11.20.100 - Second language for door operation external placards and markings
Objective
To provide exterior placards and markings related to
door operation in bilingual (English and a second language) instead of English only.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Basic aircraft
Exterior placards and markings are in English.
Description
The following exterior placards and markings, related to
operation, shall be bilingual:
passenger/crew doors and emergency exits
cargo doors.
(These markings are considered as one single package).
Note
the translation of the basic English wording into the
customers nominated language and a graphic, if necessary, shall be provided by the customer (high quality scale one printout and/or floppy disk)
an individual RFC has to be issued with the second
language identification (refer to external markings
booklets).

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

11.20.100

Page 60

[ 11-4]

Placards and markings 11

A320 Family

Table 11-2 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Second language for door


operation external placards
and markings

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Second language

11.20.100

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

TBD

QTY

TBD

Page 61

STS

SFE

[ 11-5]

A320 Family

11 Placards and markings

11.20.110 - Second language for selected external placards and markings


Objective
To provide selected external placards and markings in
bilingual (English and a second language) instead of
English only.
Basic aircraft
External placards and markings are in English.
Description
In addition to the external placards dedicated to residual
cabin pressure warnings and doors operation, it is possible to select some of the others external placards and
markings as bilingual ones.
Note
the translation of the basic English wording into the
customers nominated language and a graphic, if necessary, shall be provided by the customer
an individual RFC has to be issued for second language identification and the selection of concerned
placards and markings (refer to external markings
booklets).
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

11.20.110

Page 62

[ 11-6]

Placards and markings 11

A320 Family

Table 11-3 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

01

Second language for selected


external placards and markings (A319)

A319-100

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Second language

TBD

TBD

SFE

02

Second language for selected


external placards and markings (A320)

A320-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Second language

TBD

TBD

SFE

03

Second language for selected


external placards and markings (A321)

A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Second language

TBD

TBD

SFE

04

Second language for selected


external placards and markings (A318)

A318-100

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Second language

TBD

TBD

SFE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

11.20.110

Page 63

[ 11-7]

A320 Family

11 Placards and markings

11.20.119 - Nose Landing Gear (NLG) permanent steering markers


Objective
To provide permanent steering markers on the nose
landing gear doors.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
Nose wheel steering maximum angle markings (corresponding to a +/- 85 degree wheel position) and associated "NO TOW" texts shall be provided on both aft
doors of the Nose Landing Gear (NLG).
The areas shall be red with a 5 mm width white border
depending on background color (to be defined by AIRBUS). "NO TOW" shall be white.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

11.20.119

Page 64

[ 11-8]

Placards and markings 11

A320 Family

Figure 11-1 - NO TOW markings on NLG aft doors


LEFT SIDE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

RIGHT SIDE

11.20.119

Page 65

[ 11-9]

A320 Family

11 Placards and markings


Table 11-4 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

18

Nose wheel steering "NO


TOW" zone and text on NLG aft
doors

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

11.20.119

Page 66

[ 11-10]

Placards and markings 11

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

11.20.119

Page 67

[ 11-11]

A320 Family

11 Placards and markings

11.20.135 - Second language for residual cabin & cargo pressure exterior door
warning placards
Objective
To provide translation in a second language for residual
cabin and cargo pressure exterior door warnings.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Basic aircraft
To give warning on the ground that door handle operation with a cargo differential pressure will cause violent
door opening:
passenger/crew/service
doors
are
basically
equipped with a red light flashing if cabin differential
pressure is above 2.5 mbar
cargo doors are basically equipped with a vent door
actuated when door lever is unlocked
residual cabin pressure door warning placards on
passenger/crew/service doors, emergency exits and
cargo compartment doors are provided in English
language with space for a second language.
Note
the translation of the English wording into the language to be applied (customer text) shall be provided
by the customer in accordance with the associated
customer request
the translation of the interior warning placards for residual pressure is to be selected through CCG item
CN11.30.110 TDU 43.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

11.20.135

Page 68

[ 11-12]

Placards and markings 11

A320 Family

Figure 11-2 - Cabin and cargo exterior placards location for residual pressure
Window

Cargo doors outside

Outside

Slide armed*
Cabin pressure
indicator

Vent door

Window
PUSH
HERE

Handle
Flap

DANGER

DO NOT OPEN DOOR


IF RED WARNING LIGHT IS FLASHING
(CABIN PRESSURIZED !)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Space for
second
language

WARNING

ENSURE THAT YOU ARE POSITIONED


LEFT OF THE DOOR FRAME WHILE
UNLOCKING THE CARGO DOOR TO AVOID
INJURY IN CASE OF SUDDEN DOOR OPENING

11.20.135

Page 69

[ 11-13]

A320 Family

11 Placards and markings


Table 11-5 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Second language for residual


cabin & cargo pressure exterior door warning placards

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Second language

11.20.135

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

TBD

QTY

TBD

Page 70

STS

SFE

[ 11-14]

Placards and markings 11

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

11.20.135

Page 71

[ 11-15]

A320 Family

11 Placards and markings


11.21.101 - Emergency cut-out markings
Objective
To enable rescue personnel to cut through the fuselage
structure with minimum obstruction/hindrance during
rescue operation.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The emergency-cut out markings are applied around a
cabin window on the outer LH and RH side fuselage including the English wording "CUT HERE IN EMERGENCY".
2 marking sets are applied on each side for A318 / A319
/ A320 and 3 marking sets for A321.
Note
The location depends on the interior monument positioning.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

11.21.101

Page 72

[ 11-16]

Placards and markings 11

A320 Family

Figure 11-3 - Emergency cut-out markings

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

11.21.101

Page 73

[ 11-17]

A320 Family

11 Placards and markings


Table 11-6 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Emergency cut-out markings

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

14

Bilingual emergency cut-out


markings

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Colour

TBD

SFE

Language placement

TBD

SFE

Second language

TBD

SFE

11.21.101

Page 74

[ 11-18]

Placards and markings 11

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

11.21.101

Page 75

[ 11-19]

A320 Family

11 Placards and markings


11.22.100 - Landing gear placards
Objective
To provide more detailed information for the maintenance.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
An "Inflate tyres with nitrogen only" placard is installed
on the NLG.
This placard is identical to the one basically installed on
the MLG.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

11.22.100

Page 76

[ 11-20]

Placards and markings 11

A320 Family

Table 11-7 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

05

"INFLATE TYRES WITH NITROGEN ONLY" placard on NLG

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

11.22.100

Page 77

[ 11-21]

A320 Family

11 Placards and markings

11.30.100 - Installation of additional access placards in forward and aft cargo holds
Objective for A320-200 and A321-200
To provide indication for accessibility of system components installed behind the lining and partitions of forward and aft cargo holds.
Basic aircraft for A320-200 and A321-200
All placards within the cargo holds are installed in line
with the basic aircraft and different system options taken by the customer.
Description for A320-200 and A321-200
The following additional access placards shall be installed in forward and aft cargo holds to direct and ease
access for affected equipment:
ACCESS RAD.ALT.I (RADio ALTimeter transceiver)
ACCESS RAD.ALT.II
ACCESS TO parts of recirculation system
ECB ACCESS PANEL (Electronic Control Box)
VSC ACCESS PANEL (Vacuum System Controller)
ACCESS TO several system components
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

11.30.100

Page 78

[ 11-22]

Placards and markings 11

A320 Family

Figure 11-4 - Additional access placards in forward and aft cargo holds

ACCESS RAD. ALT. I


ACCESS RAD. ALT. II

ECB

VSC

ACCESS PANEL

ACCESS PANEL

ACCESS TO

ACCESS TO

- RECIRCULATION FILTER
- RECIRCULATION FAN
- TRIM AIR VALVES
- TRIM AIR REG. VALVE
- MIXER FLAP ACTUATOR

- CONTROL UNIT FOR


DRAIN MAST ICE PROTECTION
- ACCELEROMETER UNIT
- FIRE EXTINGUISHING BOTTLES

REMOVE THIS LINING

REMOVE THIS LINING

Typical access placards

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

11.30.100

Page 79

[ 11-23]

A320 Family

11 Placards and markings


Table 11-8 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Installation of additional
access placards in forward and
aft cargo holds

A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Basic on A318/A319

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

11.30.100

Page 80

[ 11-24]

Placards and markings 11

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

11.30.100

Page 81

[ 11-25]

A320 Family

11 Placards and markings


11.30.121 - Second language for cargo compartment placards
Objective
To install bilingual cargo compartment placards and
signs.
Basic aircraft
The standard cargo compartment placards and signs
are monolingual and in English only.
Description
The bilingual cargo compartment placards and signs
can be installed either with:
English below and a second customer nominated
language
or with:
English above and a second customer nominated
language.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

11.30.121

Page 82

[ 11-26]

Placards and markings 11

A320 Family

Figure 11-5 - Cargo compartment placards

MAX. LOADING HEIGHT

Monolingual - Basic

MIN. 2 CLEARANCE TO CEILING


10 - D255.72950.302

BILINGUAL PLACARD OPTIONS - EXAMPLE : English / Portuguese

ALTURA MAXIMA DO CARREGAMENTO


MAX. LOADING HEIGHT

Bilingual - Second language / English (TDU 02)

A 2" DE DISTANCIA DO TETO


MIN. 2" CLEARANCE TO CEILING
- EXAMPLE ONLY -

MAX. LOADING HEIGHT


ALTURA MAXIMA DO CARREGAMENTO

Bilingual - English / Second language (TDU 03)

MIN. 2" CLEARANCE TO CEILING


A 2" DE DISTANCIA DO TETO
- EXAMPLE ONLY -

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

11.30.121

Page 83

[ 11-27]

A320 Family

11 Placards and markings


Table 11-9 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Std

Monolingual cargo compartment placards and signs English only

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

02

Bilingual cargo compartment


placards and signs - English
below and second language

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Second language

TBD

TBD

SFE

03

Bilingual cargo compartment


placards and signs - English
above and second language

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Second language

TBD

TBD

SFE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

11.30.121

Page 84

[ 11-28]

Placards and markings 11

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

11.30.121

Page 85

[ 11-29]

A320 Family

11 Placards and markings

11.30.136 - US and metric units for cargo compartment height placards


Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
To install cargo compartment height indication placards
with US and metric units (inch and mm).
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200
The standard cargo compartment height indication placards show US units only.
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200
The cargo compartment height indication placards with
US and metric units shall be installed in fwd and aft cargo holds on side lining close to ceiling to indicate the
maximum allowed height for bulk cargo operation.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

11.30.136

Page 86

[ 11-30]

Placards and markings 11

A320 Family

Figure 11-6 - Cargo compartment height placards in US and metric units

MAX. LOADING HEIGHT


MIN. 2 in (50.8 mm) CLEARANCE TO CEILING
10 0255 72950.306

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

11.30.136

Page 87

[ 11-31]

A320 Family

11 Placards and markings


Table 11-10 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

US and metric units for cargo


compartment height placards
Basic on A318

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

11.30.136

Page 88

[ 11-32]

Placards and markings 11

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

11.30.136

Page 89

[ 11-33]

A320 Family

11 Placards and markings


11.33.101 - Placard for flight crew oxygen system
Objective
Provide more detailed information for the maintenance.
Basic aircraft
General recommendation is provided.
Description
The oxygen supply system label shall feature the following wording:
Oxygen supply system
work to be performed by authorized personnel only
ensure hands & tools are clean to prevent system
contamination
during bottle replacement protect disconnected
ends.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

11.33.101

Page 90

[ 11-34]

Placards and markings 11

A320 Family

Figure 11-7 - Placard for flight crew oxygen system

PRE MOD

BOTTLE REPLACEMENT
- ONLY AUTHORIZED OPERATION:
REMOVAL OF THE BOTTLES (S)
- DURING THE OPERATION PROTECT
DISCONNECTED ENDS

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

POST MOD

OXYGEN SUPPLY SYSTEM


- WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY
AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
- ENSURE HANDS & TOOLS ARE CLEAN
TO PREVENT SYS. CONTAMINATION
- DURING BOTTLE REPLACEMENT
PROTECT DISCONNECTED ENDS

11.33.101

Page 91

[ 11-35]

A320 Family

11 Placards and markings


Table 11-11 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Oxygen supply system label


change

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

11.33.101

Page 92

[ 11-36]

A320 Family

Air conditioning 21

Reference

Title

21.20.108

Cabin air recirculation filter cartridges equipment selection

21.22.100

Installation of electrical heaters for foot air outlets in the cockpit

21.26.110

Avionics ventilation fan automatic speed reduction

21.27.108

Avionics ventilation air filter alternate equipment

21.28.201

Installation of ventilation system for forward cargo hold

21.28.210

Installation of ventilation system for complete aft cargo hold

21.41.100

Installation of front air outlets at flight crew foot level

21.43.201

Installation of heating system for forward cargo hold

21.43.204

Installation of heating system for complete aft cargo hold

21.70.109

Installation of ozone catalytic converters

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 93

[ 21-1]

A320 Family

21 Air conditioning

21.20.108 - Cabin air recirculation filter cartridges equipment selection


Objective
To allow the customer to select one of the two basic
vendors for the cabin air recirculation filter cartridges.
Basic aircraft
Two High Efficiency Particle Arrestor (HEPA) recirculation filter cartridges are installed.
Each filter cartridge is made of pleated glassfiber, integrated inside a reinforced cylinder.
Description
Basic filter cartridges are installed according to vendor
selection made under TDU 01 or TDU 03.
Note
if no vendor choice is made by the customer, one of
the selectable equipment will be installed according
to AIRBUS industrial requirements
filter housings remain the same.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.20.108

Page 94

[ 21-2]

Air conditioning 21

A320 Family
Figure 21-1 - Recirculation filters

FWD zone
supply duct
AFT zone
supply duct

Recirculation filter

FW

AI

FL

OW

Pack 1
Mixer unit
Housing

Pack 2

Filter cartridge

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.20.108

Page 95

[ 21-3]

A320 Family

21 Air conditioning
Table 21-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

01

Cabin air recirculation filter


cartridge equipment selection PALL-APME

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Recirculation filter
cartridge

PALL- APME

QA06423-01

SFE

03

Cabin air recirculation filter


cartridge equipment selection LE BOZEC, PN 424B200-7

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Recirculation filter
cartridge

LE BOZEC

424B200-7

SFE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.20.108

Page 96

[ 21-4]

Air conditioning 21

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.20.108

Page 97

[ 21-5]

A320 Family

21 Air conditioning

21.22.100 - Installation of electrical heaters for foot air outlets in the cockpit
Objective
To improve the comfort for the captain and first officer
by the installation of heaters within the foot air piping.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The modification consists in installing heaters within the
foot air piping and switches in the cockpit. The air temperature as well as the surface temperature in the vicinity of the feet shall be increased.
Note
This option is recommended for a flight duration higher
than 2 hours.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.22.100

Page 98

[ 21-6]

Air conditioning 21

A320 Family

Figure 21-2 - Electrical heater for foot air outlets

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.22.100

Page 99

[ 21-7]

A320 Family

21 Air conditioning
Table 21-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

02

Installation of electrical heaters on the foot air outlets in


cockpit for Captain and F/O

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

8.0/8.0/-8.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0

21.22.100

Page 100

[ 21-8]

Air conditioning 21

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.22.100

Page 101

[ 21-9]

A320 Family

21 Air conditioning
21.26.110 - Avionics ventilation fan automatic speed reduction
Objective
In order to reduce the cockpit noise mainly on ground at
low and moderate temperatures.
Basic aircraft
One blower fan and one extract fan provide adequate
avionics air flow ventilation.
Description
In order to reduce the cockpit noise level on ground the
blower and the extract fans of the avionics ventilation
system shall automatically reduce their speed in relation
with the avionics blowing air temperature.
The installed fans are equipped with ceramic ball bearings.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.26.110

Page 102

[ 21-10]

Air conditioning 21

A320 Family

Figure 21-3 - Avionics ventilation system


Avionics bay
Skin exch outlet
bypass valve
Skin exch
isol valve

Skin heat
exchanger

Skin air inlet


valve

Blower
fan

Extract
fan

Skin air
outlet valve

Avionics
equipment
Filter
Air cond
inlet valve

Valves and fans


control

Air cond duct

Cargo
underfloor

Skin exch
inlet bypass
valve

Ground-flight

AEVC
Thrust lever
position
Skin temperature
Reset p/b
Fault light

Blower fan
Extract fan
Ventilation fan

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.26.110

Page 103

[ 21-11]

A320 Family

21 Air conditioning
Table 21-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

03

Avionics ventilation fan automatic speed reduction - TECHNOFAN

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

6.5/6.5/-6.5
6.5/6.5/-6.5
6.5/6.5/-6.5
6.5/6.5/-6.5

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

QTY

STS

Avionics ventilation
fan

TECHNOFAN

EVT3454J01

SFE

Fan speed controller

TECHNOFAN

DV3454A00

SFE

87232323V01

SFE

Sensor temperature THALES AVIONICS SA


speed control

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Equipment
PN

21.26.110

Page 104

[ 21-12]

Air conditioning 21

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.26.110

Page 105

[ 21-13]

A320 Family

21 Air conditioning
21.27.108 - Avionics ventilation air filter alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for the existing avionics
ventilation air filter.
Basic aircraft
One avionics ventilation air filter is installed.
Description
The air filter of the avionics ventilation system is replaced by alternate equipment. The cartridges are not
interchangeable but the aircraft interfaces of the filter
housings are identical.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.27.108

Page 106

[ 21-14]

Air conditioning 21

A320 Family

Figure 21-4 - Avionics ventilation air filter

Housing

Housing
Demister

Filter
cartridge

Filter
cartridge

Basic
equipment

Alternate
equipment
U-bend

Duct assembly

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.27.108

Page 107

[ 21-15]

A320 Family

21 Air conditioning
Table 21-4 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

06

Avionics ventilation air filter


basic equipment - LE BOZEC,
PN 4200A200-6

Avionics ventilation air filter


alternate equipment - PALLAPME, QB0776

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Avionics ventilation
air filter cartridge

LE BOZEC

4200A200-6

SFE

Demister

LE BOZEC

425A200-5

SFE

Duct assembly

LE BOZEC

402U20-2

SFE

Housing

LE BOZEC

402K200-2

SFE

Cartridge

PALL- APME

QB0776

SFE

Housing

PALL- APME

QB0555

SFE

U-bend

PALL- APME

QB0553

SFE

21.27.108

Page 108

[ 21-16]

Air conditioning 21

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.27.108

Page 109

[ 21-17]

A320 Family

21 Air conditioning

21.28.201 - Installation of ventilation system for forward cargo hold


Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
To provide a ventilation system for the forward cargo
hold, to enable increased utilization of the hold, e.g. carriage of livestock and perishable goods.

the ventilation flow rate will be:

Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200


Cargo holds are class C.
Dual loop smoke detection and a fire extinguishing systems are installed.

A320: 82 l/s (173 cu ft/min) on ground and 97 l/s


(205 cu ft/min) in flight.

Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200


Underfloor air drawn from the cabin enters the forward
cargo hold via an isolation valve and side inlets located
at lower LH side of the hold:
the air is extracted from the forward cargo hold
through a vent and discharged directly overboard via
an isolation valve and venturi
on ground the air is extracted by means of an electrical fan, installed upstream from the isolation valve,
which continues to operate until a differential pressure of 1 psi is reached
a cargo ventilation controller is installed in the avionics compartment which provides control and position
indication of the isolation valves

In the event of smoke warning, the smoke detection system automatically closes both isolation valves and
switches off the extraction fan (if operating).

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A319: 82 l/s (173 cu ft/min) on ground and 100 l/s


(212 cu ft/min) in flight.

A321: 118 l/s (250 cu ft/min) on the ground and 165 l/s
(350 cu ft/min) in flight.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

21.28.201

Page 110

[ 21-18]

Air conditioning 21

A320 Family

Figure 21-5 - Forward cargo hold ventilation system


Aircraft skin
Venturi

p Switch

Isolation valve

TEMP:

COND

ALTN MODE

FAN
CKPT 20

Extraction fan

AFT 23

FWD 22

44

40

FAN

38
H

H
HOT
AIR

Specific to the A321


FWD

Smoke
detectors
CARGO VENT
FWD ISOL VALVE
FAULT
OFF

Cabin
ambient air

Isolation
valve

Cargo
ventilation
controller

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.28.201

Page 111

[ 21-19]

A320 Family

21 Air conditioning
Table 21-5 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Installation of ventilation system for forward cargo hold

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

17.0/17.0/-17.0
20.0/20.0/-20.0
24.0/24.0/-24.0

21.28.201

Page 112

[ 21-20]

Air conditioning 21

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.28.201

Page 113

[ 21-21]

A320 Family

21 Air conditioning

21.28.210 - Installation of ventilation system for complete aft cargo hold


Objective
To provide a ventilation system for the aft cargo hold, to
enable increased utilization of the hold, e.g. carriage of
livestock and perishable goods.
Basic aircraft
Cargo holds are class C.
System provision is installed.
Dual loop smoke detection and fire extinguishing systems are installed.

In the event of smoke warning, the smoke detection system automatically closes both isolation valves and
switches off the extraction fan (if operating).
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Description
Underfloor air drawn from the cabin enters the aft cargo
hold via an isolation valve and side inlets along the lower LH side of the forward part of the hold.
The air is extracted from the aft cargo hold through
vents in the rear wall near the ceiling and discharged via
an extraction fan and an isolation valve toward the outflow valve and then overboard.
The electrical air extraction fan operates on ground and
in flight.
The ventilation flow rate on ground and in flight is 150 l/
s (318 cu ft/min).

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.28.210

Page 114

[ 21-22]

Air conditioning 21

A320 Family

Figure 21-6 - Aft cargo hold ventilation system

Towards outflow valve


Specific to the A321
Isolation
valve

TEMP:

COND

ALTN MODE

FAN
CKPT 20
44

Extraction
fan

FWD 22
40
C

FAN
AFT 23
38

H
HOT
AIR

AFT

Smoke detectors

Cabin
ambient air

CARGO VENT
AFT ISOL VALVE
FAULT
OFF

Isolation valve
Cargo
ventilation
controller

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.28.210

Page 115

[ 21-23]

A320 Family

21 Air conditioning
Table 21-6 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Installation of ventilation system for complete aft cargo hold

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

16.0/16.0/-16.0
18.0/18.0/-18.0
21.0/21.0/-21.0
26.0/26.0/-26.0

02

Installation of ventilation system for complete aft cargo hold


associated with gaseous oxygen system

A319-100

19.0/19.0/-19.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Requires prior acceptance of


CN35.20.114/01 Extended duration passenger gaseous oxygen system.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.28.210

Page 116

[ 21-24]

Air conditioning 21

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.28.210

Page 117

[ 21-25]

A320 Family

21 Air conditioning
21.41.100 - Installation of front air outlets at flight crew foot level
Objective
To propose an alternate solution to the basic flight crew
foot air outlets locations.
Basic aircraft
Conditioned air is fed into the cockpit at the following
points:
through lateral air outlets with adjustable airflow
through individual air outlets with adjustable airflow
and stream direction
through outlets at pilot foot level
through ceiling outlets with adjustable airflow.
Description
The modification consists in relocating the cockpit flight
crew foot air outlets. The conditioned air is no longer fed
underneath the seats from an installation in the side
panels, but is blown in from behind the foot pedals.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.41.100

Page 118

[ 21-26]

Air conditioning 21

A320 Family

Table 21-7 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

02

Air conditioning - Cockpit air


heating - Introduce front blowers at flight crew foot level

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

1.5/1.5/-1.5
1.5/1.5/-1.5
1.5/1.5/-1.5
1.5/1.5/-1.5

21.41.100

Page 119

[ 21-27]

A320 Family

21 Air conditioning
21.43.201 - Installation of heating system for forward cargo hold
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
To provide a variable heating system for the forward
cargo hold to enable increased utilization of the hold,
e.g. carriage of livestock.
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200
Cargo holds are class C.
Dual loop smoke detection and fire extinguishing systems are installed.
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200
With ventilation of the forward cargo hold installed (optional), the modification consists of heating the air by hot
trim air bled from the hot air manifold.
Temperature control is achieved using inputs from the
temperature selector, the cargo hold air temperature
sensor and the supply duct temperature sensor.
A cargo heating controller is installed in the avionics
compartment providing control and indication of the trim
air valve, trim air pressure regulating valve and cargo
compartment temperature.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

The forward cargo compartment heating system will


permit to select a stabilized lower mean temperature
limit between 5 DEG C (41 DEG F) and 26 DEG C
(79 DEG F) with an accuracy of plus or minus 2 DEG C
(3.6 DEG F) at the reference point.
In case the cargo door is not fully closed, the hot air supply is shut off by closing the trim air valve automatically.
In the event of smoke warning, the smoke detection system automatically closes both isolation valves, switches
off the extraction fan and closes the trim air valve.
Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
Requires prior selection of CN21.28.201/01 Installation
of ventilation system for forward cargo hold.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

21.43.201

Page 120

[ 21-28]

Air conditioning 21

A320 Family

Figure 21-7 - Forward cargo hold heating system


Aircraft skin
Venturi

p Switch

Isolation valve

TEMP:

COND

ALTN MODE

FAN

Compartment
temperature
sensor

CKPT 20

Extraction fan

FWD 22

44

AFT 23

40

FAN

38
H

H
HOT
AIR

FWD 18
48

Specific to the A321

Cargo
ventilation
controller

Smoke
detectors

CARGO HEAT
FWD ISOL VALVE
FAULT

Cabin
ambient air

Control panels (cockpit OVHD PNL)


MID CABIN

HOT AIR

Duct temp.
sensor

FAULT
OFF
COLD

OFF

HOT
PACK 2

PACK 2
FAULT
OFF

A
I
R
C
O
N
D

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

FWD

Hot air
Isolation
valve
Trim air
valve

Cargo
heat
controller

21.43.201

COLD

HOT

Page 121

[ 21-29]

A320 Family

21 Air conditioning
Table 21-8 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Installation of heating system


for forward cargo hold

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

10.0/10.0/-10.0
13.0/13.0/-13.0
17.0/17.0/-17.0

21.43.201

Page 122

[ 21-30]

Air conditioning 21

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.43.201

Page 123

[ 21-31]

A320 Family

21 Air conditioning

21.43.204 - Installation of heating system for complete aft cargo hold


Objective
To provide a variable heating system for the aft cargo
hold, to enable increased utilization of the hold, e.g. carriage of livestock.
Basic aircraft
Cargo holds are class C.
Dual loop smoke detection and fire extinguishing systems are installed.
Description
With ventilation of the aft cargo compartment installed
(optional), the modification consists of heating the air by
hot trim air bleed directly from the APU bleed air duct.
The hot air is controlled by a trim air valve and an additional trim air pressure regulating valve.
A cargo heating controller is installed in the avionics
compartment providing control and indication of the trim
air valve, trim air pressure regulating valve and cargo
compartment temperature.
Temperature control is achieved using inputs from the
temperature selector, the cargo hold air temperature
sensor and the and the supply duct temperature sensor.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

The aft cargo compartment heating system will permit to


select a stabilized lower mean temperature limit between 5 DEG C (41 DEG F) and 26 DEG C (79 DEG F)
with an accuracy of plus minus 2 DEG C (3.6 DEG F) at
the reference point.
In case the cargo door is not fully closed, the hot air supply is shut off by closing the trim air valve automatically.
In the event of smoke warning, the smoke detection system automatically closes both isolation valves, switches
off the extraction fan and closes the trim air valve.
Note
Requires prior selection of CN21.28.210/01 Installation
of ventilation system for complete aft cargo hold.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

21.43.204

Page 124

[ 21-32]

Air conditioning 21

A320 Family

Figure 21-8 - Aft cargo hold heating system


Towards outflow valve
Specific to the A321
Isolation
valve
Extraction
fan

ECAM Page
TEMP:

COND

ALTN MODE

FAN
CKPT 20
44
C

FWD 22
40
C

FAN
AFT 23
38

H
HOT
AIR

Smoke detectors
AFT 18
48

Compartment temperature sensor


C

Cabin
ambient air

Pressure
regulating
valve

Duct temp.
sensor

From
APU
bleed air duct

HOT
AIR

Cargo
ventilation
controller
Control panel (Cockpit OVHD PNL)

Isolation valve
CARGO HEAT

Trim air
valve

AFT ISOL VALVE

FAULT

FAULT

OFF

OFF

AFT

Cargo
heat
controller

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

HOT AIR

21.43.204

COLD

Page 125

HOT

[ 21-33]

A320 Family

21 Air conditioning
Table 21-9 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Installation of heating system


for complete aft cargo hold

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

14.0/14.0/-14.0
14.0/14.0/-14.0
17.0/17.0/-17.0
21.0/21.0/-21.0

02

Installation of heating system


for complete aft cargo hold
associated with gaseous oxygen system

A319-100

16.0/16.0/-16.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Requires prior acceptance of


CN35.20.114/01 Extended duration gaseous passenger oxygen system.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.43.204

Page 126

[ 21-34]

Air conditioning 21

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.43.204

Page 127

[ 21-35]

A320 Family

21 Air conditioning
21.70.109 - Installation of ozone catalytic converters
Objective
To protect the passengers from high ozone concentration.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Basic aircraft
Space and structural provisions are provided by design
of the air generation components underneath the centre
wing box.
Description
Two ozone converters are installed in the bleed-air supply line upstream of the pack flow control valves.
In addition to the current ozone catalytic converter, a
combined VOC/ozone catalytic converter is proposed.
The benefit of the latter is the reduction of odors in the
cabin due to fuel vapor and engine exhaust gas ingestion into the bleed system while on ground and taxiing.
This change requires the removal of existing bleed air
supply ducts between frames 35-37 underneath centre
wing box.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.70.109

Page 128

[ 21-36]

Air conditioning 21

A320 Family

Figure 21-9 - Ozone converters location


Engine bleed
Ozone converters

To pack 2

Cross bleed
valve

Flow control valves

To pack 1

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.70.109

Page 129

[ 21-37]

A320 Family

21 Air conditioning
Table 21-10 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

07

Installation of ozone catalytic


converters - ENGELHARDT
CORPORATION, PN 20499006

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

19.7/19.7/-19.7
19.7/19.7/-19.7
19.7/19.7/-19.7
19.7/19.7/-19.7

Catalytic ozone
converter

ENGELHARDT

20499006

SFE

08

Installation of combined VOC/


ozone catalytic converters ENGELHARDT CORPORATION, PN 44018005

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

25.7/25.7/-25.7
25.7/25.7/-25.7
25.7/25.7/-25.7
25.7/25.7/-25.7

Catalytic VOC/
ozone converter

ENGELHARDT

44018005

SFE

VOC: Volatile Organic Compounds.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

21.70.109

Page 130

[ 21-38]

A320 Family

Auto flight 22

Reference

Title

22.00.104

Automatic landing capability

22.70.100

Flight Management (FM) kits alternate equipment

22.81.143

Inhibition of the expedite pushbutton

22.82.103

Installation of third Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 131

[ 22-1]

A320 Family

22 Auto flight
22.00.104 - Automatic landing capability
Objective for A320-200
To perform automatic landings under conditions that
were not part of the aircraft initial autoland certification.
Basic aircraft for A320-200
Depending on aircraft and engine types, the autoland
function has been certified for a standard domain of operations in terms of altitude, temperature...
Description for A320-200
The aircraft will be capable to perform automatic landings in an extended domain of operations.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

22.00.104

Page 132

[ 22-2]

Auto flight 22

A320 Family
Table 22-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

02

Automatic landing capability


extension for CFM engines
(9200 ft)

A320-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.

A320-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

A320-215 and A320-216 : Subject to certification

06

Automatic landing capability


extension for IAE engines
(9200 ft)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

22.00.104

Page 133

[ 22-3]

A320 Family

22 Auto flight
22.70.100 - Flight Management (FM) kits alternate equipment
Objective
To offer a choice of supplier for FM kits and Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU).
Basic aircraft
Two FM kits are fitted in each FMGC (2 per aircraft) and
two MCDUs are fitted in the cockpit center pedestal.
Description
This option installs alternate FM kits (2 cards per
FMGC) and two MCDUs, instead of the basic equipment.
The equipment is mechanically, electrically interchangeable and functionally equivalent with the basic
one.
However mixing equipment from different suppliers is
not possible.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

22.70.100

Page 134

[ 22-4]

Auto flight 22

A320 Family
Figure 22-1 - FM kits alternate equipment

FMS cards

DIR
F-PLN

DIR

PROG

PERF

INIT

DATA

F-PLN

RAD
NAV

FUEL
PRED

SEC
F-PLN

ATC
COMM

AIR
PORT
PROG
PERF
RAD
NAV

FUEL
PRED

AIR
PORT

8
0

FMGC

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

FMGC

A2

F5

7
3

K8

INIT

DATA

SEC
F-PLN

ATC
COMM

CBRT D

MCDU DIM
G
I
MENU H

LD

G
6
9
L

M
E

P
H

QI

RJ

U
M

V
N

W
O

/
S

SP

OVFY

CLR

P0

Q-

Z
R

SP

OVFY

CLR

DIM

K
C

B
3

BRT
MCDU
MENU

MCDU

22.70.100

Page 135

[ 22-5]

A320 Family

22 Auto flight
Table 22-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

Std

Std

38

FM kits/MCDUs basic equipment - THALES AVIONICS/


SMITHS associated with PW
engines

FM kits (Rel. 1A - FMGC H2I11)


/ MCDU basic equip - HONEYWELL assoc. with IAE engines

FM kits (Rel. 1A - FMGC


H2C12) / MCDU basic equip HONEYWELL assoc. with CFM
engines

FM kits (Rel. 1A - FMGC H2I11)


/ MCDU altern. equip - HONEYWELL assoc. with PW engines

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100

A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Flight Management
Guidance Computer (FMGC)

THALES AVIONICS S.A. /


SMITHS

C13043BA03

SFE

Multipurpose Control and Display


Unit (MCDU)

THALES AVIONICS SA

C19266AA01

SFE

Flight Management
Guidance Computer (FMGC)

THALES AVIONICS S.A. / HONEYWELL

C13042BA03

SFE

Multipurpose Control and Display


Unit (MCDU)

HONEYWELL
INC.

4089740-961

SFE

Flight Management
Guidance Computer (FMGC)

THALES AVIONICS S.A. / HONEYWELL

C13042AA04

SFE

Multipurpose Control and Display


Unit (MCDU)

HONEYWELL
INC.

4089740-961

SFE

Flight Management
Guidance Computer (FMGC)

THALES AVIONICS S.A. / HONEYWELL

C13042BA03

SFE

FMS operational
software

HONEYWELL
INC.

PS4087600903

SFE

Multipurpose Control and Display


Unit (MCDU)

HONEYWELL
INC.

4089740-961

SFE

22.70.100

Page 136

[ 22-6]

Auto flight 22

A320 Family
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

48

49

50

FM kits (Rel. 1A - FMGC S6I11)


/ MCDU altern. equip - THALES
AVIONICS/SMITH assoc. with
IAE engines

FM kits (Rel. 1A - FMGC


H2C13) / MCDU altern. equip HONEYWELL assoc. with CFM
engines

FM kits (Rel. 1A - FMGC S6C13)


/ MCDU altern. equip - THALES
AVIONICS/SMITH assoc. with
CFM engines

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Flight Management
Guidance Computer (FMGC)

THALES AVIONICS S.A. /


SMITHS

C13043BA04

SFE

FMS operational
software

THALES AVIONICS S.A. /


SMITHS

G2604AAG01

SFE

Multipurpose Control and Display


Unit (MCDU)

THALES AVIONICS SA

C19266EA01

SFE

Flight Management
Guidance Computer (FMGC)

THALES AVIONICS S.A. / HONEYWELL

C13042AA05

SFE

FMS operational
software

HONEYWELL
INC.

PS4087700903

SFE

Multipurpose Control and Display


Unit (MCDU)

HONEYWELL
INC.

4089740-961

SFE

Flight Management
Guidance Computer (FMGC)

THALES AVIONICS S.A. /


SMITHS

C13043AA05

SFE

FMS operational
software

THALES AVIONICS S.A. /


SMITHS

G2604AAG01

SFE

Multipurpose Control and Display


Unit (MCDU)

THALES AVIONICS SA

C19266EA01

SFE

22.70.100

Page 137

[ 22-7]

A320 Family

22 Auto flight
22.81.143 - Inhibition of the expedite pushbutton
Objective
To inhibit the expedite pushbutton to have functional
commonality between the A330/340 and the A318/319/
320/321 FCUs.
Basic aircraft
Expedite mode is used in climb or descent to reach the
desired altitude with the maximum gradient.
The function is manually activated by depressing the
expedite pushbutton on the FCU:
expedite climb mode is engaged if the selected altitude is higher than the aircraft altitude
expedite descent mode is engaged if the selected altitude is lower than the aircraft altitude.
Disengagement can be done manually by engagement
of another vertical mode or automatically with ALT
mode engagement.
Description
Expedite pushbutton is replaced by a blank pushbutton
(fixed) on the FCU.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

22.81.143

Page 138

[ 22-8]

Auto flight 22

A320 Family
Figure 22-2 - Expedite pushbutton
Pre-mod
SPD
CSTR

WPT

VOR.D

NDB

HDG

LAT

ALT

LVL/CH

V/S

HDG V/S

ARPT

ARPT

NDB

VOR.D

WPT

CSTR

BARO

BARO
ROSE NAV
VOR

IN HG

HPA

LS

160
2

VOR

ADF

OFF

HDG
TRK

80

20

1
ADF

FD

ARC

PLAN 10

LS

PULL
STD

40

V/S
FPA

100

UP

1000

SPD
MACH

320

AP 2

160

10

ADF
LOC

A/THR

APPR

EXPED

VOR

ARC

PULL
STD

2
ADF

OFF

HPA

PLAN IN HG

LS

320

DN

VOR
OFF

80

20

PUSH
TO
LEVEL
OFF

METRIC
ALT
AP 1

ROSE NAV
VOR

40

VOR
LS

OFF

FD

Post-mod
SPD

HDG

LAT

ALT

LVL/CH

V/S

HDG V/S

HDG
TRK

V/S
FPA

100

SPD
MACH

1000

UP
PUSH
TO
LEVEL
OFF

METRIC
ALT
AP 1

AP 2
DN

LOC

A/THR

EXPED

APPR

Dummy expedite pushbutton

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

22.81.143

Page 139

[ 22-9]

A320 Family

22 Auto flight
Table 22-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Inhibition of the expedite pushbutton

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

22.81.143

Page 140

[ 22-10]

Auto flight 22

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

22.81.143

Page 141

[ 22-11]

A320 Family

22 Auto flight

22.82.103 - Installation of third Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU)


Objective
To ease maintenance tasks on the ground.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Basic aircraft
Two MCDUs are installed on the pedestal, one on each
side.
MCDUs are connected to the FMS, CFDS, AIDS DMU
and ATSU.
Description
The third MCDU is installed on the captain's side console and connected to the CFDS. It is also connected to
the AIDS and ACARS systems. In such case the first
MCDU is connected only to the FMS and ATSU.
The modification consists of:
side console adaptation
installation of the third MCDU.
Note
the third MCDU is used on ground only
supplier choice must be consistent with item
CN22.70.100 - FMS kits alternate equipment, or
CN22.82.102 - MCDU alternate equipment, if applicable.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

22.82.103

Page 142

[ 22-12]

Auto flight 22

A320 Family
Figure 22-3 - MCDU installation

MCDU
(basic)

BRT
DIR

PROG

PERF

INIT

DATA

F-PLN

RAD
NAV

FUEL
PRED

SEC
F-PLN

ATC
COMM

OFF
MCDU
MENU

AIR
PORT

F
A
I
L

F
M

SP

OVFY

CLR

M
C
D
U
M
E
N
U

Optional
MCDU

Printer
(basic)

MCDU

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

22.82.103

Page 143

[ 22-13]

A320 Family

22 Auto flight
Table 22-4 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

06

Installation of third MCDU


associated with FMS - THALES
V800
Requires prior selection of a THALES
AVIONICS/SMITHS FMS.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

10.0/10.0/-10.0
10.0/10.0/-10.0
10.0/10.0/-10.0
10.0/10.0/-10.0

Equipment
reference

Multipurpose Control and Display


Unit (MCDU)

22.82.103

Equipment
supplier

THALES AVIONICS SA

Equipment
PN

C19266EA01

QTY

Page 144

STS

SFE

[ 22-14]

A320 Family

Communications 23

Reference

Title

23.00.132

Installation (based on basic common provision) of Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT)

23.11.102

Full provision for single HF system

23.11.111

Full provision for dual HF system

23.11.116

Installation of single HF system (SFE)

23.11.131

Installation of single HF system and full provision for second one (SFE)

23.11.155

Installation of dual HF system (SFE)

23.11.167

Additional wiring for HF Data Link (HFDL) function

23.11.169

Activation of HF Data Link (HFDL) function

23.12.130

VHF Data Radio (VDR) alternate equipment

23.13.100

Installation of alternate Radio Management Panel (RMP)

23.13.101

Installation of third Radio Management Panel (RMP)

23.13.105

Activation of RMP std 4 frequency load function

23.28.170

Installation of AERO H+/SBB SATCOM cockpit voice interface

23.28.210

Installation of SATCOM AERO H+ SRT 2100B system

23.28.211

Installation of SwiftBroadband (SBB) SATCOM system

23.50.110

Installation of additional Audio Control Panel (ACP) and jack panel

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 145

[ 23-1]

23 Communications

A320 Family

Reference

Title

23.50.135

Installation of headset for fourth occupant

23.50.138

Cockpit hand microphone alternate equipment

23.51.103

Installation of active noise canceling boomsets (SFE)

23.51.136

Boomsets alternate equipment

23.51.139

Boomsets alternate equipment with two jack plugs

23.70.110

Installation of a video monitoring system

23.71.103

Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR) alternate equipment

23.71.110

Recorder Independent Power Supply (RIPS) - 28VDC power supply for CVR

23.71.120

System provision for CVR capable of data link recording

23.73.200

Installation of cockpit and cabin alert switches (Aircraft Security Project)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 146

[ 23-2]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 147

[ 23-3]

A320 Family

23 Communications

23.00.132 - Installation (based on basic common provision) of Emergency Locator


Transmitter (ELT)
Objective
To install ELT, in compliance with ED62, designed to
improve search and rescue by automatically activating
(through a G-switch), in the event of an emergency.
Basic aircraft
The following provision is installed allowing the installation of the automatic ELT:
one external antenna (for 121.5, 243, 406 MHz frequencies) on top of the rear part of the fuselage between frame C64 and C65
ELT support located in the upper part of the fuselage,
close to the antenna
a coaxial cable from the external antenna to the ELT
support in the aft ceiling area
wiring from the ELT support to the cockpit allowing
future installation of ELT remote control panel
wiring from the ELT remote control panel location to
the ground electrical panel (ground horn).

Installation of a modified control panel near the ground


horn.
Note
Certain interface wirings may be affected and some
new ones may have to be installed once the ELT supplier is selected.
In this configuration the ELT can be used as an Automatic Fixed ELT (ELT (AF)) only. Due to its installation,
this ELT cannot be used to replace an ELT(s) as mentioned in EU-OPS1/AMC OPS 1.830(c).
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Description
Installation of an ELT (BFE) capable of emitting a distress signal on the 121.5, 243.0 and 406.0 MHz international standard distress frequencies.
Installation of a remote control panel in the cockpit.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.00.132

Page 148

[ 23-4]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Figure 23-1 - Automatic ELT installation


C64 C66
C65

ELT antenna

C70

C87

ELT
support

FW

ET

ES

/R

EL

ST

TE

ON

A
R
M
E
D

ELT remote control panel

Typical installation
ELT remote control panel

FLT INT

EXT PWR

108 VU

NOT IN USE

AVAIL

CKPT CALL

ADIRU &
APU FIRE
AVNCS VENT
R

ELT

LIGHT TEST CKPT CALL

RESET
APU SHUT OFF

Ground horn
Ground electrical power panel

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.00.132

Page 149

[ 23-5]

A320 Family

23 Communications
Table 23-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

31

39

44

Automatic programmable ELT


(406AF) associated with
remote control panel in cockpit
- ELTA (BFE)

Automatic programmable ELT


with prog. dongle with remote
control panel (RC800) in cockpit - THALES

Auto. progr. ELT (406 AFN)


assoc. with remote control
panel in cockpit w/o AIM HONEYWELL (BFE)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

3.6/3.6/-3.6
3.6/3.6/-3.6
3.6/3.6/-3.6
3.6/3.6/-3.6

3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0

3.5/3.5/-3.5
3.5/3.5/-3.5
3.5/3.5/-3.5
3.5/3.5/-3.5

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Back up antenna

ELTA

02N64070

BFE

Emergency Locator Transmitter


(ELT)

ELTA

01N65900

BFE

Remote control
panel

ELTA

93N6035

BFE

Emergency Locator Transmitter


(ELT)

THALES AVIONICS SA

S1821502-02

BFE

Emergency Locator Transmitter


(ELT) bracket

THALES AVIONICS SA

S1820511-01

BFE

Programming dongle

THALES AVIONICS SA

S1820514-04

BFE

Remote control
panel

THALES AVIONICS SA

S1820513-15

BFE

Emergency Locator Transmitter


(ELT)

HONEYWELL
ASCA INC

1152682-3

BFE

Remote control
panel

HONEYWELL
ASCA INC

1153008-1

BFE

23.00.132

Page 150

[ 23-6]

Communications 23

A320 Family
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

45

46

Auto. progr. ELT (406 AFN)


assoc. with remote control
panel in cockpit with AIM HONEYWELL (BFE)

Auto. progr. ELT (406 AFN)


assoc. with remote control
panel in cockpit with NAIM HONEYWELL (BFE)
Capable to transmit the last aircraft position (lat, long)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

3.6/3.6/-3.6
3.6/3.6/-3.6
3.6/3.6/-3.6
3.6/3.6/-3.6

3.6/3.6/-3.6
3.6/3.6/-3.6
3.6/3.6/-3.6
3.6/3.6/-3.6

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Aircraft Identification Module (AIM)

HONEYWELL
ASCA INC

1152780-1

BFE

Emergency Locator Transmitter


(ELT)

HONEYWELL
ASCA INC

1152682-3

BFE

Remote control
panel

HONEYWELL
ASCA INC

1153008-1

BFE

Aircraft Identification Module + NAV


(NAIM)

HONEYWELL
ASCA INC

1153396-1

BFE

Emergency Locator Transmitter


(ELT)

HONEYWELL
ASCA INC

1152682-3

BFE

Remote control
panel

HONEYWELL
ASCA INC

1153008-1

BFE

23.00.132

Page 151

[ 23-7]

A320 Family

23 Communications
23.11.102 - Full provision for single HF system
Objective
To make full provision for single HF system.
Basic aircraft
space provision is made for dual HF communication
transceivers (ARINC 719).
structural provision is made for single HF antenna
and coupler.
Description
The modification consists of installing:
one transceiver mount in the avionics compartment
one HF antenna in the fin leading edge
one antenna coupler mount in the ceiling of the rear
part of the aircraft
the antenna feeder and all the necessary wiring.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.11.102

Page 152

[ 23-8]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Figure 23-2 - Full provision for single HF system

RMP3

RMP1

RMP2
Antenna

VDR1

VDR2

VDR3

HF1
Full
provision

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

One transceiver mount


in avionics compartment

One antenna
coupler mount

HF2

23.11.102

Page 153

[ 23-9]

A320 Family

23 Communications
Table 23-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Full provision for single HF


system (ARINC 719)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

16.0/16.0/-16.0
16.5/16.5/-16.5
17.0/17.0/-17.0
19.0/19.0/-19.0

Equipment
reference

HF antenna

23.11.102

Equipment
supplier

AIRBUS

Equipment
PN

TBD

QTY

Page 154

STS

SFE

[ 23-10]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.11.102

Page 155

[ 23-11]

A320 Family

23 Communications
23.11.111 - Full provision for dual HF system
Objective
To make full provision for dual HF system.
Basic aircraft
space provision is made for dual HF communication
transceivers (ARINC 719)
structural provision is made for single HF antenna
and coupler.
Description
The modification consists of installing:
two transceiver mounts in the avionics compartment
two antenna coupler mounts in the ceiling of the rear
part of the aircraft
two antenna feeders and all necessary wiring
one HF antenna in the fin leading edge.
Note
The same HF antenna shall be used for both HF systems.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.11.111

Page 156

[ 23-12]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Figure 23-3 - Full provision for dual HF system

RMP3

RMP1

RMP2
Antenna

VDR1

VDR2

VDR3

Two transceiver mounts


in avionics compartment

HF1

HF2

Full
provision

Full
provision

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.11.111

Two antenna
coupler mounts

Page 157

[ 23-13]

A320 Family

23 Communications
Table 23-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Full provision for dual HF system (ARINC 719)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

29.0/29.0/-29.0
30.0/30.0/-30.0
31.0/31.0/-31.0
35.0/35.0/-35.0

Equipment
reference

HF antenna

23.11.111

Equipment
supplier

AIRBUS

Equipment
PN

TBD

QTY

Page 158

STS

SFE

[ 23-14]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.11.111

Page 159

[ 23-15]

A320 Family

23 Communications
23.11.116 - Installation of single HF system (SFE)
Objective
To install one HF system for voice communication in areas outside VHF coverage.
Basic aircraft
space provision is made for dual HF communication
transceivers (ARINC 719)
structural provision is made for single HF antenna
and coupler.
Description
The modification consists of:
installing one HF transceiver and its associated
mount in the avionics compartment
installing one HF antenna in the fin leading edge
installing one antenna coupler and its associated
mount in the ceiling of the rear part of the aircraft
pin-programming the AMU.
Note
The installation of the optional third Radio Management
Panel (RMP) is recommended.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.11.116

Page 160

[ 23-16]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Table 23-4 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

02

05

Installation of single HF system (data link capable) - ROCKWELL COLLINS 900 (SFE)

Installation of single HF system (data link capable) - HONEYWELL (SFE)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

41.0/41.0/-41.0
41.0/41.0/-41.0
41.0/41.0/-41.0
41.0/41.0/-41.0

41.0/41.0/-41.0
41.0/41.0/-41.0
41.0/41.0/-41.0
41.0/41.0/-41.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

HF antenna

AIRBUS

HFDR antenna
coupler

Equipment
PN

STS

SFE

ROCKWELL COL- 822-0987-003


LINS

SFE

HFDR transceiver

ROCKWELL COL- 822-0990-003


LINS

SFE

HF antenna

AIRBUS

TBD

SFE

HFDR antenna
coupler

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

964-0453-001

SFE

HFDR transceiver

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

964-0452-052

SFE

23.11.116

TBD

QTY

Page 161

[ 23-17]

A320 Family

23 Communications

23.11.131 - Installation of single HF system and full provision for second one (SFE)
Objective
To install single HF system, with full provision for a second one.
Basic aircraft
space provision is made for dual HF communication
transceivers (ARINC 719)
structural provision is made for single HF antenna
and coupler.
Description
The modification consists of:
installation of two HF transceiver mounts and one HF
transceiver in the electronic rack
installation of one HF antenna (in the leading edge)
installation of two HF antenna coupler mounts and
one HF antenna coupler
pin-programming of the Audio Management Unit
(AMU).
Note
The installation of the optional third Radio Management
Panel (RMP) is recommended.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.11.131

Page 162

[ 23-18]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Figure 23-4 - Installation of single HF system and full provision for second one

RMP3

RMP1

RMP2
Antenna

VDR1

VDR2

VDR3

HF1

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

One transceiver and two


transceiver mounts in
avionics compartment

One antenna coupler


and two antenna
coupler mounts

HF2
Full
provision

23.11.131

Page 163

[ 23-19]

A320 Family

23 Communications
Table 23-5 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

02

05

Inst. of single HF system (data


link capable) & full prov for
second one - ROCKWELL
COLL. 900 (SFE)

Inst. of single HF system (data


link capable) and full prov for
second one - HONEYWELL
(SFE)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

51.0/51.0/-51.0
52.0/52.0/-52.0
52.0/52.0/-52.0
56.0/56.0/-56.0

51.0/51.0/-51.0
52.0/52.0/-52.0
52.0/52.0/-52.0
56.0/56.0/-56.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

HF antenna

AIRBUS

HFDR antenna
coupler
HFDR transceiver

Equipment
PN

STS

SFE

ROCKWELL COL- 822-0987-003


LINS

SFE

ROCKWELL COL- 822-0990-003


LINS

SFE

TBD

SFE

HF antenna

TBD

QTY

HFDR antenna
coupler

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

964-0453-001

SFE

HFDR transceiver

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

964-0452-052

SFE

23.11.131

Page 164

[ 23-20]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.11.131

Page 165

[ 23-21]

A320 Family

23 Communications
23.11.155 - Installation of dual HF system (SFE)
Objective
To install a dual HF system for voice communication in
areas outside VHF coverage.
Basic aircraft
space provision is made for dual HF communication
transceivers (ARINC 719)
structural provision is made for single HF antenna
and coupler.
Description
The modification consists of:
installation of two HF transceivers with associated
mounts in the avionics compartment
installation of one HF antenna in the fin leading edge
installation of two HF antenna couplers with associated mounts in the ceiling of the rear part of the aircraft
pin-programming of the AMU.
Note
The installation of the optional third Radio Management
Panel (RMP) is recommended.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.11.155

Page 166

[ 23-22]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Figure 23-5 - Installation of dual HF system

RMP3

RMP1

RMP2
Antenna

VDR1

VDR2

VDR3
Two transceivers
and associated mounts
in avionics compartment

HF1

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Two antenna
couplers with
associated mounts

HF2

23.11.155

Page 167

[ 23-23]

A320 Family

23 Communications
Table 23-6 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

02

05

Installation of dual HF system


(data link capable) - ROCKWELL COLLINS 900 (SFE)

Installation of dual HF system


(data link capable) - HONEYWELL (SFE)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

72.0/72.0/-72.0
73.0/73.0/-73.0
73.0/73.0/-73.0
77.0/77.0/-77.0

72.0/72.0/-72.0
73.0/73.0/-73.0
73.0/73.0/-73.0
73.0/73.0/-73.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

HF antenna

AIRBUS

HFDR antenna
coupler
HFDR transceiver

Equipment
PN

STS

SFE

ROCKWELL COL- 822-0987-003


LINS

SFE

ROCKWELL COL- 822-0990-003


LINS

SFE

TBD

SFE

HF antenna

TBD

QTY

HFDR antenna
coupler

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

964-0453-001

SFE

HFDR transceiver

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

964-0452-052

SFE

23.11.155

Page 168

[ 23-24]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.11.155

Page 169

[ 23-25]

A320 Family

23 Communications
23.11.167 - Additional wiring for HF Data Link (HFDL) function
Objective
To allow installation of HFDR capable of data link mode.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
Based on the existing HF system provision or installation, additional wiring provision is installed to make
HFDR capable of data communication.
HF1 (and HF1 only) system will be connected to the following systems:
ATSU (only one HFDR connected)
FWCs for ECAM message
RMPs for voice/data monitoring
CFDIU for the acquisition of pin programming of the
HFDR.

HF VOICE functionality for customers for which HF usual VOICE operation is necessary, it is recommended to
install a second HF or at least full provision for a second
one.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Note
When HF Data Link (HFDL) function is activated, the
RMP human-machine interface for HF1 is the same as
VHF3 when ACARS or ATSU is installed, i.e. that one
RMP window displays a VOICE frequency while the other displays "DATA". Therefore, ergonomics for use of
the VOICE function is downgraded. In order to keep the
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.11.167

Page 170

[ 23-26]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Table 23-7 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Additional wiring for single


HFDL function
Requires prior selection of provision or
installation of a single or dual HF system.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0

23.11.167

Page 171

[ 23-27]

A320 Family

23 Communications
23.11.169 - Activation of HF Data Link (HFDL) function
Objective
To provide data link capability over HF Data Radio
(HFDR).

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Basic aircraft
provisions for HF system
an ATSU is installed providing ACARS function.
Description
The HFDL capability is activated. This requires prior installation of:
upgraded ATSU software capable of HFDL
upgraded HF transceivers and couplers to be data
capable
wiring between the ATSU and the HF system.
Note
in single HF configuration, when Data Link is activated, one RMP window displays a voice frequency and
the other displays "DATA". Therefore ergonomics for
use of the voice function is downgraded (crew workload + frequency memory lost) and consequently, it
is recommended to install a second HFDR system for
HF usual voice operation
single network provider: ARINC.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.11.169

Page 172

[ 23-28]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Table 23-8 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Activation of HFDL function for


AOC
Requires prior acceptance of
CN23.11.167/01- Additional wiring for
HFDL function and installation of a single
or dual HF system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0

23.11.169

Page 173

[ 23-29]

A320 Family

23 Communications
23.12.130 - VHF Data Radio (VDR) alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate vendors for VDR transceivers.
Basic aircraft
Three VDR systems are installed, generally in accordance with ARINC 716 and ARINC 750.
Description
This option allows to select alternate vendors for VDR
transceivers.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.12.130

Page 174

[ 23-30]

Communications 23

A320 Family
Figure 23-6 - VHF system

RMP3

RMP1

RMP2
VDR1 antenna

VDR1

VDR2

VDR3

HF1

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

VDR3 antenna

Three VDR
transceivers

VDR2 antenna

HF2

23.12.130

Page 175

[ 23-31]

A320 Family

23 Communications
Table 23-9 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

VHF Data Radio (VDR) basic


equipment, type VHF 2100,
capable VDL mode 2 - ROCKWELL COLLINS

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

12

VHF Data Radio (VDR) alternate equipment, capable VDL


mode 2 - THALES AVIONICS

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

13

VHF Data Radio (VDR) alternate equipment, capable VDL


mode 2 - HONEYWELL

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

VDR transceiver
(mode 2)

ROCKWELL COL- 822-1287-120


LINS

SFE

VHF antenna

CHELTON

2438-89-00

SFE

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

VDR transceiver
(mode 2)

THALES AVIONICS SA

EVR750-040100A

SFE

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

VDR transceiver
(mode 2)

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

064-500002051

SFE

23.12.130

Page 176

[ 23-32]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.12.130

Page 177

[ 23-33]

A320 Family

23 Communications

23.13.100 - Installation of alternate Radio Management Panel (RMP)


Objective
To provide alternate Radio Management Panels (RMPs).
Basic aircraft
The basic aircraft is equipped with two RMPs (8.33 kHz
channel spacing capability) installed on the center pedestal.
Description
The basic RMPs are replaced by alternate equipment
(MLS capable and with turbo tuning).
Note
A third RMP (CN23.13.101) is recommended if an optional HF is installed.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.13.100

Page 178

[ 23-34]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Table 23-10 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

Radio Management Panel


(RMP) basic equip. with turbo
tuning & HF data activation
capab. (std 2B)

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

03

Radio Management Panel


(RMP) alternate equipment MLS/GLS compatible and with
turbo tuning (std 3B)

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

04

Radio Management Panel


(RMP) - alternate equipment with CPDLC function capability
(std 4)

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Radio Management Panel (RMP)

THALES AVIONICS SA

C12848CB01

SFE

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Radio Management Panel (RMP)

THALES AVIONICS SA

C12848DB01

SFE

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Radio Management Panel (RMP)

THALES AVIONICS SA

C12848EA01

SFE

23.13.100

Page 179

[ 23-35]

A320 Family

23 Communications
23.13.101 - Installation of third Radio Management Panel (RMP)
Objective
To provide additional control for communication radios
and back-up in case one of the basic RMPs fails.
Basic aircraft
The basic aircraft is equipped with two RMPs (8.33 kHz
channel spacing capability) installed on the center pedestal.
Description
The third RMP is connected to all VDR transceivers
(and HF if installed) via the two basic RMPs.
The third RMP is used for communication facilities only.
The modification consists of the:
modification of the CFDIU pin programming
installation of the third RMP on the existing provision
removal of safety clip from appropriate circuit breaker.
Note
The third RMP is recommended if an optional HF is installed.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.13.101

Page 180

[ 23-36]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Figure 23-7 - Third Radio Management Panel (RMP)


ACTIVE

RMP3

VHF1

VHF2

HF1

SEL

SE

STBY/CRS

VHF3
AM

HF2

ON

STBY NAV
NAV

VOR

LS

ADF

BFO
OFF

RMP1

VDR1

RMP2

Third radio management panel

VDR2

VDR3

HF1

HF2

Captain RMP1

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.13.101

First Officer RMP2

Page 181

[ 23-37]

A320 Family

23 Communications
Table 23-11 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

08

Installation of third RMP MLS


and GLS compatible and with
turbo tuning (std 3B) - THALES
AVIONICS

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0

Radio Management Panel (RMP)

THALES AVIONICS SA

C12848DB01

SFE

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0

Radio Management Panel (RMP)

THALES AVIONICS SA

C12848EA01

SFE

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0

Radio Management Panel (RMP)

THALES AVIONICS SA

C12848CB01

SFE

Requires prior acceptance of


CN23.13.100/03 Radio Management
Panel (RMP) - alternate equipment - MLS/
GLS compatible and with turbo tuning (std
3B)

09

Installation of third RMP - with


CPDLC function capability (std
4)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN23.13.100/04 Radio Management
Panel (RMP) - alternate equipment - with
CPDLC function capability (std 4)

10

Installation of third RMP - with


turbo tuning of VHF channels
& HF data activ. capability (std
2b)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN23.13.100/05 Radio Management
Panel (RMP) alternate equip. with turbo
tuning & HF data activation capab. (std
2B)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.13.101

Page 182

[ 23-38]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.13.101

Page 183

[ 23-39]

A320 Family

23 Communications
23.13.105 - Activation of RMP std 4 frequency load function
Objective
To activate the RMP std 4 frequency load function.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The frequency load function associated to FANS shall
be activated on RMP standard 4.
It consists in the automatic loading of the standby frequency received by datalink via the ATSU.
It implies to:
install and connect wiring between RMP and ATSU
remove "DEACT" placard on RMP front face.
Note
Requires prior selection of CN46.21.142/02 Installation
of FANS B+ or CN46.21.140/07 Installation of FANS A+
with datalink recording capability.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.13.105

Page 184

[ 23-40]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Table 23-12 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Activation of RMP std 4 frequency load function


Requires prior selection of CN46.21.142/
02 Installation of FANS B+

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

23.13.105

Page 185

[ 23-41]

A320 Family

23 Communications

23.28.170 - Installation of AERO H+/SBB SATCOM cockpit voice interface


Objective
To provide cockpit voice communications for the aeronautical AERO H+/SBB SATCOM system.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Basic aircraft
None.
Description
Cockpit voice communications is provided for the aeronautical AERO H+/SBB SATCOM system.
This modification consists of the following:
replacement of the basic Audio Management Unit
(AMU) by an upgraded AMU, with SATCOM interface capability
replacement of the Audio Control Panels (ACPs) by
upgraded ACPs with SATCOM capability
installation of wiring between SDU location and
AMU, as well as FWC
update of MCDU documentation.
Note
For SATCOM cockpit voice operation, the MCDU will be
used for dialing and the ACP for call establishment and
termination.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.28.170

Page 186

[ 23-42]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Table 23-13 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

33

Cockpit voice interface - AERO


H+/SBB SATCOM ROCKWELL
COLLINS - ACP for fourth
occupant in cockpit

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

4.0/4.0/-4.0
4.0/4.0/-4.0
4.0/4.0/-4.0
4.0/4.0/-4.0

Requires prior installation of ROCKWELL


COLLINS SATCOM AERO H+/SBB &
CN23.50.110/21 - Installation of an ACP
for the fourth occupant - T.E.A.M

34

Cockpit voice interface - AERO


H+/SBB SATCOM ROCKWELL
COLLINS - ACP for 4th occup.
& avionics comp.

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

7.0/7.0/-7.0
7.0/7.0/-7.0
7.0/7.0/-7.0
7.0/7.0/-7.0

Requires prior selection of ROCKWELL


COLLINS SATCOM AERO H+/SBB and
CN23.50.110/23 - Installation of an ACP
for the fourth occupant and an ACP and a
jack panel in the avionics compartment.

35

Cockpit voice interface - AERO


H+/SBB SATCOM ROCKWELL
COLLINS - basic ACP installation

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Requires prior selection of ROCKWELL


COLLINS SATCOM AERO H+/SBB.

36

Cockpit voice interface - AERO


H+/SBB SATCOM ROCKWELL
COLLINS - ACP in avionics
compartment
Requires prior selection of ROCKWELL
COLLINS SATCOM AERO H+/SBB and
CN23.50.110/22 - Installation of an ACP
and a jack panel in the avionics compartment.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Audio Control Panel T.E.A.M


(ACP)

ACP2788AE0
1

SFE

Audio Management Unit (AMU)

T.E.A.M

AMU4031LB1
40204

SFE

Audio Control Panel T.E.A.M


(ACP)

ACP2788AE0
1

SFE

Audio Management Unit (AMU)

T.E.A.M

AMU4031LB1
40204

SFE

Audio Control Panel T.E.A.M


(ACP)

ACP2788AE0
1

SFE

Audio Management Unit (AMU)

T.E.A.M

AMU4031LA1
40204

SFE

Audio Control Panel T.E.A.M


(ACP)

ACP2788AE0
1

SFE

Audio Management Unit (AMU)

AMU4031LA1
40204

SFE

23.28.170

T.E.A.M

Page 187

[ 23-43]

A320 Family

23 Communications
23.28.210 - Installation of SATCOM AERO H+ SRT 2100B system
Objective
To install AERO H+ SRT 2100B SATCOM avionics system and antenna equipment.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The AERO H+ SRT 2100B SATCOM is a transmission
system based on Inmarsat services that provides:
two classic voice channels for cabin and cockpit
voice communications (mainly as a telephone)
one classic data channel (2.4 kbps - 10 kbps bandwidth) used mainly for cockpit ACARS/FANS transmissions

Note
No redundancy is provided with proposed architecture
the failure of one of the SATCOM components (avionics/antenna) will lead to total loss of the SATCOM system.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

The modification consists in installing:


one AERO H+ SRT 2100B SATCOM SATCOM subsystem
associated High Gain antenna sub-system.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.28.210

Page 188

[ 23-44]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Table 23-14 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

02

Installation of AERO H+ SRT


2100B SATCOM system ROCKWELL COLLINS

Installation of AERO H+ SRT


2100B SATCOM system with
prov. for 1 SBB channel ROCKWELL COLLINS

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

90.0/90.0/-90.0
90.0/90.0/-90.0
90.0/90.0/-90.0
90.0/90.0/-90.0

91.0/91.0/-91.0
91.0/91.0/-91.0
91.0/91.0/-91.0
91.0/91.0/-91.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Adapter plate

CHELTON

6050-80-99

SFE

Diplexer Low Noise


Amplifier (D/LNA)

CHELTON

5044-89-99

SFE

Feeder

CHELTON

6058-89-99

SFE

High Gain Antenna


(HGA)

CHELTON

4141-89-99

SFE

SATCOM transceiver

ROCKWELL COL- 822-1785-401


LINS

SFE

Adapter plate

CHELTON

6050-80-99

SFE

Diplexer Low Noise


Amplifier (D/LNA)

CHELTON

5044-89-99

SFE

Feeder

CHELTON

6058-89-99

SFE

High Gain Antenna


(HGA)

CHELTON

4141-89-99

SFE

SATCOM transceiver

ROCKWELL COL- 822-1785-401


LINS

SFE

23.28.210

Page 189

[ 23-45]

A320 Family

23 Communications
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

03

Installation of AERO H+ SRT


2100B SATCOM system with
prov. for 2 SBB channels ROCKWELL COLLINS

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

92.0/92.0/-92.0
92.0/92.0/-92.0
92.0/92.0/-92.0
92.0/92.0/-92.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Adapter plate

CHELTON

6050-80-99

SFE

Diplexer Low Noise


Amplifier (D/LNA)

CHELTON

5044-89-99

SFE

Feeder

CHELTON

6058-89-99

SFE

High Gain Antenna


(HGA)

CHELTON

4141-89-99

SFE

SATCOM transceiver

ROCKWELL COL- 822-1785-401


LINS

SFE

23.28.210

Page 190

[ 23-46]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.28.210

Page 191

[ 23-47]

A320 Family

23 Communications

23.28.211 - Installation of SwiftBroadband (SBB) SATCOM system


Objective
To install Swiftbroadband (SBB) SATCOM avionics and
antenna equipment.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The SwiftBroadband (SBB) is a high speed Inmarsat
service providing channels up to 432 kbps each.
The SBB SATCOM is a transmission system that provides following services:
one or two high speed data channels (up to 432 kbps
per channel bandwidth) used for future cabin or
cockpit applications requiring high bandwidth
two classic voice channels for cabin and cockpit
voice communications (mainly as a telephone)
one classic data channel (2.4 kbps-10 kbps bandwidth) used mainly for cockpit ACARS/FANS transmissions.

Note
No redundancy is provided with proposed architecture,
the failure of one of the SATCOM components (avionics/antennas) will lead to total loss of the SATCOM system.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

The modification consists in installing:


one SBB SATCOM sub-system
associated High Gain antenna sub-system.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.28.211

Page 192

[ 23-48]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Table 23-15 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Installation of Swiftbroadband
(SBB) SATCOM - one SBB
channel - ROCKWELL COLLINS

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

41.0/41.0/-41.0
41.0/41.0/-41.0
41.0/41.0/-41.0
41.0/41.0/-41.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Adapter plate

CHELTON

6050-80-99

SFE

Diplexer Low Noise


Amplifier (D/LNA)

CHELTON

5044-89-99

SFE

Feeder

CHELTON

6058-89-99

SFE

High Gain Antenna


(HGA)

CHELTON

4141-89-99

SFE

High Speed Data


Unit (HSDU)

ROCKWELL COL- 822-2232-040


LINS

SFE

HSDU Data Module ROCKWELL COL- 822-2248-401


LINS
(HDM)

SFE

SATCOM transceiver

SFE

23.28.211

ROCKWELL COL- 822-1785-401


LINS

Page 193

[ 23-49]

A320 Family

23 Communications
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

02

Installation of Swiftbroadband
(SBB) SATCOM - two SBB
channels - ROCKWELL COLLINS

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

47.0/47.0/-47.0
47.0/47.0/-47.0
47.0/47.0/-47.0
47.0/47.0/-47.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Adapter plate

CHELTON

6050-80-99

SFE

Diplexer Low Noise


Amplifier (D/LNA)

CHELTON

5044-89-99

SFE

Feeder

CHELTON

6058-89-99

SFE

High Gain Antenna


(HGA)

CHELTON

4141-89-99

SFE

High Speed Data


Unit (HSDU)

ROCKWELL COL- 822-2232-040


LINS

SFE

HSDU Data Module ROCKWELL COL- 822-2248-401


LINS
(HDM)

SFE

SATCOM transceiver

SFE

23.28.211

ROCKWELL COL- 822-1785-401


LINS

Page 194

[ 23-50]

Communications 23

A320 Family
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

03

Installation of Swiftbroadband
(SBB) SATCOM - one SBB
channel and prov. for a 2nd ROCKWELL COLLINS

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

42.0/42.0/-42.0
42.0/42.0/-42.0
42.0/42.0/-42.0
42.0/42.0/-42.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Adapter plate

CHELTON

6050-80-99

SFE

Diplexer Low Noise


Amplifier (D/LNA)

CHELTON

5044-89-99

SFE

Feeder

CHELTON

6058-89-99

SFE

High Gain Antenna


(HGA)

CHELTON

4141-89-99

SFE

High Speed Data


Unit (HSDU)

ROCKWELL COL- 822-2232-040


LINS

SFE

HSDU Data Module ROCKWELL COL- 822-2248-401


LINS
(HDM)

SFE

SATCOM transceiver

SFE

23.28.211

ROCKWELL COL- 822-1785-401


LINS

Page 195

[ 23-51]

A320 Family

23 Communications

23.50.110 - Installation of additional Audio Control Panel (ACP) and jack panel
Objective
To provide provision for two-way communication for a
fourth occupant and/or additional communication capability in the avionics compartment for maintenance purposes.
Basic aircraft
three audio control panels for the Captain, the First
Officer, and the third occupant
two jack panels, one for the Captain and one for the
First Officer, each with two connectors: one for the
boomset and one jack type for a headset
two hand microphone connectors, one at each pilot's
station
a jack panel for the third occupant with three connectors: one for the boomset, one for the hand microphone, and one jack type for a headset
a headset jack connector for the fourth occupant,
linked to third occupant's audio output
three boomsets
three hand microphones
service interphone jack and system provision for an
ACP in the avionics compartment.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Description
For the installation of an ACP for the fourth occupant the
modification consists of:
a new AMU which is interchangeable
a supplementary ACP on the overhead panel
additional wiring between ACP and AMU
additional plugs for boomsets and hand microphone.
For the installation of an ACP and a jack panel in the
avionics compartment the modification consists of:
a supplementary ACP in the avionics compartment
additional wiring between ACP and AMU
additional plugs for boomsets, hand microphone,
headsets and service interphone.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

23.50.110

Page 196

[ 23-52]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Figure 23-8 - Audio Control Panel (ACP) installation (typical configurations)


Third occupant
ACP

Fourth occupant
ACP

First officer
ACP
Captain
ACP
BOOMSET

HAND MIC
HEADSET

SVCE INTPH

Jack Panel

Jack Panel
Fourth occupant station

ACP
AMU

BOOMSET

CALL

CALL

CALL

CALL

CALL

MECH

ATT

VHF1

VHF2

VHF3

HF1

HF2

INT

CAB

INT
ON
VOICE

HAND MIC

RAD
VOR1

Jack Panel

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

VOR2

RESET
MKR

ILS

PA
MLS

ADF1

ADF2

Audio Control Panel

23.50.110

Avionics compartment

Page 197

[ 23-53]

A320 Family

23 Communications
Table 23-16 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

21

Installation of ACP for fourth


occupant - T.E.A.M.
Incompatible with CN23.50.135 - Installation of headset for fourth occupant (SFE)

22

23

Installation of ACP and jack


panel in avionics compartment - T.E.A.M.

Installation of ACP for fourth


occupant and ACP and jack
panel in avionics compartment - T.E.A.M.
Incompatible with CN23.50.135 - Installation of headset for fourth occupant (SFE).

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Audio Control Panel T.E.A.M


(ACP)

ACP2788AD0
1

SFE

Audio Management Unit (AMU)

AMU4031SB1 1
40204

SFE

Audio Control Panel T.E.A.M


(ACP)

ACP2788AD0
1

SFE

Audio Management Unit (AMU)

AMU4031SA1 1
40204

SFE

Audio Control Panel T.E.A.M


(ACP)

ACP2788AD0
1

SFE

Audio Management Unit (AMU)

AMU4031SB1 1
40204

SFE

23.50.110

T.E.A.M

T.E.A.M

T.E.A.M

Page 198

[ 23-54]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.50.110

Page 199

[ 23-55]

A320 Family

23 Communications
23.50.135 - Installation of headset for fourth occupant
Objective
To allow the fourth occupant to listen to communications selected on the third occupant ACP.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Basic aircraft
two jack panels, one for the Captain and one for the
First Officer, each with two connectors: one for the
boomset and one jack type for a headset
two hand microphone connectors, one at each pilot's
station
a jack panel for the third occupant with three connectors: one for the boomset, one for the hand microphone, and one jack type for a headset
a headset jack connector for the fourth occupant,
linked to third occupant's audio output
three boomsets
three hand microphones.
Description
Installation of headset for fourth occupant in the LH aft
console.
Note
the headset plugs shall be PJ 055 or equivalent
requires prior acceptance of CN25.11.208 - Installation of fourth occupant seat in cockpit.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.50.135

Page 200

[ 23-56]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Figure 23-9 - Fourth occupant headset

Fourth occupant station

HEADSET

Basic
headset jack

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.50.135

Page 201

[ 23-57]

A320 Family

23 Communications
Table 23-17 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

12

Installation of headset for


fourth occupant - SENNHEISER, model HD46-K1

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5

Equipment
reference

Headset

23.50.135

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

SENNHEISER

046-69-9990931

QTY

Page 202

STS

SFE

[ 23-58]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.50.135

Page 203

[ 23-59]

A320 Family

23 Communications
23.50.138 - Cockpit hand microphone alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate supplier for the three basic hand
microphones in the cockpit.
Basic aircraft
Three hand microphones are installed in the cockpit.
Description
The cockpit hand microphones are replaced by alternate equipment. The corresponding brackets shall be
adapted accordingly.
Note
HOLMBERG microphones (TDU 06) are compulsory in
conjunction with GSM on-board.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.50.138

Page 204

[ 23-60]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Table 23-18 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

Cockpit hand microphone


basic equipment

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

06

Cockpit hand microphone


alternate equipment - HOLMBERG, PN 85-16-12022-05

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Compulsory in conjunction with GSM onboard.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Hand microphone

LEM SA

M83P1801A

SFE

Hand microphones

HOLMBERG

85-16-1202205

SFE

23.50.138

Page 205

[ 23-61]

A320 Family

23 Communications
23.51.103 - Installation of active noise canceling boomsets (SFE)
Objective
To improve audio communication for cockpit crew by installation of active noise canceling boomsets.

Description
Active noise canceling boomsets are installed in replacement of the basic boomsets.

Basic aircraft
two jack panels, one for the Captain and one for the
First Officer, each with two connectors: one for the
boomset and one jack type for a headset
two hand microphone connectors, one at each pilot's
station
a jack panel for the third occupant with three connectors: one for the boomset, one for the hand microphone, and one jack type for a headset
a headset jack connector for the fourth occupant,
linked to third occupant's audio output
three boomsets
three hand microphones.

The modification consists of:


system provision (including any necessary wiring) to
accommodate active noise canceling boomsets with
XLR-5 plug. The required power supply shall be 28
VDC, + 28 VDC on Pin 5 and earth (together with Audio Lo) on Pin 2
adaptation of the wiring between the AMU and the
Captain, First Officer and third occupant boost receptacle (XLR-5 plug) in order to be able to install active
noise canceling boomsets
installation of three active noise canceling boomsets.
Note
As this modification requires change of the audio system wiring principle on aircraft, the audio transmission
quality can be affected.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.51.103

Page 206

[ 23-62]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Figure 23-10 - Active noise canceling boomsets locations


BOOMSET

HEADSET

HAND MIC

Captain
boomset

Jack panel

First Officer
boomset

Captain
microphone

First Officer
microphone
Third occupant
boomset + microphone

Fourth occupant
headset

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.51.103

Page 207

[ 23-63]

A320 Family

23 Communications
Table 23-19 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

04

Installation of active noise canceling boomsets (SFE) - SENNHEISER HMEC 26-CP

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5

Equipment
reference

Boomset

23.51.103

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

SENNHEISER

026-35-9993211

QTY

Page 208

STS

SFE

[ 23-64]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.51.103

Page 209

[ 23-65]

A320 Family

23 Communications
23.51.136 - Boomsets alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for boomsets.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Basic aircraft
two jack panels, one for the Captain and one for the
First Officer, each with two connectors: one for the
boomset and one jack type for a headset
two hand microphone connectors, one at each pilot's
station
a jack panel for the third occupant with three connectors: one for the boomset, one for the hand microphone, and one jack type for a headset
a headset jack connector for the fourth occupant,
linked to third occupant's audio output
three boomsets
three hand microphones.
Description
The basic boomsets are replaced by alternate equipment complying with ARINC 535A and 538B specifications.
The boomset plugs shall be ITT common type XLR-512-C or equivalent.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.51.136

Page 210

[ 23-66]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Figure 23-11 - Boomsets locations


BOOMSET

HEADSET

HAND MIC

Captain
boomset

Jack panel

First Officer
boomset

Captain
microphone

First Officer
microphone
Third occupant
boomset + microphone

Fourth occupant
headset

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.51.136

Page 211

[ 23-67]

A320 Family

23 Communications
Table 23-20 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

Boomsets basic equipment HOLMBERG

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

27

Boomsets alternate equipment - TELEX COMMUNICATIONS, PN 64300-210

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

30

Boomsets alternate equipment - SENNHEISER - HME46C (SFE)

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Boomset

HOLMBERG

1046GT2102
AY

SFE

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Boomset

TELEX COMMUNICATIONS INC

64300-210

SFE

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Boomset

SENNHEISER

046-55-9990231

SFE

23.51.136

Page 212

[ 23-68]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.51.136

Page 213

[ 23-69]

A320 Family

23 Communications
23.51.139 - Boomsets alternate equipment with two jack plugs

dedicated to the boomset. Therefore, it is no more possible to connect simultaneously a boomset and a headset.

Objective
To provide alternate equipment for boomsets.
Basic aircraft
two jack panels, one for the Captain and one for the
First Officer, each with two connectors: one for the
boomset and one jack type for a headset
two hand microphone connectors, one at each pilot's
station
a jack panel for the third occupant with three connectors: one for the boomset, one for the hand microphone, and one jack type for a headset
a headset jack connector for the fourth occupant,
linked to third occupant's audio output
three boomsets
three hand microphones.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Description
The basic boomsets are replaced by alternate equipment with two jack plugs, complying with ARINC 535A
and 538B specifications.
The boomset jack plugs shall be type JP068 and JP055.
The three jack panels (pilots and third occupant) are replaced by new ones mechanically interchangeable,
where the boomset connector and the headset jack
connector are replaced by two jack connectors both
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.51.139

Page 214

[ 23-70]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Figure 23-12 - Boomsets locations


BOOMSET
MIC

RCVR

HAND MIC

Captain
boomset

Jack panel

First Officer
boomset

Captain
microphone

First Officer
microphone
Third occupant
boomset + microphone

Fourth occupant
headset

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.51.139

Page 215

[ 23-71]

A320 Family

23 Communications
Table 23-21 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

04

Boomsets alternate equipment with two jack plugs TELEX COMMUNICATIONS, PN


64300-212

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Boomset

TELEX COMMUNICATIONS INC

64300-212

SFE

05

Boomsets alternate equipment with two jack plugs SENNHEISER, model HME46-K

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Boomset

SENNHEISER

046-55-9990131

SFE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.51.139

Page 216

[ 23-72]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.51.139

Page 217

[ 23-73]

A320 Family

23 Communications
23.70.110 - Installation of a video monitoring system
Objective
The purpose of the video monitoring system is to:
enable the flight crew to identify anyone asking to enter the cockpit
provide the flight crew with a visual image of the
cockpit door area in order to be able to assess any
suspicious behaviour and potential threats to flight
safety.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The Cockpit Door Surveillance System (CDSS) shall be
composed of:
two video cameras located in Door 1 area
one video camera located in cockpit entrance area
a display located in the cockpit.
The camera view shall be selectable by the flight crew
in the cockpit.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.70.110

Page 218

[ 23-74]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Table 23-22 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

02

Installation of a Cockpit Door


Survey System

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

8.0/8.0/-8.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0

14

Installation of Cockpit Door


Surveillance System (CDSS)
connected to the ECAM SD

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

8.0/8.0/-8.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0

Requires prior acceptance of


CN31.60.120/10 Installation of cockpit
display units with video capability.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Equipment
reference

23.70.110

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

Page 219

STS

[ 23-75]

A320 Family

23 Communications

23.71.103 - Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR) alternate equipment


Objective
To replace the basic Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR) by an alternate one complying with airworthiness requirements.
The SSCVR has the capability to store the last 2 hours
of crew conversations and communications in flight and
on ground in a box able to endure severe environment
conditions.
Basic aircraft
One SSCVR is installed in the aft section of the aircraft.
The SSCVR automatically starts recording:
on ground during the first five minutes following energization of the aircraft electrical network
on ground with one engine running
in flight with engines running or stopped.
The SSCVR automatically stops recording five minutes
after the second engine shutdown.
On ground, the SSCVR can be manually energized by
pressing the GND CTL pushbutton to allow pre-flight
checklist recording.
The complete erasure of the SSCVR can be performed
by pushing the ERASE pushbutton provided the aircraft
is on ground with parking brake applied.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Description
The basic SSCVR equipment is replaced by alternate
equipment
Note
All equipment are electrically and mechanically interchangeable.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

23.71.103

Page 220

[ 23-76]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Figure 23-13 - SSCVR location


Area microphone

RCDR
GRD CTL

ON

CVR ERASE

CVR TEST

A
U
T
O

CVR control panel

C73 C74

CVR

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.71.103

Page 221

[ 23-77]

A320 Family

23 Communications
Table 23-23 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

SSCVR basic equipment - L3


COMMUNICATIONS, PN 21001026-02
Compliant with FAR amendments 121338 and 25-124.

10

SSCVR alternate equipment HONEYWELL

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

Solid State Cockpit


Voice Recorder
(SSCVR)

L3 COMMUNICATIONS

2100-1026-02

SFE

Cockpit Voice
Recorder (CVR)

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

980-6022-001

SFE

23.71.103

QTY

Page 222

STS

[ 23-78]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.71.103

Page 223

[ 23-79]

A320 Family

23 Communications

23.71.110 - Recorder Independent Power Supply (RIPS) - 28VDC power supply for
CVR
Objective
To comply with FAR amendments 121-338 and 25-124.
Basic aircraft
The SSCVR is basically connected to 115 VAC power
supply.
Description
The SSCVR is connected to the 28 VDC 401PP busbar
which is supplied by the aircraft batteries. This allows
the SSCVR to remain powered for at least 10 minutes
as requested by FAR amendments 121-338 and 25124.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.71.110

Page 224

[ 23-80]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Table 23-24 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Recorder Independent Power


Supply (RIPS) - 28VDC power
supply for CVR

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

23.71.110

Page 225

[ 23-81]

A320 Family

23 Communications

23.71.120 - System provision for CVR capable of data link recording


Objective
To allow the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) to record
ATC datalink communications.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
System provision is installed to give to the Cockpit
Voice Recorder (CVR) the capability to record ATC
datalink communications.
Note
Provision for CVR capable of data link recording is recommended for customers operating in FANS environment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.71.120

Page 226

[ 23-82]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Table 23-25 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

System provision for CVR


capable of data link recording

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0

23.71.120

Page 227

[ 23-83]

A320 Family

23 Communications

23.73.200 - Installation of cockpit and cabin alert switches (Aircraft Security Project)
Objective
To notify the Flight Crew when the Cabin Crew are being threatened and to notify the Cabin Crew when the
Flight Crew are being threatened.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
In addition to the existing cabin/cockpit interphone function, an alert communication system between the cabin
and the cockpit and vice-versa is implemented.
The modification comprises the installation of:
an additional switch near each Cockpit Crew location
to activate lighted and aural warnings in the cabin
an additional switch near each Cabin Attendant station to activate the horn and the additional indicator
light in the cockpit
an additional cockpit indicator / reset button on the
cockpit center pedestal 119VU
an additional cockpit alert horn
additional wires between CIDS directors and cockpit
switch
additional wires between DEU B and respective
switches in the cabin
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

additional wires between CIDS directors and cockpit


indicator / reset button
additional wires between CIDS directors and cockpit
alert horn.
The switches must be pushed for at least 1 second for
alert initiation to avoid unintended activation.
The Cabin Crew signalling consists of:
distribution of special chime sequence
special message on AIP
ACP indication.
All visual indications are limited in time (e.g. 30 seconds) to avoid any reset procedure.
The activation of the respective control logic and assignment of lighted and aural warnings is done by reprogramming of the CIDS Cabin Assignment Module
(CAM).
EPAC selection mode
Individual

23.73.200

Page 228

[ 23-84]

Communications 23

A320 Family

Table 23-26 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Installation of cockpit and


cabin alert switches (Aircraft
Security Project)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0

23.73.200

Page 229

[ 23-85]

A320 Family

23 Communications

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

23.73.200

Page 230

[ 23-86]

A320 Family

Electrical power 24

Reference

Title

24.55.101

Passenger Address (PA) power supply in emergency condition with batteries OFF

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 231

[ 24-1]

A320 Family

24 Electrical power

24.55.101 - Passenger Address (PA) power supply in emergency condition with


batteries OFF
Objective
To be able to use PA during emergency evacuation
even when the aircraft batteries are switched off.
Basic aircraft
PA system, if installed, is not supplied when batteries
are switched off.
Description
The essential equipment of CIDS is switched automatically to the hot battery bus when the aircraft loses main
power and whenever the emergency exit light switch is
set to "arm" or "on".
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

24.55.101

Page 232

[ 24-2]

Electrical power 24

A320 Family

Table 24-1 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

PA power supply in emergency


condition with batteries OFF

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0

24.55.101

Page 233

[ 24-3]

A320 Family

24 Electrical power

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

24.55.101

Page 234

[ 24-4]

A320 Family

Equipment/furnishings 25

Reference

Title

25.10.108

Installation of paper holder on the glareshield

25.11.102

Pilot seats alternate covers - sheepskin

25.11.208

Installation of fourth occupant seat in cockpit

25.27.100

Installation of heated floor panels for fwd passenger/crew/service door area

25.27.101

Installation of On/off switch for heated floor panels

25.50.137

Rubber seal profile for cargo compartment floor panels

25.50.510

Basic full bulk configuration selection in forward and aft cargo holds

25.50.520

Installation of reinforced floor panels for heavy bulk usage in forward and aft cargo holds

25.52.190

System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in forward cargo hold (A320)

25.52.191

System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in forward cargo hold (A321)

25.52.202

Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in forward cargo hold - sliding carpet
system

25.52.204

System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold (A319/A320)

25.52.205

System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold (A321)

25.52.212

Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in aft cargo hold - sliding carpet system

25.52.304

Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward and aft cargo
holds (A320/A321)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 235

[ 25-1]

25 Equipment/furnishings

A320 Family

Reference

Title

25.52.310

Fixed provision for occasional bulk capability in forward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321)

25.52.315

Full electrical provision for semi-automatic CLS

25.52.404

Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability in fwd and aft cargo
holds

25.52.407

Bulk loading capability in aft cargo hold door area behind two ULDs (A319)

25.52.410

Full provision for installation of special container in aft cargo hold, door area (A319)

25.52.500

Installation of continuous side guides in forward cargo hold

25.52.511

Installation of continuous side guides in aft cargo hold

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 236

[ 25-2]

A320 Family

Equipment/furnishings 25

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 237

[ 25-3]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings
25.10.108 - Installation of paper holder on the glareshield
Objective
To provide means of securing documents to the
glareshield above the main instrument panel.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
A paper holder capable of accommodating A4 size paper is installed on the cockpit glareshield.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.10.108

Page 238

[ 25-4]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Table 25-1 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Installation of paper holder on


the glareshield

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0

25.10.108

Page 239

[ 25-5]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings
25.11.102 - Pilot seats alternate covers - sheepskin
Objective
To change captain's and first officer's seat covering.
Basic aircraft
Captain and first officer seats are covered with cloth material.
Description
This change consists of replacing basic captain and first
officer seats by seats equipped with sheepskin.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.11.102

Page 240

[ 25-6]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Figure 25-1 - Pilot seat with sheepskin cover

Sheepskin

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.11.102

Page 241

[ 25-7]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings
Table 25-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

02

03

Pilot seats alternate cover white sheepskin - EADS


SOGERMA

Pilot seats alternate cover grey sheepskin - EADS


SOGERMA

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

1.6/1.6/-1.6
1.6/1.6/-1.6
1.6/1.6/-1.6
1.6/1.6/-1.6

1.6/1.6/-1.6
1.6/1.6/-1.6
1.6/1.6/-1.6
1.6/1.6/-1.6

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Seat, Captain with


white sheepskin
cover

SOGERMA
ROCHEFORT

TAAI303PE21-01

SFE

Seat, First Officer


with white sheepskin cover

SOGERMA
ROCHEFORT

TAAI303CE21-01

SFE

Seat, Captain with


grey sheepskin
cover

SOGERMA
ROCHEFORT

TAAI303PE22-01

SFE

Seat, First Officer


with grey sheepskin cover

SOGERMA
ROCHEFORT

TAAI303CE22-01

SFE

25.11.102

Page 242

[ 25-8]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.11.102

Page 243

[ 25-9]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings
25.11.208 - Installation of fourth occupant seat in cockpit
Objective
To provide an additional seat for a fourth occupant.
Basic aircraft
Full provision is made for an additional folding seat.
Description
A folding seat is installed in the cockpit for the fourth occupant, provided with associated emergency equipment:
a safety shoulder harness equipped with an adjustable crotch strap
an oxygen mask supply box and a full face quick donning oxygen mask
a life vest located under the seat (selectable through
global emergency RFC).
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.11.208

Page 244

[ 25-10]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Figure 25-2 - Fourth occupant seat

Sliding window
(emergency
evacuation)
Capt's seat

F/O's seat

Capt's briefcase
Lat console
Fixed
window
Third
occupant's
seat

Fourth occupant's seat

Right rear
panel

Coat stowage

Handset

Lavatory

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Galley

25.11.208

Page 245

[ 25-11]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings
Table 25-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

03

Installation of fourth occupant


seat in cockpit - SOGERMA/
SOCEA
The harness is not compliant with TSOC114 regulation.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

11.5/12.0/-12.0
11.5/12.0/-12.0
11.5/12.0/-12.0
11.5/12.0/-12.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Folding seat

EADS SOGERMA 2510154-01SERVICES.


00

SFE

Quick donning full


face oxygen mask

INTERTECHNIQUE

SFE

25.11.208

MF20-534

Page 246

[ 25-12]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.11.208

Page 247

[ 25-13]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings

25.27.100 - Installation of heated floor panels for fwd passenger/crew/service door


area
Objective
To increase the comfort for Cabin Attendants (C/A) in
forward door area during long distance flights.
Basic aircraft
Door area heating is provided by the standard air conditioning system.
Description
A heated floor panel system is installed to increase the
temperature in the forward passenger/crew/service
door areas (RH and LH) at floor level.
The temperature of the floor panels is controlled via
control units.
Note
An ON/OFF switch
CN25.27.101/11.

can

be

selected

through

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.27.100

Page 248

[ 25-14]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Figure 25-3 - Floor panel heating for forward passenger/crew/service door area

Attendant seats

Floor panels
(heated area is hatched)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.27.100

Page 249

[ 25-15]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings
Table 25-4 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

02

Installation of enhanced
heated floor panels for fwd
passenger/crew/service door
area

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

11.0/11.0/-11.0
11.0/11.0/-11.0
11.0/11.0/-11.0
11.0/11.0/-11.0

25.27.100

Page 250

[ 25-16]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.27.100

Page 251

[ 25-17]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings
25.27.101 - Installation of On/off switch for heated floor panels
Objective
To give the crew the control on the heated floor panels
operation.
Basic aircraft
None
Description
An ON/OFF switch is installed to allow the crew to control the heated floor panel operation.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.27.101

Page 252

[ 25-18]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Table 25-5 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

11

Installation of heated floor


panel On/Off control function
on FAP

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

25.27.101

Page 253

[ 25-19]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings

25.50.137 - Rubber seal profile for cargo compartment floor panels


Objective
To provide sealing of the lateral cargo compartment
floor panels.
Basic aircraft
Rubber seal profiles are installed in between the horizontal part and the first sloping part of lateral cargo compartment floor panels.
Description
Rubber seal profiles are installed to fill the small gaps
between both lateral parts of the cargo compartment
floor and to the side wall lining to prevent for example
accumulation of dirt.

Note
In case a semi-automatic cargo loading system (CLS) is
installed in forward and aft cargo compartments, rubber
seal profiles will be introduced in the area of CLS installation (not in bulk cargo compartment No. 5) as part of
the CLS definition.
For cargo configurations with CLS, TDU 02 will install
rubber seal profiles also in the remaining bulk cargo
compartment No. 5.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO

Rubber seal profiles are installed:


at the junction of the two sloped parts of the cargo
compartment floor panels
at the junction of the sloped part of the cargo compartment floor panels next to side wall and the side
wall liner panels.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.50.137

Page 254

[ 25-20]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Figure 25-4 - Rubber seal profile for cargo compartment floor panels

Additional rubber seal profiles

Basic rubber seal

Side wall lining

Cargo floor panels (sloped part)


Cargo floor panels (horizontal part)
Additional rubber seal profiles

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Basic rubber seal

25.50.137

Page 255

[ 25-21]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings
Table 25-6 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Installation of rubber seal profiles for floor panels in fwd and


aft cargo holds

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

3.0/3.0/-3.0
4.0/4.0/-4.0
5.0/5.0/-5.0
7.0/7.0/-7.0

02

Installation of rubber seal profiles for floor panels in bulk


cargo compartment No. 5

A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Requires prior acceptance - CN25.52.304


or 404 - Installation of CLS.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.50.137

Page 256

[ 25-22]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.50.137

Page 257

[ 25-23]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings

25.50.510 - Basic full bulk configuration selection in forward and aft cargo holds
Objective
To provide a full bulk configuration for lower deck cargo
holds.
Basic aircraft
Full bulk configuration is installed, and structural provision is made for attaching optional divider nets in the
forward and aft cargo holds (optional divider net positions in aft cargo hold only for A318 and A319).
System provision for CLS in forward and aft cargo holds
(A319, A320 and A321) plus minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading system in forward and
aft cargo holds (aft cargo hold only for A318 and A319)
are installed.

net attachment points located on the cargo hold floor


and ceiling area at standard and optional divider net
positions
tie-down points located on the cargo hold floor
load and net arrangement placards.
Note
In case of optional provision for an Additional Center
Tank (ACT) in aft cargo hold, ACT support system components (roller tracks, latching devices etc. as applicable) shall be installed on the cargo hold floor (see details
under appropriate TDUs).
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO

Description
The full bulk configuration consists mainly of:
basic cargo hold lining on ceiling, side and partition
walls and basic cargo hold floor panels, capable of
bulk loading up to a maximum average load density
of 15 lb/cu ft
standard door and divider nets as required for full
bulk transport
protection devices for rapid decompression panels at
frame 24A

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.50.510

Page 258

[ 25-24]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Figure 25-5 - Full bulk configuration in forward and aft cargo holds

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.50.510

Page 259

[ 25-25]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings
Table 25-7 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Basic full bulk configuration without ACT provision

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

02

Basic full bulk configuration with full provision for one ACT
(A319/A320)

A319-100
A320-200

50.0/50.0/-50.0
50.0/50.0/-50.0

A321-200

50.0/50.0/-50.0

A319-100
A320-200

85.0/85.0/-85.0
85.0/85.0/-85.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Requires prior acceptance of


CN28.11.133/02 - Full provision for installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A320),
or CN28.11.133/03 - Full provision for
installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold
(A319).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months

03

Basic full bulk configuration with full provision for one ACT
(A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.133/01 - Full provision for installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A321).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months

04

Basic full bulk configuration with full provision for two ACTs
(A319/A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.140/01 - Full provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A319), or CN28.11.140/03 - Full provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft
cargo hold (A320).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.50.510

Page 260

[ 25-26]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

05

Basic full bulk configuration with full provision for two ACTs
(A321)

A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

85.0/85.0/-85.0

Requires prior acceptance of


CN28.11.140/02 - Full provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A321).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.50.510

Page 261

[ 25-27]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings

25.50.520 - Installation of reinforced floor panels for heavy bulk usage in forward
and aft cargo holds
Objective
To increase the durability / impact resistance of the cargo compartment floor panels if required by operation experiences of the airline.
Basic aircraft
Standard cargo floor panels capable of bulk loading
15 lb/cu ft are installed.
Description
The installation of reinforced cargo floor panels is limited to the flat floor to minimize the weight increase.
The reinforced floor panels feature a modified build-up
with two additional layers of prepeg with increased impact resistance.
Note
New panel layout and quantity depends on selected
cargo compartment configuration such as standard
bulk/optional CLS with or without ACT provision in aft
cargo hold (see details under appropriate TDUs).
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.50.520

Page 262

[ 25-28]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Figure 25-6 - Reinforced cargo floor panels


C1

C24
A

C34

C47

C59

C65

C87

A320
Bulk cargo compartment
Forward cargo hold
Aft cargo hold

Prepegs (8 layers) ; anti-slip surface

Prepreg/honeycomb sandwich architecture

12.5 mm

Honeycomb

Reinforced cargo floor panel for heavy bulk usage (BCCS8 type, 15 lb/cu ft)
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.50.520

Page 263

[ 25-29]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings
Table 25-8 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Reinforced floor panels in fwd


& aft cargo holds - with full
bulk configuration

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

15.0/15.0/-15.0
15.0/15.0/-15.0
28.0/28.0/-28.0
35.0/35.0/-35.0

02

Reinforced floor panels in fwd


& aft cargo holds - with CLS

A320-200
A321-200

27.0/27.0/-27.0

A319-100
A320-200

8.0/8.0/-8.0
21.0/21.0/-21.0

A321-200

27.0/27.0/-27.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Requires prior acceptance of


CN25.52.304/01 - Semi-automatic CLS in
fwd and aft cargo holds - without ACT provision (A320/A321)

03

Reinforced floor panels in fwd


& aft cargo holds - with bulk &
full prov. for one ACT (A319/
A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.133/03 - Full provision for installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A319),
or CN28.11.133/02 - Full provision for
installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold
(A320).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months

04

Reinforced floor panels in fwd


& aft cargo holds - with bulk &
full provision for one ACT
(A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.133/01 - Full provision for installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A321).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.50.520

Page 264

[ 25-30]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

05

Reinforced floor panels in fwd


& aft cargo holds - with CLS &
full provision for one ACT
(A320)

A320-200

9.0/9.0/-9.0

A321-200

23.0/23.0/-23.0

A319-100
A320-200

4.0/4.0/-4.0
16.0/16.0/-16.0

A321-200

23.0/23.0/-23.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Requires prior acceptance of


CN25.52.304/02 - Semi-automatic CLS in
fwd and aft cargo holds - with full provision for one ACT (A320).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months

06

Reinforced floor panels in fwd


& aft cargo holds - with CLS &
full provision for one ACT
(A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.304/03 - Semi-automatic CLS in
fwd and aft cargo holds - with full provision for one ACT (A321).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months

07

Reinforced floor panels in fwd


& aft cargo holds - with bulk &
full prov. for two ACTs (A319/
A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.140/01 - Full provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A319), or CN28.11.140/03 - Full provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft
cargo hold (A320).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months

08

Reinforced floor panels in fwd


& aft cargo holds - with bulk &
full provision for two ACTs
(A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.140/02 - Full provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A321).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.50.520

Page 265

[ 25-31]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

09

Reinforced floor panels in fwd


& aft cargo holds - with CLS &
full provision for two ACTs
(A320)

A320-200

-22.0/-22.0/22.0

A321-200

-18.0/-18.0/18.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Requires prior acceptance of


CN25.52.304/04 - Semi-automatic CLS in
fwd and aft cargo holds - with full provision for two ACTs (A320).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months

10

Reinforced floor panels in fwd


& aft cargo holds - with CLS &
full provision for two ACTs
(A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.304/05 - Semi-automatic CLS in
fwd and aft cargo holds - with full provision for two ACTs (A321).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.50.520

Page 266

[ 25-32]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.50.520

Page 267

[ 25-33]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings

25.52.190 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in forward cargo
hold (A320)
Objective for A320-200
To provide system provision adapting the installation of
an in-plane mechanized bulk loading system to increase the efficiency of manual loading and stacking of
bulk cargo and baggage.
Basic aircraft for A320-200
Full bulk configuration plus system provision for CLS,
minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading system, and structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in forward and aft cargo holds.

removal and/or replacement of divider nets where


applicable
adequate markings according to the new cargo compartment configuration.
Note for A320-200
Research has determined that manual loading of loads
is a primary cause of personnel injuries, causing in addition damage to the loaded baggage and the aircraft.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO

Description for A320-200


The system provision consists mainly of:
installation of structural reinforcements such as supports, framework, mounting fittings and fasteners
where applicable
installation of brackets and consoles for control panels and wall sockets
installation of additional tie down fittings where applicable
electrical system connection to existing provision
installation of electrical door circuit control
modified linings, ceiling and floor panels where applicable

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.190

Page 268

[ 25-34]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Figure 25-7 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading in fwd cargo hold
A320 forward cargo hold shown

System provision

Relocation of divider net

Sliding Carpet System (SCS)

A320 forward cargo hold


- System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems.
- Structural provision/reinforcements where applicable.
- Additional electrical provision where applicable.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.190

Page 269

[ 25-35]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings
Table 25-9 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

02

System provision for mechanized bulk loading system in


fwd cargo hold - sliding carpet
system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A320-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

7.0/7.0/-7.0

25.52.190

Page 270

[ 25-36]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.190

Page 271

[ 25-37]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings

25.52.191 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in forward cargo
hold (A321)
Objective for A321-200
To provide system provision adapting the installation of
an in-plane mechanized bulk loading system to increase the efficiency of manual loading and stacking of
bulk cargo and baggage.
Basic aircraft for A321-200
Full bulk configuration plus system provision for CLS,
minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading system, and structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in forward and aft cargo holds.

removal and/or replacement of divider nets where


applicable
adequate markings according to the new cargo compartment configuration.
Note for A321-200
Research has determined that manual loading of loads
is a primary cause of personnel injuries, causing in addition damage to the loaded baggage and the aircraft.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO

Description for A321-200


The system provision consists mainly of:
installation of structural reinforcements such as supports, framework, mounting fittings and fasteners
where applicable
installation of brackets and consoles for control panels and wall sockets
installation of additional tie down fittings where applicable
electrical system connection to existing provision
installation of electrical door circuit control
modified linings, ceiling and floor panels where applicable

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.191

Page 272

[ 25-38]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Table 25-10 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

02

System provision for mechanized bulk loading system in


fwd cargo hold - sliding carpet
system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

12.0/12.0/-12.0

25.52.191

Page 273

[ 25-39]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings

25.52.202 - Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in forward cargo hold sliding carpet system
Objective for A320-200 and A321-200
To install the Sliding Carpet System (SCS), an in-plane
mechanized bulk loading system, on system provisions
for SCS.
Mechanized bulk loading systems increase bulk cargo
loading efficiency, reduce manpower and bulk cargo
loading time.

Basic aircraft for A320-200 and A321-200


Full bulk configuration is installed, and structural provision is made for attaching optional divider nets in the
fwd cargo hold.
System provision for CLS in fwd cargo hold plus minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading
system in fwd cargo hold is made.

Description for A320-200 and A321-200


An electrically powered Sliding Carpet System is installed in fwd cargo hold in the area from the cargo door
(frame C28) to the aft partition wall.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

This modification mainly covers the following tasks:


Installation of:
flex-down support
support panels
guide unit panels
drive unit panel
ramp
movable bulkhead
carpet
side guides
control box
cargo compartment placards
relocation of cargo compartment divider nets (where
applicable)
adaptation of manuals.
Note for A320-200 and A321-200
research has determined that manual loading of
loads is a primary cause of personnel injuries, causing in addition damage to the loaded baggage and
the aircraft
for A320-200, requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.190/02 - System provision for mechanized
bulk loading system in fwd cargo hold - sliding carpet
system

25.52.202

Page 274

[ 25-40]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

25.52.202 - Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in forward cargo hold sliding carpet system (Continued)
for A321-200, requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.191/02 - System provision for mechanized
bulk loading system in fwd cargo hold - sliding carpet
system.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.202

Page 275

[ 25-41]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings

Figure 25-8 - Mechanized bulk loading system in fwd cargo hold - sliding carpet

Control box
installed at ceiling
FWD cargo
door

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.202

Page 276

[ 25-42]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Table 25-11 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Mechanized bulk loading system (sliding carpet with tiedown) in fwd cargo hold TELAIR (A320)

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

A320-200

161.0/161.0/-161.0

Sliding carpet system with tie-down

TELAIR INTERNATIONAL

20-20200-201

BFE

A320-200

153.0/153.0/-153.0

Sliding carpet system without tiedown

TELAIR INTERNATIONAL

20-20200-202

BFE

A321-200

240.0/240.0/-240.0

Sliding carpet system

TELAIR INTERNATIONAL

21-20200-800

BFE

Only applicable in conjunction with basic


system provision for cargo compartment
convertibility.
Sliding carpet system comprises tie-down
capability.

02

Mechanized bulk loading system (sliding carpet without tiedown) in fwd cargo hold TELAIR (A320)
Only applicable in conjunction with basic
system provision for cargo compartment
convertibility.

03

Mechanized bulk loading system (sliding carpet without tiedown) in fwd cargo hold TELAIR (A321)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.202

Page 277

[ 25-43]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings

25.52.204 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold
(A319/A320)
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200
To provide system provision adapting the installation of
an in-plane mechanized bulk loading system to increase the efficiency of manual loading and stacking of
bulk cargo and baggage.
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200
Full bulk configuration plus system provision for CLS,
minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading system and structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in the forward and aft cargo holds.
Description for A319-100 and A320-200
The system provision consists mainly of :
installation of structural reinforcements such as supports, framework, mounting fittings and fasteners
where applicable
installation of brackets and consoles for control panels and wall sockets
installation of additional tie down fittings where applicable
electrical system connection on existing provision
installation of electrical door circuit control
modified linings, ceiling and floor panels where applicable

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

removal and/or replacement of divider nets where


applicable
adequate markings according to the new cargo compartment configuration.
Note for A319-100 and A320-200
research has determined that manual loading of
loads is a primary cause of personnel injuries, causing in addition damage to the loaded baggage and
the aircraft
incompatible with Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft
cargo hold.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO

25.52.204

Page 278

[ 25-44]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Figure 25-9 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading in aft cargo hold
A320 aft cargo hold shown

System provision

Relocation of divider net

Sliding Carpet System (SCS)

A319/A320 aft cargo hold


- System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems.
- Structural provision/reinforcements where applicable.
- Additional electrical provision where applicable.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.204

Page 279

[ 25-45]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings
Table 25-12 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

02

System provision for mechanized bulk loading system in


aft cargo hold - sliding carpet
system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A319-100
A320-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

7.0/7.0/-7.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0

25.52.204

Page 280

[ 25-46]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.204

Page 281

[ 25-47]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings

25.52.205 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold
(A321)
Objective for A321-200
To provide system provision adapting the installation of
an in-plane mechanized bulk loading system to increase the efficiency of manual loading and stacking of
bulk cargo and baggage.
Basic aircraft for A321-200
Full bulk configuration plus system provision for CLS,
minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading system and structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in the forward and aft cargo holds.
Description for A321-200
The system provision consists mainly of :
installation of structural reinforcements such as supports, framework, mounting fittings and fasteners
where applicable
installation of brackets and consoles for control panels and wall sockets
installation of additional tie down fittings where applicable
electrical system connection on existing provision
installation of electrical door circuit control
modified linings, ceiling and floor panels where applicable

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

removal and/or replacement of divider nets where


applicable
adequate markings according to the new cargo compartment configuration.
Note for A321-200
research has determined that manual loading of
loads is a primary cause of personnel injuries, causing in addition damage to the loaded baggage and
the aircraft
incompatible with Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft
cargo hold.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO

25.52.205

Page 282

[ 25-48]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Table 25-13 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

02

System provision for mechanized bulk loading system in


aft cargo hold - sliding carpet
system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

10.0/10.0/-10.0

25.52.205

Page 283

[ 25-49]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings

25.52.212 - Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in aft cargo hold - sliding
carpet system
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
To install the sliding carpet system, an in-plane mechanized bulk loading system, on dedicated system provision.
Mechanized bulk loading systems increase the bulk cargo loading efficiency, reduce manpower and times for
bulk cargo loading.

Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200


Full bulk configuration is installed, and structural provision is made for attaching optional divider nets in the aft
cargo hold.
System provision for CLS in aft cargo hold (A319/A320)
plus minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk
loading system in aft cargo hold are made.

Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200


An electrically powered sliding carpet system is installed in aft cargo hold in the area from the forward partition wall to the cargo door area.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

This modification mainly covers the following tasks:


- Installation of:
flex-down support
support panels
guide unit panels
drive unit panel
ramp
movable bulkhead
carpet
side guides
control box
cargo compartment placards.
- Relocation of cargo compartment divider nets (where
applicable).
- Adaptation of manuals.
Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
research has determined that manual loading of
loads is a primary cause of personnel injuries, causing in addition damage to the loaded baggage and
the aircraft
for A319 and A320, requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.204/02 - System provision for mechanized
bulk loading systems in aft cargo hold - sliding carpet
system

25.52.212

Page 284

[ 25-50]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

25.52.212 - Installation of mechanized bulk loading system in aft cargo hold - sliding
carpet system (Continued)
for A321, requires prior acceptance of CN25.52.205/
02 - System provision for mechanized bulk loading
systems in aft cargo hold - sliding carpet system.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.212

Page 285

[ 25-51]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings

Figure 25-10 - Sliding carpet system in aft cargo hold


Aft cargo hold

oo

Aft

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

d
rgo

ca

Control box
installed at ceiling

25.52.212

Page 286

[ 25-52]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Table 25-14 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

02

Installation of mechanized bulk


loading system (sliding carpet)
in aft cargo hold - A319 TELAIR

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

A319-100

143.0/143.0/-143.0

Sliding carpet system

TELAIR INTERNATIONAL

19-10400-200

BFE

A320-200

156.0/156.0/-156.0

Sliding carpet system

TELAIR INTERNATIONAL

20-10400-202

BFE

A321-200

190.0/190.0/-190.0

Sliding carpet system

TELAIR INTERNATIONAL

21-10400-800

BFE

Requires prior acceptance of


CN25.52.204/02 - System provision for
mechanized bulk loading system in aft
cargo hold - sliding carpet system

03

Installation of mechanized bulk


loading system (sliding carpet)
in aft cargo hold - A320 TELAIR
Requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.204/02 - System provision for
mechanized bulk loading system in aft
cargo hold - sliding carpet system

04

Installation of mechanized bulk


loading system (sliding carpet)
in aft cargo hold - A321 TELAIR
Requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.205/02 - System provision for
mechanized bulk loading system in aft
cargo hold - sliding carpet system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.212

Page 287

[ 25-53]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings

25.52.304 - Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward


and aft cargo holds (A320/A321)
Objective for A320-200 and A321-200
To improve the turnround efficiency by reducing the cargo loading/unloading time (with a single loader), to minimize the risk of injuries to bulk loading staff and to
improve the customer services.
Basic aircraft for A320-200 and A321-200
Full bulk configuration, system provision for CLS, minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading
systems, and structural provision for attaching optional
divider nets in the forward and aft cargo holds.
The loading/unloading time is significantly longer due to
the various factors involved with manual loading.
Description for A320-200 and A321-200
An electrically powered, semi-automatic CLS is installed in the forward and aft cargo holds allowing the
transport of the following ULDs:
Containers:
NAS 3610: 2K2C (60.4 in x 61.5 in), IATA contour AKG/
AKH.
Pallets:
NAS 3610: 2K2C/2K3P (60.4 in x 61.5 in), IATA contour
PK/PKx.
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

The max.gross weight of each ULD is limited for the Single Aisle CLS to 2500 lbs (1134 kg).
A320:
3 containers or pallets in forward cargo hold
4 containers or pallets in aft cargo hold.
A321:
5 containers or pallets in forward cargo hold
5 containers or pallets in aft cargo hold.
The modification consists of:
replacement of the standard bulk floor panels, sidewall/ceiling panels by light weight panels
removal of protection devices for rapid decompression panels at frame 24 A
installation of a drainage system in conjunction with
the CLS
structural modifications allowing CLS installation and
system operation
installation of modified placards according to the new
cargo hold configuration
installation of the CLS and the following associated
system components:
1) Restraint, guidance:
guides, latches and endstops.

25.52.304

Page 288

[ 25-54]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

25.52.304 - Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward


and aft cargo holds (A320/A321) (Continued)
2) Transport:
roller tracks, ballmats.
3) Conveyance:
power drive units, control panels, proximity switches.
Note for A320-200 and A321-200
Research has determined that manual loading of loads
is a primary cause of personnel injuries, causing in addition damage to the loaded baggage and the aircraft.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.304

Page 289

[ 25-55]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings

Figure 25-11 - Semi-automatic CLS for forward and aft cargo holds
34
28

59
56

31
52
A

24
A
50

A320
47

Semi-automatic CLS
for forward cargo hold
compartment No 1

Semi-automatic CLS
for aft cargo hold
compartment No 3 and No 4

35
2

59
56

34

52
A

28

A321

31

24
A

50
47
5
47
2

Semi-automatic CLS
for forward cargo hold
compartment No 1 and No 2

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Semi-automatic CLS
for aft cargo hold
compartment No 3 and No 4

25.52.304

Page 290

[ 25-56]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Table 25-15 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Semi-automatic CLS in fwd


and aft cargo holds - without
ACT provision (A320/A321)

A320-200
A321-200

122.0/122.0/-122.0
102.0/102.0/-102.0

02

Semi-automatic CLS in fwd


and aft cargo holds - with full
provision for one ACT (A320)

A320-200

153.0/153.0/-153.0

A321-200

133.0/133.0/-133.0

A320-200

177.0/177.0/-177.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Requires prior acceptance of


CN28.11.133/02 - Full provision for installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A320)
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months.

03

Semi-automatic CLS in fwd


and aft cargo holds - with full
provision for one ACT (A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.133/01 - Full provision for installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A321).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months

04

Semi-automatic CLS in fwd


and aft cargo holds - with full
provision for two ACTs (A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.140/03 - Full provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A320)
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.304

Page 291

[ 25-57]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

05

Semi-automatic CLS in fwd


and aft cargo holds - with full
provision for two ACTs (A321)

A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

157.0/157.0/-157.0

Requires prior acceptance of


CN28.11.140/02 - Full provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A321).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.304

Page 292

[ 25-58]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.304

Page 293

[ 25-59]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings

25.52.310 - Fixed provision for occasional bulk capability in forward and aft cargo
holds (A320/A321)
Objective for A320-200 and A321-200
To allow occasional loading of bulk cargo on top of the
installed Cargo Loading System (CLS).
Basic aircraft for A320-200 and A321-200
Full bulk configuration, structural provision for attaching
optional divider nets in the forward and aft cargo holds
plus system provision for CLS and minimum electrical
provisions for mechanized bulk loading systems.
Description for A320-200 and A321-200
Fixed provision for occasional bulk loading are provided
in addition to an installed semi-automatic CLS (optional).
Occasional bulk loading applies on routes/destinations,
where:
no ground service equipment is available
no ULDs are available
baggage requirements call for maximum volume utilization of the cargo holds.

adequate load placarding and markings according to


the new cargo compartment configuration.
Note for A320-200 and A321-200
the cargo holds are capable for bulk loading up to an
average bulk loading density of 10 lb/cu ft (160 kg/cu
m)
the operation in occasional bulk mode requires the
installation of divider nets and door nets as per WBM.
These nets are not part of this provision but can be
provided by Airbus on specific request or can be ordered directly at the net manufacturer
with reference to the light weight cargo lining and
floor as part of the CLS option, occasional bulk loading shall not exceed 60 flights per year. More frequent operation in occasional bulk mode increases
the possibility of damage to lining and floor panels
restrictions apply for individual items of load exceeding the weight of 110 lb (50 kg).
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO

The fixed provision consists mainly of:


protection devices for the rapid decompression panels and a fender at frame 24

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.310

Page 294

[ 25-60]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Figure 25-12 - Forward and aft cargo holds configuration


Basic divider net
34
28

59
56

31
52
A

24
A

A320

50
47

Basic divider net


Door nets and divider nets are
not provided with this option.

35

59

56

35
2

52
A

34
28

31
50

24

A321

47
5

47
2

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.310

Page 295

[ 25-61]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings
Table 25-16 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Fixed provision for occasional


bulk capability in forward and
aft cargo holds (A320/A321)

A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

9.0/9.0/-9.0
11.0/11.0/-11.0

Requires prior acceptance of


CN25.52.304 Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward and aft cargo holds

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.310

Page 296

[ 25-62]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.310

Page 297

[ 25-63]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings
25.52.315 - Full electrical provision for semi-automatic CLS
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
To facilitate later retrofit installation of a semi-automatic
Cargo Loading System (CLS).

Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200


The additional circuit breakers are secured by clips to
prevent power on system.

Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200


Full bulk configuration, system provision for CLS, electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading system and
structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in
the forward and aft cargo holds.

EPAC selection mode


Global CARGO

Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200


The modification consists of:
installation of new wire harnesses (wire bridges) on
the main terminal boards 2820VT (forward cargo
hold) and 7506VT (aft cargo hold) for power supply
and control function
installation of modified circuit breaker panels
2000VU (for forward cargo hold) and 2001VU (for aft
cargo hold) by including two additional circuit breakers per CB panel for power supply and control function.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.315

Page 298

[ 25-64]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Table 25-17 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Full electrical provision for


semi-automatic CLS

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0

25.52.315

Page 299

[ 25-65]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings

25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability in
fwd and aft cargo holds
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
To provide operational capability either to transport
ULDs and/or bulk freight up to a maximum average density of 15 lb/cu ft.

fender for protection devices for the rapid decompression at frame 24 A.


EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO

Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200


Full bulk configuration and structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in the forward and aft cargo
holds.
System provision for CLS plus minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading system.
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200
The modification consists of the installation of:
electrically powered semi-automatic CLS
additional tie-down fittings
door nets with stanchions and divider nets for the forward and aft cargo holds
reinforced cargo floor panels for heavy bulk usage for
the forward and aft cargo holds, flat parts only
drainage system
side wall/ceiling panels for bulk loading in the forward
and aft cargo holds

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.404

Page 300

[ 25-66]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Figure 25-13 - CLS with full bulk capability

Installation of full bulk


sidewalls/ceiling panels
Basic CLS
provisions

CLS + full bulk


(nets included)

AKH

or
ACT

AKH

AKH

Reinforced cargo floor

A321
A320

A319

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.404

Page 301

[ 25-67]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings
Table 25-18 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

CLS with full bulk capability in


fwd and aft cargo holds - without ACT provision

A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

134.0/134.0/-134.0
160.0/160.0/-160.0
190.0/190.0/-190.0

02

CLS with full bulk capability in


fwd and aft cargo holds - with
full provision for one ACT
(A320)

A320-200

175.0/175.0/-175.0

A321-200

201.0/201.0/-201.0

A320-200

196.0/196.0/-196.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Requires prior acceptance of


CN28.11.133/02 - Full provision for installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A320).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months

03

CLS with full bulk capability in


fwd and aft cargo holds - with
full provision for one ACT
(A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.133/01 - Full provision for installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (A321)
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months

04

CLS with full bulk capability in


fwd and aft cargo holds - with
full provision for two ACTs
(A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.140/03 - Full provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A320).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.404

Page 302

[ 25-68]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

05

CLS with full bulk capability in


fwd and aft cargo holds - with
full provision for two ACTs
(A321)

A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

223.0/223.0/-223.0

Requires prior acceptance of


CN28.11.140/02 - Full provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A321).
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.404

Page 303

[ 25-69]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings

25.52.407 - Bulk loading capability in aft cargo hold door area behind two ULDs
(A319)
Objective for A319-100
To provide bulk loading capability in aft cargo door area
for configuration with two ULDs loaded.
Basic aircraft for A319-100
Full bulk configuration in fwd and aft cargo hold and
structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in
aft cargo hold.
System provision for CLS in fwd and aft cargo hold plus
minimum electrical provisions for mechanized bulk
loading systems in aft cargo hold.
Description for A319-100
This option provides the capability to load the remaining
space in the aft cargo door area with bulk, when two
ULDs are transported on position 41 and 42.

Deletion of the standard divider net at frame 59 and


installation of a new divider net at frame 60
Installation of modified cargo compartment placards
Adaptation of manuals
Note for A319-100
With this modification, the new divider net position at
frame 60 will separate aft cargo compartment No. 4
from the bulk compartment No. 5 for ULD and for full
bulk transportation.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO

Due to the relocation of the standard divider net position


from frame 59 to 60, this new net section is enlarged to
offer improved cargo loading conditions.
The modification consists of:
Installation of a new divider net at frame 57

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.407

Page 304

[ 25-70]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Figure 25-14 - Bulk loading in aft cargo hold door area behind two ULDs (A319)
Net configuration with two ULDs loaded

Net configuration for full bulk cargo loading complete aft cargo hold

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.407

Page 305

[ 25-71]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings
Table 25-19 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Bulk loading capability in aft


cargo hold door area behind
two ULDs (A319)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A319-100

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

4.0/4.0/-4.0

25.52.407

Page 306

[ 25-72]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.407

Page 307

[ 25-73]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings

25.52.410 - Full provision for installation of special container in aft cargo hold, door
area (A319)
Objective for A319-100
To provide an additional loading position for a special
container in the cargo door area of compartment 4.
This additional container can be used as a last-minute
baggage container and will optimize the Demand Driven
Dispatch reliability of an airline operating the AIRBUS
Single Aisle aircraft family.
Basic aircraft for A319-100
Full bulk configuration plus system provision for CLS,
minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading systems and structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in the forward and aft cargo holds.
Description for A319-100
This option provides the capability to transport a special
container in the cargo door area between frame 56A
and frame 59 with the semi-automatic CLS installed.

The loading and unloading of the special container is


done manually.
The modification consists of:
structural reinforcements
installation of an additional lowerable Z-latch
installation of retractable, electrically powered front
roller at frame 58
modification of ballmat
attachment of modified placards and markings according to the new cargo hold configuration.
Note for A319-100
Requires prior acceptance of CN25.52.404/01 - CLS
with full bulk capability in fwd and aft cargo holds - without ACT provision.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO

This special LD3/40-45 container has a baseplate of


39.75 in x 61.5 in with IATA contour H and can be loaded up to a max. gross weight of 1 660 lb (753 kg).

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.410

Page 308

[ 25-74]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Figure 25-15 - Additional container in aft cargo hold (A319)


96 in (2438 mm)

45 in (1143 mm)
61.5 in (1562 mm)
39.75 in (1009,7 mm)

Additional container A319


Type : LD3 - 40/45
IATA contour H

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Internal volume

80 cu ft (2,3 cu m)

Tare weight

110 to 180 lb (50 to 80 kg)

MGW

1660 lb (753 kg)

25.52.410

Page 309

[ 25-75]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings
Table 25-20 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Full provision for installation of


special container in aft cargo
hold, door area (A319)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A319-100

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

3.0/3.0/-3.0

25.52.410

Page 310

[ 25-76]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.410

Page 311

[ 25-77]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings

25.52.500 - Installation of continuous side guides in forward cargo hold


Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
To ease the guidance of netted pallets or slightly dished
pallets.
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200
Full bulk configuration, system provision for CLS, minimum electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading
system and structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in the forward and aft cargo holds.
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200
- For A319:
three guides are installed between frame 28 and
31 on the RH side of the hold
three guides are installed between frame 24A and
frame 31 on the LH side of the hold.

- For A321:
twelve guides are installed between frame 28 and
35.5 on the RH side of the hold
twelve guides are installed between frame 26 and
frame 35.5 on the LH side of the hold.
Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
Requires prior acceptance of CLS in forward and aft
cargo holds, which installs: YZ latches including structural provision for continuous side guides, and two
guides opposite to the door. The optional continuous
side guides are specifically recommended when using
netted pallets to prevent entanglement of the net meshes on the fixed YZ latches.
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO

- For A320:
six guides are installed between frame 28 and 34
on the RH side of the hold
six guides are installed between frame 24A and
frame 34 on the LH side of the hold.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.500

Page 312

[ 25-78]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Figure 25-16 - Continuous side guides in forward cargo hold


35

A319

A321

35
2

28

34
28
24
A

31

24
A

es

12

id
gu

H
nR

31

sid

ide

Hs

es

uid

3g

R
on

12

n
so

LH

sid

gu

ide

es

L
on

sid

uid

3g

34
28

31

24
A

ide

Hs

es

uid

6g

R
on

A320

ide

Hs

es

uid

6g

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.500

L
on

Page 313

[ 25-79]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings
Table 25-21 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Installation of continuous side


guides in forward cargo hold

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

8.0/8.0/-8.0
12.0/12.0/-12.0
21.0/21.0/-21.0

25.52.500

Page 314

[ 25-80]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.500

Page 315

[ 25-81]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings

25.52.511 - Installation of continuous side guides in aft cargo hold


Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
To ease guidance of netted pallets or slightly dished pallets.
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200
Full bulk configuration, system provision for CLS, electrical provision for mechanized bulk loading system and
structural provision for attaching optional divider nets in
the forward and aft cargo holds.
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200
For A319:
RH side : five guides are installed between frame 47/
51 and frame 55A
LH side : five guides are installed between frame 47/
51 and frame 56 .
For A320:
RH side : six guides are installed between frame 47
and frame 52A
RH side : three guides are installed between frame
56 and frame 58
LH side : nine guides are installed between frame 47
and frame 58.
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

For A321:
RH side : nine guides are installed between frame
47.2 and frame 52A
RH side : three guides are installed between frame
56 and frame 58
LH side : twelve guides are installed between frame
47.2 and frame 58.
Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
requires prior acceptance of CLS in forward and aft
cargo holds, which installs: YZ latches including
structural provision for continuous side guides, and
two guides opposite to the door. The optional continuous side guides are specifically recommended
when using netted pallets to prevent entanglement of
the net meshes on the fixed YZ latches

in case of optional provision for ACTs installed, the


number of continuous side guides will change
on A319, not compatible with CN28.11.140/01 - Full
provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo
hold (A319).
EPAC selection mode
Global CARGO

25.52.511

Page 316

[ 25-82]

Equipment/furnishings 25

A320 Family

Figure 25-17 - Continuous side guides in aft cargo hold


59

A321

59

A319

56
52
A

55
A

50
47

ide

Hs

47
2

es

uid

g
12

47

R
on

52
e

RH

sid

uid

5g

n
so

12

n
so

LH

sid

ide

gu

59
56

LH

sid

uid

5g

n
so

52
A

ide

Hs

50

des

Shown for info : CLS configuration.


Other configurations e.g. CLS plus full
bulk capability, ACT provision and
ACT installation will change cargo
hold configuration.

R
on

ui
9g

47

A320

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

LH

sid

uid

9g

n
so

25.52.511

Page 317

[ 25-83]

A320 Family

25 Equipment/furnishings
Table 25-22 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Continuous side guides in aft


cargo hold (A319)

A319-100

9.0/9.0/-9.0

02

Continuous side guides in aft


cargo hold - without provision
for ACT (A320)

A320-200

17.0/17.0/-17.0

03

Continuous side guides in aft


cargo hold - without provision
for ACT (A321)

A321-200

21.0/21.0/-21.0

12

Continuous side guides in aft


cargo hold - with provision for
one ACT (A320)

A320-200

7.0/7.0/-7.0

A321-200

10.0/10.0/-10.0

A320-200

4.0/4.0/-4.0

A321-200

7.0/7.0/-7.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this


option are 9 months

13

Continuous side guides in aft


cargo hold - with provision for
one ACT (A321)
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months

22

Continuous side guides in aft


cargo hold - with provision for
two/one ACTs (A320)
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 9 months

23

Continuous side guides in aft


cargo hold - with provision for
two/one ACTs (A321)
Due to ACT, lead-time constraints for this
option are 8 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

25.52.511

Page 318

[ 25-84]

A320 Family

Fire protection 26

Reference

Title

26.20.103

Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) fire extinguisher alternate equipment

26.21.104

Engine fire extinguishers alternate equipment

26.23.103

Cargo holds fire extinguisher alternate equipment

26.23.111

Cargo holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS 120 min

26.23.112

Cargo holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS 180 min

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 319

[ 26-1]

A320 Family

26 Fire protection

26.20.103 - Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) fire extinguisher alternate equipment


Objective
To provide alternate equipment for APU fire extinguisher.
Basic aircraft
One APU fire extinguisher assembly composed of a fire
extinguisher bottle, a discharge outlet and cartridge is
installed in the APU compartment.
Description
The basic APU fire extinguisher assembly is replaced
by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

26.20.103

Page 320

[ 26-2]

Fire protection 26

A320 Family

Figure 26-1 - APU fire extinguishing system

Fire emerg.
stop relays

FDU

ECB
FWC

Fire
extinguishing
bottle

APU
shutdown
Fuel fire
shutoff valve

Pressure switch
Discharge
cartridge

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

26.20.103

Page 321

[ 26-3]

A320 Family

26 Fire protection
Table 26-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

APU fire extinguisher basic


equipment - PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

01

APU fire extinguisher alternate


equipment - KIDDE AEROSPACE

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

APU fire extinguisher container

PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC

33600005-3

SFE

APU fire extinguisher container

KIDDE AEROSPACE

472 412-1

SFE

26.20.103

Page 322

[ 26-4]

Fire protection 26

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

26.20.103

Page 323

[ 26-5]

A320 Family

26 Fire protection
26.21.104 - Engine fire extinguishers alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for engine fire extinguishers.
Basic aircraft
Two engine fire extinguisher assemblies, composed of
a fire extinguisher bottle, a discharge outlet and cartridge, are installed for each engine.
Description
The basic engine fire extinguisher assemblies are replaced by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

26.21.104

Page 324

[ 26-6]

Fire protection 26

A320 Family

Figure 26-2 - Engine fire extinguishing system

F
I
R
E

AGENT1

AGENT2

SQUIB

SQUIB

DISCH
TEST

ENG 1 FIRE
PUSH

DISCH

APU FIRE
PUSH
AGENT

AGENT1

AGENT2

SQUIB

SQUIB

DISCH
TEST

SQUIB

ENG 2 FIRE
PUSH

DISCH

F
I
R
E

TEST

DISCH

AGENT1

AGENT2

SQUIB
DISCH

SQUIB

ENG 2 FIRE
PUSH

DISCH

F
I
R
E

TEST

115VU
MASTER2
ENG
2 ON

MASTER1
ENG
ON
1

OFF

MODE
NORM

OFF
CRANK

FIRE
Pressure
switch
Squib

FAULT

Pressure
switch

ENG

MASTER2
ENG ON
2
OFF
IGN
START

FIRE

FIRE

FAULT

FAULT

Squib

CFDS
ECAM
LOOP A

LOOP B

FDU
(ENG. 2)

Engine fire extinguishers

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

26.21.104

Page 325

[ 26-7]

A320 Family

26 Fire protection
Table 26-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

Engine fire extinguishers basic


equipment - PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

01

Engine fire extinguishers alternate equipment - KIDDE AEROSPACE

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Fire extinguisher
container, engine

PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC

34100005-1

SFE

Fire extinguisher
container, engine

KIDDE AEROSPACE

472088-1

SFE

26.21.104

Page 326

[ 26-8]

Fire protection 26

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

26.21.104

Page 327

[ 26-9]

A320 Family

26 Fire protection
26.23.103 - Cargo holds fire extinguisher alternate equipment
Objective for A321-200
To provide alternate equipment for cargo holds fire extinguisher.
Basic aircraft for A321-200
Cargo holds are designed as class C, with a single shot
fire extinguishing system installed.
Description for A321-200
The basic cargo holds fire extinguisher is replaced by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

26.23.103

Page 328

[ 26-10]

Fire protection 26

A320 Family

Table 26-3 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

Cargo holds fire extinguisher


basic equipment - PACIFIC
SCIENTIFIC (A321)

A321-200

02

Cargo holds fire extinguisher


alternate equipment - KIDDE
AEROSPACE (A321)

A321-200

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

1.0/1.0/-1.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Fire extinguisher
container, cargo
hold

PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC

34600049-1

SFE

Fire extinguisher
container, cargo
hold

KIDDE AEROSPACE

472930-3

SFE

26.23.103

Page 329

[ 26-11]

A320 Family

26 Fire protection

26.23.111 - Cargo holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS 120 min
Objective
To increase the fire extinguishing capability for forward
and aft cargo holds to cope with 120 min diversion time
as required for ETOPS operations.
Basic aircraft
Cargo holds are designed as class C, with a single shot
fire extinguishing system installed.
Description
For A318, A320 and A321, a second fire extinguishing
bottle is installed.
This second bottle is discharged through a flow metering system 60 min after the first bottle.
For A319, the fire extinguishing remains a single shot
system with a bottle size increased from 630 cu in to
800 cu in.
This implies:
adaptation of electrical wiring
modification of the SDCU or CIDS-SDF logic, corresponding switches and indicator of the cockpit control panel and circuit breakers.
EPAC selection mode
Individual
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

26.23.111

Page 330

[ 26-12]

Fire protection 26

A320 Family

Figure 26-3 - Cargo fire extinguishing extension


Basic fire
Extinguisher pipe
extinguisher
bottle 800 cu in

Overhead panel
A321

Second fire
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in
Basic fire
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in

Pre-mod and post-mod (A319)


Pre-mod (A318/A320/A321)
DISCH

DISCH

CARGO SMOKE
TEST

FWD

Second fire
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in

AFT

SMOKE

SMOKE

DISCH

DISCH

Fire extinguishing bottles


A320

630 cu in
630 cu in
(0.01 cu m)

Post-mod (A318/A320/A321)

Pressure switch
Increased fire
extinguisher
bottle 800 cu in

CARGO SMOKE
FWD

TEST

AFT

SMOKE

Fill and safety


relief port
FW

D HO

LD

AFT

LD

Discharge outlet
and cartridge

HO

Extinguisher pipe

SMOKE

800 cu in

A319
DISCH

800 cu in

AGENT2

Pressure switch
AGENT1
AGENT2

DISCH1
DISCH2

AGENT1
AGENT2

Basic fire
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in
A318

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Second fire
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in

Fill and safety


relief port
FW

D HO

LD

AFT

LD

HO

Discharge outlet
and cartridge

Extinguisher pipe

26.23.111

Page 331

[ 26-13]

A320 Family

26 Fire protection
Table 26-4 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Cargo holds fire extinguishers


extended duration for ETOPS
120 min (A318)

Cargo holds fire extinguishers


extended duration for ETOPS
120 min (A319)

Cargo holds fire extinguishers


extended duration for ETOPS
120 min (A320)

Cargo holds fire extinguishers


extended duration for ETOPS
120 min (A321)
Installation of a second fire extinguisher
bottle (630 cu in) on top of the basic one
(800 cu in), and installation of the associated flow metering system.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

QTY

STS

Fire extinguisher
container, cargo
hold

PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC

34600017

SFE

A319-100

7.0/7.0/-7.0

Fire extinguisher
container, cargo
hold

PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC

34600049-1

SFE

A320-200

23.0/23.0/-23.0

Fire extinguisher
container, cargo
hold

PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC

34600017

SFE

A321-200

20.0/20.0/-20.0

Fire extinguisher
container, cargo
hold

PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC

34600017

SFE

Fire extinguisher
container, cargo
hold

PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC

34600049-1

SFE

Installation of a second fire extinguisher


bottle identical to the basic one (630 cu
in), and installation of the associated flow
metering system.

04

Equipment
PN

20.0/20.0/-20.0

The fire extinguisher bottle installed with


the single shot fire extinguishing system
(630 cu in) is replaced by a bigger one
(800 cu in).

03

Equipment
supplier

A318-100

Installation of a second fire extinguisher


bottle identical to the basic one (630 cu
in), and installation of the associated flow
metering system.

02

Equipment
reference

26.23.111

Page 332

[ 26-14]

Fire protection 26

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

26.23.111

Page 333

[ 26-15]

A320 Family

26 Fire protection

26.23.112 - Cargo holds fire extinguishers extended duration for ETOPS 180 min
Objective
To increase the fire extinguishing capability to 180 min
diversion time for the forward and aft cargo compartments.
It is required for ETOPS operations with class C cargo
compartments.
Basic aircraft
Cargo compartments are designed as class C, with a
single shot fire extinguishing system installed.
Description
A second fire extinguishing bottle is installed.
This second bottle should be discharged through a flow
metering system 60 min after the first bottle.
This implies :
adaptation of electrical wiring
modification of the SDCU or CIDS-SDF logic, corresponding switches and indicator of the cockpit control panel and circuit breakers.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

26.23.112

Page 334

[ 26-16]

Fire protection 26

A320 Family

Figure 26-4 - Cargo fire extinguishing extension


Basic fire
extinguisher
bottle 800 in

Extinguisher pipe

Second fire
extinguisher
bottle 800 cu in

Basic fire
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in

A321

Overhead panel

Second fire
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in

Pre-mod
DISCH

Fire extinguishing bottles


DISCH

CARGO SMOKE
TEST

FWD

AFT

630 cu in
A320

SMOKE

SMOKE

DISCH

DISCH

630 cu in
(0.01 cu m)

Pressure switch
Fill and safety
relief port
FW

D HO

LD

Post-mod
Basic fire
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in

CARGO SMOKE
FWD

TEST

Second fire
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in

800 cu in

Pressure switch
Fill and safety
relief port

DISCH
AGENT2

FW

D HO

LD

DISCH1
DISCH2

Discharge outlet
and cartridge

800 cu in

Extinguisher pipe

SMOKE

A319

AGENT2

LD

HO

AFT

SMOKE

AGENT1

AFT

AGENT1

Basic fire
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in

AGENT2

AFT

LD

HO

Discharge outlet
and cartridge

Second fire
extinguisher
bottle 630 cu in

Extinguisher pipe

A318

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

26.23.112

Page 335

[ 26-17]

A320 Family

26 Fire protection
Table 26-5 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Cargo holds fire extinguishers


extended duration for ETOPS
180 min (A318)

Cargo holds fire extinguishers


extended duration for ETOPS
180 min (A319)

Cargo holds fire extinguishers


extended duration for ETOPS
180 min (A320)

Cargo holds fire extinguishers


extended duration for ETOPS
180 min (A321)
Installation of a second fire extinguisher
bottle (800 cu in) on top of the basic one
(800 cu in), and installation of the associated flow metering system.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

QTY

STS

Fire extinguisher
container, cargo
hold

PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC

34600017

SFE

A319-100

21.0/21.0/-21.0

Fire extinguisher
container, cargo
hold

PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC

34600017

SFE

A320-200

23.0/23.0/-23.0

Fire extinguisher
container, cargo
hold

PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC

34600017

SFE

A321-200

28.0/28.0/-28.0

Fire extinguisher
container, cargo
hold

PACIFIC SCIENTIFIC

34600049-1

SFE

Installation of a second fire extinguisher


bottle identical to the basic one (630 cu
in), and installation of the associated flow
metering system.

04

Equipment
PN

20.0/20.0/-20.0

Installation of a second fire extinguisher


bottle identical to the basic one (630 cu
in), and installation of the associated flow
metering system.

03

Equipment
supplier

A318-100

Installation of a second fire extinguisher


bottle identical to the basic one (630 cu
in), and installation of the associated flow
metering system.

02

Equipment
reference

26.23.112

Page 336

[ 26-18]

A320 Family

Fuel 28

Reference

Title

28.11.133

Full provision for installation of one Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft cargo hold

28.11.140

Full provision for installation of two/one Additional Center Tanks (ACTs) in aft cargo
hold

28.11.225

Installation of one Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft cargo hold

28.11.235

Installation of two Additional Center Tanks (ACTs) in aft cargo hold

28.25.107

Installation of additional refuel/defuel coupling in LH wing

28.25.110

Installation of fuel quantity preselector in cockpit

28.25.130

Relocation of refuel/defuel control panel

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 337

[ 28-1]

A320 Family

28 Fuel

28.11.133 - Full provision for installation of one Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft
cargo hold
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
To make structural and system provision for one ACT to
be installed at the forward end of the aft cargo hold.
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200
Space provision is made for an ACT.
Structural provision:
reinforced rivets at membrane plates FR45-46
modified longitudinal beams FR45-46
modified keel beam brackets FR46.
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200
The modification consists in:
provision for ACT cavity and water drains including
access doors through the fuselage skin and belly fairing
air pressurisation pipes to the ACT location
fuel pipes from the center tank to the ACT location
with a transfer pump and valve
reinforcement of fuselage sections 16/17
new cabin floor panels with carpet split for removal or
installation of floor panel above the ACT
new ACT refuel/defuel panel on the fuselage
installation of refuel panel cover (only when ACT are
provisioned but not installed)
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

new cockpit overhead fuel control panel


installation of relay box in the avionics compartment
plus routings
installation of a third Fuel Level Sensing Control Unit
(FLSCU)
installation of ACT crash stoppers
installation of ACT restraint/support components.
Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
On A319 and A320 selection of this item requires the relocation of the slide pressure bottles to the OHSC between frames C45 and C47 (LH/RH). Consequently
OHSC volume at these locations is reduced by approximately 30%.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

28.11.133

Page 338

[ 28-2]

Fuel 28

A320 Family

Figure 28-1 - Full provision for installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold
A319 / A320 Fuel system cockpit panel

FUEL QTY
kg x 1000

CTR

LEFT

HI

HI. LVL.

LVL

CTR

LEFT
ACT

RIGHT

REFUEL VALVES

REFUEL VALVE
OPEN
NORM
SHUT
FQI SELECT
CTR/ACT

RIGHT

MODE SELECT

TEST
HI - LVL

REFUEL

CTR + ACT
CTR
ACT

OPEN
NORM
SHUT

OPEN
NORM
SHUT

OPEN
NORM
SHUT

BATT POWER
ON

OFF
DEFUEL XFR
PRESELECTED

OPEN

A321 Fuel system cockpit panel

NORM

LTS

REFUEL

ACTUAL

kg x 1000

DEC

INC CKPT

END

Main refuel panel

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.11.133

Page 339

[ 28-3]

A320 Family

28 Fuel
Table 28-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Full provision for installation of


one ACT in aft cargo hold
(A321)

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

A321-200

125.0/125.0/-125.0

Trim tank transfer


pump

EATON AEROSPACE

568-1-27170002

SFE

A320-200

100.0/100.0/-100.0

Trim tank transfer


pump

EATON AEROSPACE

568-1-27170002

SFE

A319-100

100.0/100.0/-100.0

Trim tank transfer


pump

EATON AEROSPACE

568-1-27170002

SFE

Lead-time constraints 8 months

02

Full provision for installation of


one ACT in aft cargo hold
(A320)
Lead-time constraints 9 months

03

Full provision for installation of


one ACT in aft cargo hold
(A319)
Lead-time constraints 9 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.11.133

Page 340

[ 28-4]

Fuel 28

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.11.133

Page 341

[ 28-5]

A320 Family

28 Fuel

28.11.140 - Full provision for installation of two/one Additional Center Tanks (ACTs)
in aft cargo hold
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
To provide structural and system provisions for two
ACTs to be installed at the forward end of the aft cargo
hold.
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200
Space provision is made for the installation of two
ACTs.
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200
The modification consists in:
additional horizontal beam and support struts
belly fairing / fuselage skin drain hole access doors
air pressurization pipes to the ACT locations
provision for ACT cavity and water drains
fuel pipes from the center tank to the ACT location
with a transfer pump and valve
reinforcement of fuselage sections 16/17
new cabin floor panels with carpet split for removal or
installation of floor panels above the ACT locations
new ACT refuel/defuel panel on the fuselage
installation of refuel panel cover (only when ACT are
provisioned but not installed)
new cockpit overhead fuel control panel

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

installation of a relay box in the avionics compartment plus routings


installation of a third Fuel Level Sensing Control Unit
(FLSCU)
installation of ACT crash stoppers
installation of ACT restraint/support components.
Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
depending on operator range requirements either
one or two ACTs can be installed for flexibility
on A319 and A320 selection of this item requires the
relocation of the slide pressure bottles to the OHSC
between frames C45 and C47 (LH/RH). Consequently OHSC volume at these locations is reduced by approximately 30%.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

28.11.140

Page 342

[ 28-6]

Fuel 28

A320 Family

Figure 28-2 - Full provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
A319 / A320 Fuel system cockpit panel

FUEL QTY
kg x 1000

CTR

LEFT

HI
ACT
1

FQI SELECT
CTR/ACT

HI. LVL.

LVL

ACT
2
REFUEL VALVE
OPEN
NORM
SHUT

RIGHT

CTR

LEFT

RIGHT

REFUEL VALVES
OPEN
NORM
SHUT

OPEN
NORM
SHUT

MODE SELECT

TEST
HI - LVL

REFUEL

CTR + ACT
CTR
ACT1
ACT2

OPEN
NORM
SHUT

OPEN
NORM
SHUT

BATT POWER
ON

OFF
DEFUEL XFR
PRESELECTED

OPEN

A321 Fuel system cockpit panel

NORM

LTS

REFUEL

ACTUAL

kg x 1000

DEC

INC CKPT

END

Main refuel panel

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.11.140

Page 343

[ 28-7]

A320 Family

28 Fuel
Table 28-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Full provision for installation of


two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A319)

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

A319-100

120.0/120.0/-120.0

Trim tank transfer


pump

EATON AEROSPACE

568-1-27170002

SFE

A321-200

150.0/150.0/-150.0

Trim tank transfer


pump

EATON AEROSPACE

568-1-27170002

SFE

A320-200

120.0/120.0/-120.0

Trim tank transfer


pump

EATON AEROSPACE

568-1-27170002

SFE

Lead-time constraints 9 months

02

Full provision for installation of


two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A321)
Lead-time constraints 8 months

03

Full provision for installation of


two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A320)
Lead-time constraints 9 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.11.140

Page 344

[ 28-8]

Fuel 28

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.11.140

Page 345

[ 28-9]

A320 Family

28 Fuel

28.11.225 - Installation of one Additional Center Tank (ACT) in aft cargo hold
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
To install a fully integrated ACT in order to increase the
fuel tank capacity and to extend the range of the aircraft.
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200
Space provision is made for ACT.
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200
To install one ACT with 2992 l capacity at the forward
end of the aft cargo hold.
Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
requires prior acceptance of CN28.11.133 - Full provision for installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold or
CN28.11.140 - Full provision for installation of two/
one ACTs in aft cargo hold
requires prior acceptance of CN30.70.108 Extended
freezing protection
depending on operator range requirements, the ACT
can be removed/re-installed (by configuration Service Bulletin).
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.11.225

Page 346

[ 28-10]

Fuel 28

A320 Family

Figure 28-3 - Typical installation of one ACT in aft cargo hold (full bulk)

A320

A319

AC

T1

AC

T1

A321
Remark:
Remaining loading in aft cargo
hold is specified in Weight &
Balance Manual

AC

T1

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.11.225

Page 347

[ 28-11]

A320 Family

28 Fuel
Table 28-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Installation of one ACT in aft


cargo hold - with full bulk configuration (A319)

A319-100

100.0/512.0/-512.0

A320-200

100.0/512.0/-512.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Incompatible with CN25.52.204 - System


provision for mechanized bulk loading
systems in aft cargo hold (A319/A320).
Incompatible with CN25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with
full bulk capability in fwd and aft cargo
holds.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protection.
Lead-time constraints 9 months.

02

Installation of one ACT in aft


cargo hold - with full bulk configuration (A320)
Incompatible with CN25.52.204 - System
provision for mechanized bulk loading
systems in aft cargo hold (A319/A320), or
CN25.52.304 - Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321), or
CN25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability
in fwd and aft cargo holds.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protection.
Lead-time constraints 9 months.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.11.225

Page 348

[ 28-12]

Fuel 28

A320 Family
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

03

Installation of one ACT in aft


cargo hold - with full bulk configuration (A321)

A321-200

100.0/512.0/-512.0

A320-200

100.0/512.0/-512.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Incompatible with CN25.52.205 - System


provision for mechanized bulk loading
systems in aft cargo hold (A321), or
CN25.52.304 - Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321), or
CN25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability
in fwd and aft cargo holds.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protection.
Lead-time constraints 8 months.

12

Installation of one ACT in aft


cargo hold - with CLS & full
provision for one ACT (A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.304 - Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321), or
CN25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability
in fwd and aft cargo holds.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protection.
Lead-time constraint 9 months.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.11.225

Page 349

[ 28-13]

A320 Family

28 Fuel
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

13

Installation of one ACT in aft


cargo hold - with CLS & full
provision for one ACT (A321)

A321-200

125.0/537.0/-537.0

A320-200

120.0/532.0/-532.0

A321-200

150.0/562.0/-562.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Requires prior acceptance of


CN25.52.304 - Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321), or
CN25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability
in fwd and aft cargo holds.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protection.
Lead-time constraints 8 months.

22

Installation of one ACT in aft


cargo hold - with CLS & full
provision for two ACTs (A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.304 - Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321), or
CN25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability
in fwd and aft cargo holds.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protection.
Lead-time constraint 9 months.

23

Installation of one ACT in aft


cargo hold - with CLS & full
provision for two ACTs (A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.304 - Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321), or
CN25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability
in fwd and aft cargo holds.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protection.
Lead-time constraints 8 months.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.11.225

Page 350

[ 28-14]

Fuel 28

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.11.225

Page 351

[ 28-15]

A320 Family

28 Fuel

28.11.235 - Installation of two Additional Center Tanks (ACTs) in aft cargo hold
Objective for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
To install two fully integrated ACTs in order to extend
the range of the aircraft.
Basic aircraft for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200
Space provision for two ACTs.
Description for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321200
To install two ACTs with 5984 l total capacity at the forward end of the aft cargo hold.
Note for A319-100 and A320-200 and A321-200
requires prior acceptance of CN28.11.140 - Full provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo
hold
requires prior acceptance of CN30.70.108 Extended
freezing protection
depending on operator range requirements, the
ACTs can be removed/re-installed (by configuration
Service Bulletin).
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.11.235

Page 352

[ 28-16]

Fuel 28

A320 Family

Figure 28-4 - Typical installation of two ACTs in aft cargo hold (full bulk)

A320

A319
AC

AC

T1

T1

AC

T1

T2

Remark:
Remaining loading in aft cargo
hold is specified in Weight &
Balance Manual

A321
AC

AC

AC

T2

T2

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.11.235

Page 353

[ 28-17]

A320 Family

28 Fuel
Table 28-4 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Installation of two ACTs in aft


cargo hold - with full bulk configuration (A319)

A319-100

120.0/893.0/-893.0

A320-200

120.0/893.0/-893.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Incompatible with CN25.52.204 - System


provision for mechanized bulk loading
systems in aft cargo hold (A319/A320).
Requires prior acceptance of
CN03.20.4XX/02 - A319-1XX increased
design weights - MTOW to 75.5 t, MLW to
62.5 t, MZFW to 58.5 t (wv 002).
Requires prior acceptance of
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protection.
Lead-time constraints 9 months.

02

Installation of two ACTs in aft


cargo hold - with full bulk configuration (A320)
Incompatible with CN25.52.204 - System
provision for mechanized bulk loading
systems in aft cargo hold (A319/A320), or
CN25.52.304 - Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321), or
CN25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability
in fwd and aft cargo holds.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protection.
Lead-time constraints 9 months.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.11.235

Page 354

[ 28-18]

Fuel 28

A320 Family
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

03

Installation of two ACTs in aft


cargo hold - with full bulk configuration (A321)

A321-200

150.0/923.0/-923.0

A320-200

120.0/893.0/-893.0

A321-200

150.0/923.0/-923.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Incompatible with CN25.52.205 - System


provision for mechanized bulk loading
systems in aft cargo hold (A321), or
CN25.52.304 - Installation of semi-automatic Cargo Loading System (CLS) in forward and aft cargo holds (A320/A321), or
CN25.52.404 - Installation of Cargo Loading System (CLS) with full bulk capability
in fwd and aft cargo holds.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protection.
Lead-time constraints 8 months.

22

Installation of two ACTs in aft


cargo hold - with CLS (A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.304/04 - Installation of semiautomatic CLS in forward and aft cargo
holds (A320/A321), or CN25.52.404/04 Installation of CLS with full bulk capability
in fwd and aft cargo holds.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protection.
Lead-time constraint 9 months.

23

Installation of two ACTs in aft


cargo hold - with CLS (A321)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN25.52.304/05 - Installation of semiautomatic CLS in forward and aft cargo
holds (A320/A321), or CN25.52.404/05 Installation of CLS with full bulk capability
in fwd and aft cargo holds.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN30.70.108 Extended freezing protection.
Lead-time constraints 8 months.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.11.235

Page 355

[ 28-19]

A320 Family

28 Fuel

28.25.107 - Installation of additional refuel/defuel coupling in LH wing


Objective
To offer flexibility in terms of aircraft servicing.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Basic aircraft
A refuel/defuel coupling is provided in the RH wing of
the aircraft.
Space and structural provisions are made for a coupling
in the LH wing.
Description
The modification consists in installing an additional
2.5 inch refuel/defuel coupling under the LH wing (outboard of the engine pylon).
Refueling from this coupling will allow same refueling
rates as from the RH wing coupling.
This option permits aircraft fuel tanks to be filled from either the RH or LH side.
Defueling from both the LH wing and RH wing is possible.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.25.107

Page 356

[ 28-20]

Fuel 28

A320 Family
Figure 28-5 - Refuel/defuel coupling

Wing leading edge

Coupling

Refuel/defuel
coupling
(basic)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.25.107

Refuel/defuel
control panel
(basic)

Refuel/defuel
coupling
(optional)

Page 357

[ 28-21]

A320 Family

28 Fuel
Table 28-5 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Installation of additional refuel/


defuel coupling in LH wing

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

7.5/7.5/-7.5
7.5/7.5/-7.5
7.5/7.5/-7.5
7.5/7.5/-7.5

28.25.107

Page 358

[ 28-22]

Fuel 28

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.25.107

Page 359

[ 28-23]

A320 Family

28 Fuel
28.25.110 - Installation of fuel quantity preselector in cockpit
Objective
To enable fuel quantity preselection and automatic refueling to be controlled from the cockpit.
Basic aircraft
The fuel quantity and refueling selections are made
from the external refuel/defuel control panel located on
the side of the fuselage, beneath the RH wing.
Description
A fuel quantity preselector is installed in the cockpit
(overhead maintenance panel) to enable quantity selection and automatic refueling. Preselection and control
from the cockpit will have priority over the external refuel/defuel control panel. Operational indication is provided in the cockpit, at the external refuel/defuel control
panel and on the wings (adjacent to the couplings).

select required fuel quantity


select refuel CTL valve push button ON
green ready to refuel light(s) comes on automatically
when the aircraft is ready
refueling is performed automatically
at the end of refueling, the ready to refuel light extinguishes automatically, and the preselection module
END light indicates that refuel is finished
deselect power.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Note
The sequence of operations is as follows:
select power ON:
a CKPT light comes on automatically in the cockpit
and on the external panel to indicate that the cockpit
has priority
high level check is performed
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.25.110

Page 360

[ 28-24]

Fuel 28

A320 Family
Figure 28-6 - Refuel/defuel panels
Preselected
display
Preselector
rocker sw

PRESELECTED

ACTUAL

Actual quantity display

Kg/1000

FAULT

CTL
VALVE

ON

ON

REFUEL

End light

END

INC. CKPT

DEC.
PWR

Elec PWR pb

REFUEL

CKPT light
CTL valve pb

Cockpit fuel quantity preselector

(TDU 01)

Refuel/defuel
coupling (basic)

Green light

(TDU 02)

Refuel/defuel
control panel (basic)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.25.110

Refuel/defuel
coupling (optional)
Green light

Page 361

[ 28-25]

A320 Family

28 Fuel
Table 28-6 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Installation of fuel quantity preselector in cockpit - with RH


refuel coupling & without ACT
prov.

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

3.5/3.5/-3.5
3.5/3.5/-3.5
3.5/3.5/-3.5
3.5/3.5/-3.5

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

4.3/4.3/-4.3
4.3/4.3/-4.3
4.3/4.3/-4.3
4.6/4.6/-4.6

A321-200

4.6/4.6/-4.6

A320-200
A321-200

3.5/3.5/-3.5
3.5/3.5/-3.5

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

For A318/A319/A320, incompatible with


CN28.25.130 - Relocation of refuel/defuel
control panel.

02

Installation of fuel quantity preselector in cockpit - with LH


refuel coupling & without ACT
prov.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.25.107/01 - Installation of additional refuel/defuel coupling in LH wing.
For A318/A319/A320, incompatible with
CN28.25.130 - Relocation of refuel/defuel
control panel.

03

Installation of fuel quantity preselector in cockpit - with LH


refuel coupling & prov. for one
ACT
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.25.107/01 - Installation of additional refuel/defuel coupling in LH wing.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.133/01 - Full provision for installation of one Additional Center Tank
(ACT) in aft cargo hold.

04

Installation of fuel quantity preselector in cockpit - with RH


refuel coupling & prov. for one
ACT
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.133/01 - Full provision for installation of one Additional Center Tank
(ACT) in aft cargo hold.
For A320, incompatible with CN28.25.130
- Relocation of refuel/defuel control panel.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.25.110

Page 362

[ 28-26]

Fuel 28

A320 Family
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

05

Installation of fuel quantity preselector in cockpit - with RH


refuel coupling & prov. for two
ACTs

A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

3.5/3.5/-3.5
3.5/3.5/-3.5
3.5/3.5/-3.5

A319-100
A321-200

4.6/4.6/-4.6
4.6/4.6/-4.6

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Requires prior acceptance of


CN28.11.140 - Full provision for installation of two/one Additional Center Tanks
(ACTs) in aft cargo hold.
For A319/A320, incompatible with
CN28.25.130 - Relocation of refuel/defuel
control panel.

06

Installation of fuel quantity preselector in cockpit - with LH


refuel coupling & prov. for two
ACTs
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.25.107/01 - Installation of additional refuel/defuel coupling in LH wing.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.140 - Full provision for installation of two/one Additional Center Tanks
(ACTs) in aft cargo hold.
For A319, incompatible with CN28.25.130
- Relocation of refuel/defuel control panel.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.25.110

Page 363

[ 28-27]

A320 Family

28 Fuel
28.25.130 - Relocation of refuel/defuel control panel
Objective
To offer flexibility in terms of aircraft servicing.
Basic aircraft
The refuel/defuel control panel is located on the fuselage side beneath the RH wing.
Space provision is provided for the refuel/defuel control
panel in the LH and RH wings.
Description
Relocation of the refuel/defuel control panel to either the
RH or LH wing.
Note
relocation to the LH wing requires also installation of
LH wing refuel/defuel coupling
when ACT are provisioned but not installed the installation of a refuel panel cover is required.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.25.130

Page 364

[ 28-28]

Fuel 28

A320 Family
Figure 28-7 - Refueling panel locations

Refuel/defuel
coupling (basic)
Refuel/defuel
control panel
(optional)

Refuel/defuel
coupling (basic)

Refuel/defuel
control panel (basic)
)

FUEL QTY

U
TD

kg x 1000

Indicator

CTR

LEFT

01

Relocation of refuel/defuel control panel to RH wing

RIGHT

HI. LVL.
CTR

LEFT

Refuel/Defuel
coupling (optional)

RIGHT

REFUEL VALVES

Refuel/defuel
control panel

OPEN
NORM
SHUT

OPEN
NORM
SHUT

OPEN
NORM
SHUT

MODE SELECT

TEST
HI - LVL

REFUEL

BATT POWER

Refuel/defuel
control panel
(optional)

(TDU 0

2)

ON

OFF
DEFUEL XFR
PRESELECTED

OPEN

NORM

LTS

REFUEL

ACTUAL

kg x 1000

Preselector
DEC

INC CKPT

END

Relocation of the refuel/defuel control panel to LH wing

Refuel/defuel control panel

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.25.130

Page 365

[ 28-29]

A320 Family

28 Fuel
Table 28-7 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Relocation of refuel/defuel
control panel to RH wing without ACT provision
For A318/A319/A320, incompatible with
CN28.25.110 - Relocation of refuel/defuel
control panel.

02

Relocation of refuel/defuel
control panel to LH wing - without ACT provision
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.25.107/01 - Installation of additional refuel/defuel coupling in LH wing.
For A318/A319/A320, incompatible with
CN28.25.110 - Relocation of refuel/defuel
control panel.

04

Relocation of refuel/defuel
control panel to RH wing - with
provision for two ACTs

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

2.5/2.5/-2.5
2.5/2.5/-2.5
2.5/2.5/-2.5
2.5/2.5/-2.5

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

2.5/2.5/-2.5
2.5/2.5/-2.5
2.5/2.5/-2.5
2.5/2.5/-2.5

A321-200

2.5/2.5/-2.5

A321-200

2.5/2.5/-2.5

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Requires prior acceptance of


CN28.11.140/02 - Full provision for installation of two/one ACTs in aft cargo hold
(A321).

05

Relocation of refuel/defuel
control panel to LH wing - with
provision for one ACT
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.25.107/01 - Installation of additional refuel/defuel coupling in LH wing.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN28.11.133/01 - Full provision for installation of one Additional Center Tank
(ACT) in aft cargo hold.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

28.25.130

Page 366

[ 28-30]

A320 Family

Hydraulic power 29

Reference

Title

29.10.110

Hydraulic Engine Driven Pumps (EDPs) alternate equipment

29.21.104

Electropumps alternate equipment

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 367

[ 29-1]

A320 Family

29 Hydraulic power

29.10.110 - Hydraulic Engine Driven Pumps (EDPs) alternate equipment


Objective
To provide alternate equipment for hydraulic EDPs.
Basic aircraft
Two hydraulic pumps are installed.
Description
The basic pumps are replaced with alternate equipment
which is fully interchangeable, except that the backshell
clocking of the harness connector is re-orientated (depending on the pump and aircraft type).
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

29.10.110

Page 368

[ 29-2]

Hydraulic power 29

A320 Family
Figure 29-1 - Hydraulic system

EDP

Yellow
Reservoir

Electrical
pump

Pressure
switch

HYD
LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES

BLUE PUMP
OVRD

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

Hand
Pump

PTU
Accu

Valve
Pressure
sensor

Pressure
switch

EDP

To flight
controls and
other consumers

GREEN

HYD

3000

BLUE

3000

PSI

YELLOW
PSI

3000

PTU
ELEC

RAT
ELEC

EDP

GREEN

BLUE

LO AIR
PRESS

RAT MAN ON

H
Y
D

OVHT

TAT +19 C
SAT +18 C

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

GMT 23:56

G.W. 603

40 VU

YELLOW
PTU

Fire shut-off
valve

29.10.110

ENG 1 PUMP

FAULT
OFF

ELEC PUMP

A
U
T
O

ELEC PUMP
ENG 2 PUMP
FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

OFF

OFF

A
U
T
O

FAULT

OFF

H
Y
D

OFF

Page 369

[ 29-3]

A320 Family

29 Hydraulic power
Table 29-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

Hydraulic EDPs basic equipment - PARKER

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

12

Hydraulic EDPs alternate


equipment - EATON AEROSPACE, PN 3031863-001

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Engine driven
pump

PARKER

4205401

SFE

Engine driven
pump

EATON AEROSPACE

3031863-001

SFE

29.10.110

Page 370

[ 29-4]

Hydraulic power 29

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

29.10.110

Page 371

[ 29-5]

A320 Family

29 Hydraulic power
29.21.104 - Electropumps alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternative equipment for the electropumps.
Basic aircraft
Two electropumps are installed.
Description
Basic electropumps are replaced by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

29.21.104

Page 372

[ 29-6]

Hydraulic power 29

A320 Family
Figure 29-2 - Electropumps
GREEN

BLUE

40 VU

YELLOW
PTU

RAT MAN ON

H
Y
D

ENG 1 PUMP

FAULT
OFF

ELEC PUMP

A
U
T
O

ELEC PUMP

H
Y
D

ENG 2 PUMP
FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

OFF

OFF

A
U
T
O

FAULT

OFF

OFF

HYD

Hydraulics bay
HYD

GREEN

3000

BLUE

3000

PSI

LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES

BLUE PUMP
OVRD

ON

OFF

OFF

OFF

YELLOW
PSI

3000

PTU
RAT
ELEC

LO AIR
PRESS

OVHT

TAT +19 C
SAT +18 C

GMT 23:56

G.W. 603

Electropumps

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

29.21.104

Page 373

[ 29-7]

A320 Family

29 Hydraulic power
Table 29-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

Electropumps basic equipment


- PARKER

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

07

Electropumps alternate equipment - EATON AEROSPACE

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Electric Motor
Pump (EMP)

PARKER

51154-04

SFE

Electric Motor
Pump (EMP)

EATON AEROSPACE

974540

SFE

29.21.104

Page 374

[ 29-8]

A320 Family

Ice and rain protection 30

Reference

Title

30.41.102

Installation of intermittent function of windshield wipers

30.70.108

Extended freezing protection

30.81.105

Installation of dual advisory ice detection system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 375

[ 30-1]

A320 Family

30 Ice and rain protection

30.41.102 - Installation of intermittent function of windshield wipers


Objective
To permit intermittent operation of the windshield wipers.
Basic aircraft
Two windshield wipers with two speeds selectable from
the overhead panel:
slow 95 sweeps per minute
fast 140 sweeps per minute.
Description
The modification consists in adding an intermittent
sweeping function (approximately one sweep each seven second).
This entails the following:
on the overhead panel, the windshield wiper control
switches are replaced by switches incorporating an
intermittent sweeping position
the two motor-converters are replaced by new interchangeable units
additional wiring is installed between overhead panel
and wiper motors.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

30.41.102

Page 376

[ 30-2]

Ice and rain protection 30

A320 Family

Figure 30-1 - Windshield wipers

WIPER

WIPER

OFF

OFF
INTMT

INTMT
SLOW

SLOW

FAST

FAST

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

30.41.102

Page 377

[ 30-3]

A320 Family

30 Ice and rain protection


Table 30-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Installation of intermittent
function of windshield wipers

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

1.5/1.5/-1.5
1.5/1.5/-1.5
1.5/1.5/-1.5
1.5/1.5/-1.5

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Timer

ECE

4307807

SFE

Windshield wiper
motor left

ECE

4307792

SFE

Windshield wiper
motor right

ECE

4307785

SFE

30.41.102

Page 378

[ 30-4]

Ice and rain protection 30

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

30.41.102

Page 379

[ 30-5]

A320 Family

30 Ice and rain protection


30.70.108 - Extended freezing protection
Objective
To provide suitable protection against freezing of the
water/waste system for :
extended duration flights (long term and cold)
extended ground operations
flights with low water consumption.

Note
The protection of galley water lines is part of galley manufacturer.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Basic aircraft
The water/waste system is protected against freezing
under standard operation conditions.
Description
The potable water tank is insulated and the water pipes
in the under floor compartment are electrically heated
and insulated.
The waste tank drain line is electrically heated and insulated.
The water/waste freezing protection is extended to operate:
under extended flight conditions (long term and cold)
or during flights with low water consumption
or
during turnaround and after prolonged parking and
under extended flight conditions (long term and cold)
or during flights with low water consumption.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

30.70.108

Page 380

[ 30-6]

Ice and rain protection 30

A320 Family

Table 30-2 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

02

Water/waste freezing protection for extended flight conditions


Lead-time constraints 8 months

03

Water/waste freezing protection for turnaround, prolonged


parking and extended flight
conditions

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

27.0/27.0/-27.0
29.0/29.0/-29.0
31.0/31.0/-31.0
34.0/34.0/-34.0

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

29.0/29.0/-29.0
31.0/31.0/-31.0
33.0/33.0/-33.0
36.0/36.0/-36.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Lead-time constraints 8 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

30.70.108

Page 381

[ 30-7]

A320 Family

30 Ice and rain protection


30.81.105 - Installation of dual advisory ice detection system
Objective
To provide the flight crew with an additional means of
identifying icing conditions.
Basic aircraft
Indication of airframe icing can be seen by the accumulation of ice on the visual ice indicator, a black rod located between the two cockpit windshields or on the
windshield wipers.
Description
The dual advisory detection system is added to the basic aircraft system (above) to facilitate the objective
(above).
It provides two (dual) messages:
ICE DETECTED (amber caution message)
SEVERE ICE DETECTED (amber caution message).
The dual advisory ice detection principle works on a frequency variation due to ice accumulation on the two
sensing elements located on the fuselage nose.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

When icing conditions are detected two levels of warnings and their respective recommended actions are provided to the crew in the lower part of the ECAM Engine/
Warning display:
"ICE DETECTED" caution message (amber) implies
"eng anti ice ON" action (cyan)
"SEVERE ICE DETECTED" caution message (amber) implies "wing anti-ice ON" action (cyan).
As soon as the corresponding push buttons are pressed
"ON", the engine anti-ice and/or wing anti-ice memos
are displayed in green on the "MEMO" page.
when icing conditions are no longer detected and
wing anti-icing is activated, the message "ICE NOT
DET" is displayed to remind the crew that the anti-ice
systems can be selected "OFF", hence saving fuel.
Note
The dual advisory ice detection system is operative in
flight only.
The modification consists of :
modification of structure (drilling two holes and reinforcements) and installation of two ice detection sensors in the lower fuselage nose section
installation of additional circuit breakers and associated wiring

30.81.105

Page 382

[ 30-8]

Ice and rain protection 30

A320 Family

30.81.105 - Installation of dual advisory ice detection system (Continued)


activation of FWCs and CFDIU pin programs (no pin
program for this function on the SDACs).
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

30.81.105

Page 383

[ 30-9]

A320 Family

30 Ice and rain protection


Figure 30-2 - Ice detection system

SDAC

2
1

Ice-det sensors

ICE-DET
1

E/W
ECAM

FWC

2
1

MCDU

BRT

DIR

CFDIU

AIR
PORT

F
M

30.81.105

PERF

INIT

DATA

RAD
NAV

FUEL
PRED

SEC
F-PLN

ATC
COMM
BRT

FUEL
PRED

INIT
SEC
F-PLN

DATA

1
4

37

9
+

COMM

HP I QJ R

Q
+

SP

OVFY

CLR

9
-

MCDU
MENU

MENU

CKD L EM

OFF

OFF

A BMCDUC
ATC
F

F
A
I
L

F
M

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

PROG

RAD
NAV

F-PLN

F
A
I
L

DIR
F-PLN
AIR
PERF
PORT

PROG

M U N V OW
R Z S / T SP

M
C
D
U

S
X

M
E
N
U
OVFY

M
C
D
U
M
E
N
U

Y
CLR

Page 384

[ 30-10]

Ice and rain protection 30

A320 Family

Table 30-3 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Installation of dual advisory ice


detection system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

1.5/1.5/-1.5
1.5/1.5/-1.5
1.5/1.5/-1.5
1.5/1.5/-1.5

Equipment
reference

Ice detection sensor

30.81.105

Equipment
supplier

ROSEMOUNT
INC

Equipment
PN

0871DP4

QTY

Page 385

STS

SFE

[ 30-11]

A320 Family

30 Ice and rain protection

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

30.81.105

Page 386

[ 30-12]

A320 Family

Indicating/recording systems 31

Reference

Title

31.00.107

US units for indicators and labels

31.14.103

Overhead panel toggle switches re-orientation

31.33.051

Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU) alternate equipment

31.33.132

Installation of Quick Access Recorder (QAR/WGL-QAR)

31.33.200

Solid State Flight Data Recorder (SSFDR) alternate equipment

31.33.210

Digital Flight Data Recorder System (DFDRS) capabilities

31.36.161

Installation of Digital AIDS Recorder (DAR/WGL-DAR) (BFE)

31.60.114

Indication of metric altitude on Primary Flight Display (PFD)

31.60.120

Installation of Electronic Instrument System (EIS2)

31.65.100

Activation of Minimum Off Route Altitude (MORA) on Navigation Display (ND)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 387

[ 31-1]

31 Indicating/recording systems

A320 Family

31.00.107 - US units for indicators and labels


Objective
To provide US units of measurement for airline operational commonality.
Basic aircraft
temperature is in degrees Celsius (deg C)
length is in meters (m)
the weight and fuel quantity are in kilograms (kg)
the fuel flow is in kilograms per hour (kg/h)
the hydraulic fluid is in litres (l)
altitudes are in feet (ft).
Description
The modification consists in replacing metric units with
US units on indicators and labels of the aircraft:
cabin and duct temperature are in degrees Fahrenheit (deg F), all other temperature indications remain
in DEG C
lengths (runway) are in feet (ft)
fuel weight is in pounds and fuel flow is in pounds per
hour (lb/h)
hydraulic fluid quantity indicator is replaced by one
with a US gallon scale.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

31.00.107

Page 388

[ 31-2]

Indicating/recording systems 31

A320 Family

Figure 31-1 - Units of measurements

Unit of
measurement

Basic
unit

Optional
unit

metres

feet

Display on MCDU

3 - Weights
Aircraft weight
fuel indication
and fuel flow

kg
kg
kg/hr

lbs
lbs
lbs/hr

Display of weight on ECAM and in FCOM*


Overhead panel, refuel/defuel panel and
MCDU
*and all operations related documentation

4 - Volume
Hydraulic fluid
quantity

US gallon

Quantity indicator of green system ground


service panel (LH rear belly fairing)

1 - Temperature
(environmental)
2 - Length
(Runway)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

31.00.107

Repercussions

Duct and cabin temperature on ECAM and


FAP

Page 389

[ 31-3]

A320 Family

31 Indicating/recording systems
Table 31-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

Basic metric units for indicators and labels

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

14

US units for indicators and


labels

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

31.00.107

Page 390

[ 31-4]

A320 Family

Indicating/recording systems 31

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

31.00.107

Page 391

[ 31-5]

31 Indicating/recording systems

A320 Family

31.14.103 - Overhead panel toggle switches re-orientation


Objective
To provide operational commonality in terms of overhead panel switches orientation with the exception of
the ANN LT switch, for which only the BRT and DIM positions are inverted (test position is not changed).
Basic aircraft
OFF position for the overhead panel toggle switches is
downwards.
Description
All toggle switches on the overhead panel are inverted
with the exception of the ANN LT switch, for which only
the BRT and DIM positions are inverted (test position is
not changed).
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

31.14.103

Page 392

[ 31-6]

A320 Family

Indicating/recording systems 31

Figure 31-2 - Overhead panel (25 VU) toggle switches re-orientation


Pre-mod
ANTI - ICE

PROBE/WINDOW

25VU

CABIN PRESS
DITCHING

WING

ENG 1

FAULT

FAULT

ON

ON

HEAT

ENG 2
A
U
T
O

FAULT
ON

A
U
T
O

ON

UP

A
U
T
O

LDG ELEV
AUTO
-2

MODE SEL

MAN Y/S CTL

A
U
T
O

FAULT
MAN
DN

14

0
2

12
10
8

EXT LT
STROBE

BEACON

WING

NAV

ON

ON

ON

A
U
T
O
OFF

STBY COMPAS

FAULT
ON
OFF

OFF

OFF

RWY TURN OFF

SEAT BELTS

NO SMOKING

ON

ON

START

NOSE

TAXI
ON
OFF

RETRACT

BRT

OFF

DIM

EMER EXIT LT
ON

A
U
T
O

AVAIL
OFF

TEST

DIM

SIGNS

T.O.

ON

BRT

OFF

OFF

LAND
L

ON

BRT

ANN LT

DOME

MASTER SW

INT LT

OVHD INTEG LT

APU

ON

ARM

OFF

OFF
OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

Post-mod

OFF

ANTI - ICE

PROBE/WINDOW

WING

ENG 1

FAULT

FAULT

ON

ON

HEAT

ENG 2
A
U
T
O

FAULT
ON

A
U
T
O

ON

UP

A
U
T
O

A
U
T
O

FAULT
MAN
DN

EXT LT
WING
OFF

BEACON
OFF
A
U
T
O

ON

14

0
2

12
10

STBY COMPASS

ON

FAULT

RETRACT

BRT

START

NOSE

SEAT BELTS
OFF

NO SMOKING
OFF

OFF
TAXI

ON

T.O.

ON
ON

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

31.14.103

DIM

BRT

BRT

SIGNS
EMER EXIT LT
A
U
T
O

AVAIL
OFF

TEST

DIM

ON

2
R

ANN LT

DOME
OFF

OFF

LAND

INT LT

OVHD INTEG LT

ON

ON

MASTER SW

ON

RWY TURN OFF


OFF

APU

NAV
OFF

DITCHING

LDG ELEV
AUTO
-2

STROBE
OFF

25VU

CABIN PRESS
MODE SEL

MAN Y/S CTL

OFF

OFF

ARM
ON

ON

ON

Page 393

[ 31-7]

A320 Family

31 Indicating/recording systems
Table 31-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Overhead panel toggle


switches re-orientation

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

31.14.103

Page 394

[ 31-8]

A320 Family

Indicating/recording systems 31

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

31.14.103

Page 395

[ 31-9]

31 Indicating/recording systems

A320 Family

31.33.051 - Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU) alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate vendor for the Flight Data Interface
and Management Unit (FDIMU).
Basic aircraft
To record mandatory parameters complying with the
applicable Airworthiness Requirements and to record
engines, APU and other systems' parameters for performance and health analysis, a FDIMU with integrated
PCMCIA interface is installed.
Description
The FDIMU with integrated PCMCIA is installed to provide the following functions:
data management function
flight data interface function.
The data management function enables:
recording the AIDS data on an optional external Digital AIDS Recorder (DAR)
on request, recording / down loading of pre-programmed compressed data files (SAR data files) and
reports
uploading of operational software and customer database.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

The flight data interface function enables:


recording of mandatory parameters required by the
Airworthiness Authorities on a Solid State Flight Data
Recorder (SSFDR) or on an optional external Quick
Access Recorder (QAR).
Note
all FDIMUs shown in this catalogue have 88 parameters capability, to comply with FAR 121.344
all FDIMUs shown in this catalogue are subject to
successful certification
because various PCMCIA cards are available on the
open market, the PCMCIA card is not part of the delivered FDIMU
it is recommended to use PCMCIA with static flash
memory technology
the PCMCIA disk can be used as a storage device
for:
- reports, SAR data files, DAR & QAR data
- system software and customized database upload.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

31.33.051

Page 396

[ 31-10]

Indicating/recording systems 31

A320 Family

Figure 31-3 - FDIMU


MCDU

Airworthiness requirement inputs

Engine & aircraft data sources

BRT
DIR

PROG

PERF

INIT

DATA

F-PLN

RAD
NAV

FUEL
PRED

SEC
F-PLN

ATC
COMM
BRT

AIR
PROG PORT
PERF

DIR

INIT

DATA

SEC
F-PLN

ATC
COMM

BOFF C

A
RAD
NAV

F-PLN

F
A
I
L

AIR
PORT

FDIMU

FDIMU

C KD L E M

H P I QJ R

K8

L9 M U N V O W

P0

Q+ - R Z S / T SP

SP

OVFY

CLR

2
5

3
6

E
J

I
N
M
C
D
U

MCDU
MENU

S
X

M
E
N
OVFY
U

O
T

M
C
D
U
M
E
N
U

Y
CLR

CFDIU
(BITE)

(Flight Data
Interface and
Management
Unit)

FDRS

AIDS

Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU)

Data Management Unit (DMU)


Airborne
data loader
MDDU

PCMCIA
card

AMU

SSCVR

OFF

MCDU
MENU

F
M

F
A
I
L

F
M

FUEL
PRED

SSFDR

QAR

DAR

ATSU

Printer

(ACARS)

Print pushbutton
FLOOD LT
MED

AIDS

FDR

112VU

PRINT
EVENT

OFF

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

31.33.051

BRT

Page 397

[ 31-11]

A320 Family

31 Indicating/recording systems
Table 31-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

Std

Std

FDIMU (-01-01) - FDIU S/W (8803), DMU S/W (PW01) for


P&W - TELEDYNE

FDIMU (-01-01) - FDIU S/W (8803), DMU S/W (CF05) for


CFMI - TELEDYNE

FDIMU (-01-01) - FDIU S/W (8803), DMU S/W (IA05) for IAE TELEDYNE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Data Management
Unit (DMU) S/W

TELEDYNE

D08SAPW01
C00000

SFE

Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU)

TELEDYNE

2234320-0101

SFE

Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU) S/


W

TELEDYNE

F320-0018803

SFE

Data Management
Unit (DMU) S/W

TELEDYNE

D09SACF05C 1
00000

SFE

Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU)

TELEDYNE

2234320-0101

SFE

Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU) S/


W

TELEDYNE

F320-0018803

SFE

Data Management
Unit (DMU) S/W

TELEDYNE

D10SAIA05C
00000

SFE

Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU)

TELEDYNE

2234320-0101

SFE

Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU) S/


W

TELEDYNE

F320-0018803

SFE

31.33.051

Page 398

[ 31-12]

Indicating/recording systems 31

A320 Family
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

14

FDIMU (-01-01) - FDIU S/W (0001), DMU S/W (CF05) for


CFMI - TELEDYNE
Requires prior activation of 1024 w/s
capability (CN31.33.210/03)

15

FDIMU (-01-01) - FDIU S/W (0001), DMU S/W (IA05) for IAE TELEDYNE

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Requires prior activation of 1024 w/s


capability (CN31.33.210/03)

63

FDIMU ED48A200 - FDIU S/W (040), DMU S/W (-030) for CFMI SAGEM

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Data Management
Unit (DMU) S/W

TELEDYNE

D09SACF05C 1
00000

SFE

Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU)

TELEDYNE

2234320-0101

SFE

Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU) S/


W

TELEDYNE

F320-0020001

SFE

Data Management
Unit (DMU) S/W

TELEDYNE

D10SAIA05C
00000

SFE

Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU)

TELEDYNE

2234320-0101

SFE

Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU) S/


W

TELEDYNE

F320-0020001

SFE

Data Management
Unit (DMU) S/W

SAGEM

360-04022030

SFE

Data Management
Unit (DMU) setup
database

SAGEM

360-04025030

SFE

Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU)

SAGEM

ED48A200

SFE

Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU) S/


W

SAGEM

360-04027040

SFE

31.33.051

Page 399

[ 31-13]

A320 Family

31 Indicating/recording systems
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

64

65

FDIMU ED48A200 - FDIU S/W (040), DMU S/W (-030) for IAE SAGEM

FDIMU ED48A200 - FDIU S/W (040), DMU S/W (-030) for P&W SAGEM

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Data Management
Unit (DMU) S/W

SAGEM

360-04020030

SFE

Data Management
Unit (DMU) setup
database

SAGEM

360-04023030

SFE

Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU)

SAGEM

ED48A200

SFE

Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU) S/


W

SAGEM

360-04027040

SFE

Data Management
Unit (DMU) S/W

SAGEM

360-04109030

SFE

Data Management
Unit (DMU) setup
database

SAGEM

360-04110030

SFE

Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU)

SAGEM

ED48A200

SFE

Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU) S/


W

SAGEM

360-04027040

SFE

31.33.051

Page 400

[ 31-14]

Indicating/recording systems 31

A320 Family
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

68

FDIMU ED48A200 - FDIU S/W (210), DMU S/W (-035) for CFMI SAGEM
Requires prior activation of 1024 w/s
capability (CN31.33.210/03)

70

FDIMU ED48A200 - FDIU S/W (210), DMU S/W (-045) for IAE SAGEM
Requires prior activation of 1024 w/s
capability (CN31.33.210/03)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Data Management
Unit (DMU) S/W

SAGEM

360-04022035

SFE

Data Management
Unit (DMU) setup
database

SAGEM

360-04025035

SFE

Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU)

SAGEM

ED48A200

SFE

Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU) S/


W

SAGEM

360-04027210

SFE

Data Management
Unit (DMU) S/W

SAGEM

360-04020045

SFE

Data Management
Unit (DMU) setup
database

SAGEM

360-04023045

SFE

Flight Data Interface and Management Unit (FDIMU)

SAGEM

ED48A200

SFE

Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU) S/


W

SAGEM

360-04027210

SFE

31.33.051

Page 401

[ 31-15]

31 Indicating/recording systems

A320 Family

31.33.132 - Installation of Quick Access Recorder (QAR/WGL-QAR)


Objective
To provide a copy of the flight data recorder data.
Basic aircraft
Full provision for installation of an ARINC 591(function)
and ARINC 404 QAR 404 (case size) is made.
Description
A QAR generally in accordance with ARINC 591 (function) and ARINC 404 (case size) or ARINC 591 (function) and ARINC 600 (case size) is installed using
existing full provision in the avionics compartment.
It is connected to the FDRS auxiliary output, and
records all FDR parameters with the same word assignments and sampling rate.
Note
If the QAR is ARINC 600 type, the basic provision is automatically adapted.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

31.33.132

Page 402

[ 31-16]

Indicating/recording systems 31

A320 Family

Figure 31-4 - QAR installation

FLOOD LT
MED

AIDS

FDR

112VU

PRINT
EVENT

OFF

BRT

Event pushbutton
21VU

RCDR
GND CTL

ON

CVR ERASE

SSCVR

CVR TEST

A
U
T
O

Control panel
SSFDR

QAR

CFDIU
AMU

FDRS

Linear
Accelerometer

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

31.33.132

SDAC
SDAC

SDAC
FWC

SDAC
DMC

SDAC
FCDC

SDAC
BSCU

Page 403

CLOCK

[ 31-17]

A320 Family

31 Indicating/recording systems
Table 31-4 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

40

41

WGL-QAR (8 GSM/GPRS module) equipped with 256MB


PCMCIA memory cards - TELEDYNE (BFE) (ARINC 591/600)

WGL-QAR (8 GSM/GPRS module) equipped with 512MB


PCMCIA memory cards - TELEDYNE (BFE) (ARINC 591/600)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4

4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

PCMCIA card
(2TV1)

TELEDYNE

2234479-0256 1

BFE

PCMCIA card
(2TV3)

TELEDYNE

2234480-0256 1

BFE

WGL-DAR/QAR (8
GSM/GPRS modules)

TELEDYNE

2243800-81

BFE

WGL-DAR/QAR
software

TELEDYNE

2234505-13

BFE

PCMCIA card 1

TELEDYNE

2234479-0512 1

BFE

PCMCIA card 3

TELEDYNE

2234480-0512 1

BFE

WGL-DAR/QAR (8
GSM/GPRS modules)

TELEDYNE

2243800-81

BFE

WGL-DAR/QAR
software

TELEDYNE

2234505-13

BFE

31.33.132

Page 404

[ 31-18]

Indicating/recording systems 31

A320 Family
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

42

43

WGL-QAR (4 GSM/GPRS module) equipped with 256MB


PCMCIA memory cards - TELEDYNE (BFE) (ARINC 591/600)

WGL-QAR (4 GSM/GPRS module) equipped with 512MB


PCMCIA memory cards - TELEDYNE (BFE) (ARINC 591/600)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4

4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

PCMCIA card
(2TV1)

TELEDYNE

2234479-0256 1

BFE

PCMCIA card
(2TV3)

TELEDYNE

2234480-0256 1

BFE

WGL-DAR/QAR (4
GSM/GPRS modules)

TELEDYNE

2243800-73

BFE

WGL-DAR/QAR
software

TELEDYNE

2234505-13

BFE

PCMCIA card 1

TELEDYNE

2234479-0512 1

BFE

PCMCIA card 3

TELEDYNE

2234480-0512 1

BFE

WGL-DAR/QAR (4
GSM/GPRS modules)

TELEDYNE

2243800-73

BFE

WGL-DAR/QAR
software

TELEDYNE

2234505-13

BFE

31.33.132

Page 405

[ 31-19]

31 Indicating/recording systems

A320 Family

31.33.200 - Solid State Flight Data Recorder (SSFDR) alternate equipment


Objective
To replace the basic SSFDR by an alternate one complying with airworthiness requirements.
The SSFDR has the capability to store the last 25 hours
of the required mandatory parameters in flight and on
ground in a box able to endure severe environment conditions.

Description
The basic SSFDR equipment is replaced by alternate
equipment.

Basic aircraft
One SSFDR is installed in the unpressurized section at
the rear part of the aircraft.
The SSFDR automatically starts recording:
on ground during the first five minutes following energization of the aircraft electrical network
on ground with one engine running
in flight with engines running or stopped.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Note
All equipment are electrically and mechanically interchangeable.

The SSFDR automatically stops recording five minutes


after the second engine shutdown.
On ground, the SSFDR can be manually energized by
pressing the GND CTL pushbutton.
An EVENT pushbutton is installed to record an event
mark on the SSFDR when a specific event occurred
during the flight.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

31.33.200

Page 406

[ 31-20]

Indicating/recording systems 31

A320 Family

Figure 31-5 - FDR system

FLOOD LT
MED

AIDS

FDR

112VU

PRINT
EVENT

OFF

BRT

Event pushbutton
21VU

RCDR
GND CTL

ON

CVR ERASE

SSCVR

CVR TEST

A
U
T
O

Control panel
SSFDR

QAR

CFDIU
AMU

FDRS

Linear
Accelerometer

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

31.33.200

SDAC
SDAC

SDAC
FWC

SDAC
DMC

SDAC
FCDC

SDAC
BSCU

Page 407

CLOCK

[ 31-21]

A320 Family

31 Indicating/recording systems
Table 31-5 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Flight Data
Recorder (FDR)

L3 COMMUNICATIONS

2100-4045-00

SFE

Std

SSFDR basic equipment (1024


w/s capable) - L3 COMMUNICATIONS, PN 2100-4045-00

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

14

SSFDR alternate equipment


(256 w/s capable) - HONEYWELL

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Flight Data
Recorder (FDR)

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

980-4700-042

SFE

22

SSFDR alternate equipment


(1024 w/s capable) - HONEYWELL

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Flight Data
Recorder (FDR)

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

980-4750-001

SFE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

31.33.200

Page 408

[ 31-22]

A320 Family

Indicating/recording systems 31

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

31.33.200

Page 409

[ 31-23]

31 Indicating/recording systems

A320 Family

31.33.210 - Digital Flight Data Recorder System (DFDRS) capabilities


Objective
To comply with the new FAA regulations asking for an
increase of the sampling rate for the flight controls parameter recording.

If a QAR is requested, only CN31.33.132/18, /19, /40, /


41, /42, /43, or /45 apply.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Basic aircraft
The Flight Data Recording system recording speed is
256 words/second.
Description
In order to comply with the new FAA regulations asking
for an increase of the sampling rate for the flight controls
parameter recording, the modification consists in the installation of the necessary changes to increase
the Flight Data Recording system recording speed from
256 words/second to 1024 words/second.
Note
This modification requires the following minimum configuration:
FDIMU capable of 1024 w/s
SSFDR capable of 1024 w/s
FCDC standard 58

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

31.33.210

Page 410

[ 31-24]

Indicating/recording systems 31

A320 Family

Table 31-6 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

03

Digital Flight Data Recorder


System (DFDRS) 1024 w/s activation

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

31.33.210

Page 411

[ 31-25]

31 Indicating/recording systems

A320 Family

31.36.161 - Installation of Digital AIDS Recorder (DAR/WGL-DAR) (BFE)


Objective
To record the parameters sent by the DMU (raw data
type).
Basic aircraft
Space provision for a DAR is provided in the avionics
compartment.
Description
A DAR generally in accordance with ARINC 591 (function) and ARINC 600 (case size) is installed in the avionics compartment.
The DAR is controlled by the DMU as programmed either from the MCDU or using a ground PC station.
Note
In case of DAR installation, the basic provision is automatically adapted/installed.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

31.36.161

Page 412

[ 31-26]

Indicating/recording systems 31

A320 Family

Figure 31-6 - DAR installation

MCDU

Airworthiness requirement inputs

Engine & aircraft data sources

BRT
DIR

PROG

PERF

INIT

DATA

F-PLN

RAD
NAV

FUEL
PRED

SEC
F-PLN

ATC
COMM
BRT

AIR
PROG PORT
PERF

DIR

INIT

DATA

BOFF C

A
RAD
NAV

F-PLN

F
M

FUEL
PRED

F
A
I
L

AIR
PORT

8
0

ATC
COMM

MCDU
MENU

C KD L E M

H P I QJ R

K8

L9 M U N V O W

P0

Q+ - R Z S / T SP

SP

OVFY

CLR

9
+

SEC
F-PLN

F
M

F
A
I
L

2
5

3
6

M
C
D
U

OFF
MCDU
MENU

M
E
N
OVFY
U

M
C
D
U
M
E
N
U

CLR

CFDIU
(BITE)

FDRS

AIDS

Flight Data Interface Unit (FDIU)

Data Management Unit (DMU)

PCMCIA
card

AMU

SSCVR

Airborne
data loader
MDDU

SSFDR

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

QAR

DAR

31.36.161

Printer

ATSU
(ACARS)

Page 413

[ 31-27]

A320 Family

31 Indicating/recording systems
Table 31-7 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

40

41

WGL-DAR (8 GSM/GPRS module) equipped with 256MB


PCMCIA memory cards - TELEDYNE (BFE) (ARINC 591/600)

WGL-DAR (8 GSM/GPRS module) equipped with 512MB


PCMCIA memory cards - TELEDYNE (BFE) (ARINC 591/600)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4

4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

PCMCIA card
(2TV1)

TELEDYNE

2234479-0256 1

BFE

PCMCIA card
(2TV3)

TELEDYNE

2234480-0256 1

BFE

WGL-DAR/QAR (8
GSM/GPRS modules)

TELEDYNE

2243800-81

BFE

WGL-DAR/QAR
software

TELEDYNE

2234505-13

BFE

PCMCIA card 1

TELEDYNE

2234479-0512 1

BFE

PCMCIA card 3

TELEDYNE

2234480-0512 1

BFE

WGL-DAR/QAR (8
GSM/GPRS modules)

TELEDYNE

2243800-81

BFE

WGL-DAR/QAR
software

TELEDYNE

2234505-13

BFE

31.36.161

Page 414

[ 31-28]

Indicating/recording systems 31

A320 Family
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

42

43

WGL-DAR (4 GSM/GPRS module) equipped with 256MB


PCMCIA memory cards - TELEDYNE (BFE) (ARINC 591/600)

WGL-DAR (4 GSM/GPRS module) equipped with 512MB


PCMCIA memory cards - TELEDYNE (BFE) (ARINC 591/600)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4

4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4
4.4/4.4/-4.4

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

PCMCIA card
(2TV1)

TELEDYNE

2234479-0256 1

BFE

PCMCIA card
(2TV3)

TELEDYNE

2234480-0256 1

BFE

WGL-DAR/QAR (4
GSM/GPRS modules)

TELEDYNE

2243800-73

BFE

WGL-DAR/QAR
software

TELEDYNE

2234505-13

BFE

PCMCIA card 1

TELEDYNE

2234479-0512 1

BFE

PCMCIA card 3

TELEDYNE

2234480-0512 1

BFE

WGL-DAR/QAR (4
GSM/GPRS modules)

TELEDYNE

2243800-73

BFE

WGL-DAR/QAR
software

TELEDYNE

2234505-13

BFE

31.36.161

Page 415

[ 31-29]

31 Indicating/recording systems

A320 Family

31.60.114 - Indication of metric altitude on Primary Flight Display (PFD)


Objective
To provide both, current and selected altitude indication
on the PFD in meter upon crew selection (in addition to
the basic altitude scale in ft).
Basic aircraft
Current and selected altitude information in feet on the
PFD altitude scale.
Selected altitude in meters is displayed on the lower
part of the ECAM system display upon crew selection.
Description
Both current and selected altitudes in meters are displayed upon crew selection on the PFD complementary
to the basic altitude scale in feet.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

31.60.114

Page 416

[ 31-30]

Indicating/recording systems 31

A320 Family

Figure 31-7 - Current and selected altitude information on PFD


Selected altitude
in meters

10360 M

SPD

HDG

LAT

ALT

LVL/CH

V/S

HDG V/S

HDG
TRK

V/S
FPA

100

SPD
MACH

1000

AP 1

PUSH
TO
LEVEL
OFF

AP 2

20

10

10

34000

025

UP

METRIC
ALT

20

Selected altitude
in feet

60

21 40
20
00

DN

5
LOC

A/THR

EXPED

APPR

10

Metric altitude
pushbutton switch

10

020

STD
06490 M

Actual altitude
in meters

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

31.60.114

Page 417

[ 31-31]

A320 Family

31 Indicating/recording systems
Table 31-8 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Indication of metric altitude on


PFD

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

31.60.114

Page 418

[ 31-32]

A320 Family

Indicating/recording systems 31

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

31.60.114

Page 419

[ 31-33]

31 Indicating/recording systems

A320 Family

31.60.120 - Installation of Electronic Instrument System (EIS2)


Objective
To install 6 cockpit LCD display units with video capability in place of the basic cockpit LCD display units.
Basic aircraft
Six LCD Display Units are installed (without video capability).
Description
In order to be compatible with the display of real-time
video images coming from video sources, the option
consists in replacing in the main instrument panel the 6
basic LCD Displays Units (DU) by 6 LCD Displays Units
with video capability.
A new electronic board is added in the Display Units to
achieve the video function.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

31.60.120

Page 420

[ 31-34]

Indicating/recording systems 31

A320 Family

Table 31-9 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

Installation of LCD EIS2 - THALES AVIONICS

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

10

Installation of cockpit display


units with video capability

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

31.60.120

Page 421

[ 31-35]

31 Indicating/recording systems

A320 Family

31.65.100 - Activation of Minimum Off Route Altitude (MORA) on Navigation Display


(ND)
Objective
To provide Minimum Off Route Altitude (MORA) on the
NDs.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The highest Minimum Off Route Altitude within 80 NM
around the actual aircraft position is displayed in hundreds of feet on the NDs (in ROSE-NAV and ARC
mode) when constraint option (CSTR) is selected on
EFIS control panel and selected range is greater than
40 NM.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

31.65.100

Page 422

[ 31-36]

Indicating/recording systems 31

A320 Family

Table 31-10 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Activation of MORA on ND

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

31.65.100

Page 423

[ 31-37]

31 Indicating/recording systems

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

31.65.100

Page 424

[ 31-38]

A320 Family

Landing gear 32

Reference

Title

32.40.113

Wheels and brakes alternate equipment

32.41.111

Main Landing Gear (MLG) tires selection and alternate equipment

32.41.120

Nose Landing Gear (NLG) tires selection

32.48.200

Installation of universal brake cooling fans

32.49.109

Installation of Tire Pressure Indicating System (TPIS) on twin wheel

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 425

[ 32-1]

A320 Family

32 Landing gear
32.40.113 - Wheels and brakes alternate equipment
Objective
To offer MLG wheels and brakes from an alternate supplier.

on A321, ABS basic wheels and brakes up to MTOW


89.0 t. Certified up to MTOW 93.0 t with fatigue life
limited to 35000 miles (7000 cycles).

Basic aircraft
The basic MLG wheels and carbon brakes vendor is
MESSIER for the A318/A319/A320 and ABS for the
A321.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Description
Wheels and carbon brakes are replaced by alternate
equipment.
Each assembly consists of:
four wheels, each including an inflating valve and
provision for receiving an over-pressure valve and
electrical pressure transducer for an optional TPIS
four wheel hubcaps
four brakes, each including a temperature sensor
with thermocouple, two self-sealing couplings and a
kit for the brake attachment to the MLG axle
four axle sleeves.
Note
BSCU pin programming modification and further programming through the MCDU are made according to
the wheels and brakes selected
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

32.40.113

Page 426

[ 32-2]

Landing gear 32

A320 Family
Figure 32-1 - Wheels and brakes

Pressure relief
valve

TPIS port

Bleed valve

Carbon heat
pack 4 rotors

Inflating valve

Drive Keys

NLG wheel

Inflating valve

Vent ports

Piston housing
Temperature sensor
Piston with
automatic adjuster

MLG wheel

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Wear pin indicator


MLG brake

32.40.113

Page 427

[ 32-3]

A320 Family

32 Landing gear
Table 32-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

Std

07

25

30

Wheels and brakes - ABS

A321-200

Wheels and brakes basic


equipment (SEPCARB III PLUS
OR with new OPS ANOXY66) MESSIER

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200

Wheels and brakes - ABS

A320-200

Wheels and brakes alternate


equipment (DURACARB) GOODRICH

Wheels and brakes alternate


equipment - MESSIER/BF
GOODRICH

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200

A321-200

280.0/280.0/-280.0

27.0/27.0/-27.0
27.0/27.0/-27.0
27.0/27.0/-27.0

38.0/38.0/-38.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Brake unit

ABS

5011586-4

SFE

Wheel, main gear

ABS

5011529-3

SFE

Brake unit

MESSIER

C20225510

SFE

Wheel, main

MESSIER

C20195162

SFE

Brake unit

ABS

5011586-4

SFE

Wheel, main gear

ABS

5011529-3

SFE

Brake unit

GOODRICH

2-1684

SFE

Wheel, main gear

GOODRICH

3-1530

SFE

Brake unit

MESSIER-BF
GOODRICH

C20534000-1

SFE

Wheel, main

MESSIER-BF
GOODRICH

C20500100

SFE

32.40.113

Page 428

[ 32-4]

Landing gear 32

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

32.40.113

Page 429

[ 32-5]

A320 Family

32 Landing gear

32.41.111 - Main Landing Gear (MLG) tires selection and alternate equipment
Objective
To provide a choice of MLG tire suppliers to the customer as well as alternate size.
Basic aircraft
The basic MLG tires are of 225 mph maximum take-off
speed capability.
Description
The modification consists of:
installation of tires on the MLG wheels
installation of the corresponding inflation pressure labels
adaptation of the height of the door guide (podger) to
accommodate the new tire
modification of the pin programming of the BSCU
(brake and steering control unit)
modification of the TPIS (if installed) pin programming.
Note
Tire selection is by RFC procedure.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

32.41.111

Page 430

[ 32-6]

Landing gear 32

A320 Family
Figure 32-2 - Main Landing Gear (MLG)

Hinged fairing

Fixed fairing
Proximity sensors

Actuating
cylinder
Tires
Door guide (podger)

Steps

Uplock roller
Main door
Door ramp

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

32.41.111

Page 431

[ 32-7]

A320 Family

32 Landing gear
Table 32-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

01

MLG tires selection - MICHELIN (46X17-R20 radial tires)

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200

0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0

Tires, main 46 x 17
R20

MICHELIN

M01103

SFE

13

MLG tires selection - MICHELIN (1270X455-R22 radial


retreadable tires)

A321-200

16.0/16.0/-16.0

Tires, main 1270 x


455 R22

MICHELIN

M13901

SFE

A321-200

10.0/10.0/-10.0

Conventional tire,
49x18-22, MLG

GOODYEAR

498FL2-1

SFE

A321-200

16.0/16.0/-16.0

Radial tire retread- MICHELIN


able 1270x455R22,
MLG

M20101-01

SFE

Up to MTOW 89.0 t.

17

MLG tires selection - GOODYEAR (49X18-22 bias tires)


Up to MTOW 89.0 t.

23

MLG tires alternate equipment


- MICHELIN (1270X455-R22
radial retreadable tires)
Up to MTOW 93.5 t.

25

MLG tires selection - BRIDGESTONE (46X17-R20 radial tires)

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200

11.0/11.0/-11.0
11.0/11.0/-11.0
11.0/11.0/-11.0

Radial tire 46x17R20, MLG

BRIDGESTONE

APR06755

SFE

26

MLG tires selection - BRIDGESTONE (1270x455-R22/30


radial tires)

A321-200

32.0/32.0/-32.0

Tires, main 1270 x


455 R22

BRIDGESTONE

APR07002

SFE

A321-200

48.0/48.0/-48.0

Tires, main 1270 x


455 R22

BRIDGESTONE

APR07010

SFE

Up to MTOW 89.0 t.

28

MLG tires alternate equipment


- BRIDGESTONE (1270x455R22/32 radial tires)
Up to MTOW 93.5 t.
Requires prior acceptance of
CN32.40.113/20 - Wheels and brakes
alternate equipment - MESSIER/BF
GOODRICH.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

32.41.111

Page 432

[ 32-8]

Landing gear 32

A320 Family
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

30

MLG tires selection - GOODYEAR (46x17R20 radial tires)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200

63.0/63.0/-63.0
63.0/63.0/-63.0
63.0/63.0/-63.0

Equipment
reference

Radial tire 46x17R20, MLG

32.41.111

Equipment
supplier

GOODYEAR

Equipment
PN

467Q02-3

QTY

Page 433

STS

SFE

[ 32-9]

A320 Family

32 Landing gear
32.41.120 - Nose Landing Gear (NLG) tires selection
Objective
To provide a choice of NLG tire suppliers to the customer.
Basic aircraft
The basic NLG tires are of 225 mph maximum take-off
speed capability.
Description
NLG tires are installed in accordance with the customer's choice.
Note
Tire selection is by RFC procedure.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

32.41.120

Page 434

[ 32-10]

Landing gear 32

A320 Family
Figure 32-3 - Nose Landing Gear (NLG)

FWD

Door uplock
assembly
Gear uplock assembly

Door actuating
cylinder

Forward
doors

Gear actuating cylinder


Downlock actuator
Aft doors
Drag strut
assembly
Lock stay

Tires

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

32.41.120

Page 435

[ 32-11]

A320 Family

32 Landing gear
Table 32-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

05

NLG tires selection - MICHELIN


(30X8.8-R15 radial tires)

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0

Tires, nose

MICHELIN

M08201

SFE

12

NLG tires selection - BRIDGESTONE (30X8.8-R15 radial


tires)

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

4.0/4.0/-4.0
4.0/4.0/-4.0
4.0/4.0/-4.0
4.0/4.0/-4.0

Radial tire
30x8.8R15, NLG

BRIDGESTONE

APR05145

SFE

14

NLG tires selection - GOODYEAR (30x8.8R15 radial tires)

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

6.0/6.0/-6.0
6.0/6.0/-6.0
6.0/6.0/-6.0
6.0/6.0/-6.0

Radial tire
30x8.8R15, NLG

GOODYEAR

309Q62-1

SFE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

32.41.120

Page 436

[ 32-12]

Landing gear 32

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

32.41.120

Page 437

[ 32-13]

A320 Family

32 Landing gear
32.48.200 - Installation of universal brake cooling fans
Objective
To cool down the brakes on the ground to decrease
turnaround time.
Universal brake cooling fans are strongly recommended
in the case of a daily network based on several short
flights (four or more flights) and short turn-around times
(45 minutes).

Note
The universal brake cooling fans must be installed with
a wheel adaptor kit corresponding to the selected
wheels and brakes configuration.

Basic aircraft
System provision for ground cooling fans is made.
Description
The electrical fan motor is located in the wheel axle. The
air is drawn by the impeller from the brake side and
vented outside. The motor is protected by circuit breakers and controlled by a push-button on the main instrument panel. The fans are automatically switched off
upon landing gear retraction, even if the control is in the
ON position.
The basic aircraft includes system provision for a
ground brake cooling fan system installation.
The following changes have to be carried out on the aircraft:

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

installation of modified tachometer/fan motor support, tachometer drive shaft and cover
fan assembly installation
installation of circuit breakers, control push-button,
wiring and modification of integral lighting panel
connection of the existing wiring to fan motors, control push-button and circuit breakers.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

32.48.200

Page 438

[ 32-14]

Landing gear 32

A320 Family

Figure 32-4 - Universal brake cooling fans


LDG GEAR
UNLK

UNLK

BRK FAN

A/BRK
LO MED MAX
DECEL

DECEL

DECEL

ON

ON

ON

UBCF Fan Assy

HOT
ON

UNLK

Impeller

A/SKID & NW
STEER
ON

TPIS connector

OFF

UBCF Motor Assy

Tachometer
Auto-Brake Panel

Connector

Wheel adapter

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

32.48.200

Page 439

[ 32-15]

A320 Family

32 Landing gear
Table 32-4 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

11

12

Installation of universal brake


cooling fans on MESSIER
wheels and brakes

Installation of universal brake


cooling fans on BF-GOODRICH
wheels and brakes

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200

30.0/30.0/-30.0
30.0/30.0/-30.0
30.0/30.0/-30.0

30.0/30.0/-30.0
30.0/30.0/-30.0
30.0/30.0/-30.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Tachometer drive
shaft

MESSIER

E21350000

SFE

UBCF fan ASSY

TECHNOFAN

RU1502U01

SFE

UBCF motor ASSY

TECHNOFAN

AE1502U02

SFE

Wheel adaptor kit


on MB

TECHNOFAN

DR1502C00

SFE

Tachometer drive
shaft

MESSIER

E21350000

SFE

UBCF fan ASSY

TECHNOFAN

RU1502U01

SFE

UBCF motor ASSY

TECHNOFAN

AE1502U02

SFE

Valve adapter

TECHNOFAN

EVT174-603A

SFE

Wheel adaptor kit


on BF-Goodrich

TECHNOFAN

DR1502D00

SFE

32.48.200

Page 440

[ 32-16]

Landing gear 32

A320 Family
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

13

14

Installation of universal brake


cooling fans on ABS wheels
and brakes

Installation of universal brake


cooling fans on MESSIER/BFGOODRICH wheels and brakes

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A320-200
A321-200

A321-200

30.0/30.0/-30.0
30.0/30.0/-30.0

30.0/30.0/-30.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Tachometer drive
shaft

MESSIER

E21350000

SFE

UBCF fan ASSY

TECHNOFAN

RU1502U01

SFE

UBCF motor ASSY

TECHNOFAN

AE1502U02

SFE

wheel adaptor kit


on ABS

TECHNOFAN

DR1402A00

SFE

Tachometer drive
shaft

MESSIER

E21350000

SFE

UBCF fan ASSY

TECHNOFAN

RU1502U01

SFE

UBCF motor ASSY

TECHNOFAN

AE1502U02

SFE

Wheel adaptor kit


on MB/BFG

TECHNOFAN

DR1402C00

SFE

32.48.200

Page 441

[ 32-17]

A320 Family

32 Landing gear

32.49.109 - Installation of Tire Pressure Indicating System (TPIS) on twin wheel


Objective
To display MLG and NLG tire pressure, on the ECAM
wheel page, giving immediate detection of deflated
tires.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Basic aircraft
System provision for a TPIS are made.
Electrical wiring from wheel axles to avionics compartment, wiring from SDAC, CFDIU to TPIS computer rack.
Description
Tire pressure indicating system includes:
one sensor on each wheel rim to measure the pressure in each main and nose gear tire (total 6 sensors
per aircraft)
one transmission unit inside the wheel axles which
transmits the electrical pressure signal from the sensor to the computer (total 6 per aircraft)
TPIS computer located in the avionics compartment
sends information to the ECAM for data display (indication is green and turns to amber when low/high
pressure is detected), and to FWC for warning messages
pin-programming of TPIS computer in accordance
with the aircraft weight and tire size
pin-programming of SDAC 1 and 2.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

32.49.109

Page 442

[ 32-18]

Landing gear 32

A320 Family

Figure 32-5 - Tire Pressure Indicating System (TPIS)


Wheel rim
TPIS components
Pressure sensor
Tyre
pressure

Transmission
unit

TPIS

Wheel 1

Transmission
unit

ECAM

computer
From
other wheels

Electronic
module

Axle

Rotating
transformer
Tachometer

Drive shaft

WHEEL
195

170
1
195

REL
PSI

PSI

195

140
2
195

TAT + 19 C
SAT + 18 C

17H03

140
3

REL

140
4

195

PSI

195

Tyres Pressure
Indication

G.W. 60300 KG
C.G. 28.1%

System Display

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

32.49.109

Page 443

[ 32-19]

A320 Family

32 Landing gear
Table 32-5 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

01

Installation of TPIS on MESSIER wheel (A318/A319/A320)

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200

17.0/17.0/-17.0
17.0/17.0/-17.0
17.0/17.0/-17.0

Tire Pressure Indication Computer


(TPIC)

LABINAL

1058-34

SFE

02

Installation of TPIS on GOODRICH wheel (A318/A319/


A320)

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200

17.0/17.0/-17.0
17.0/17.0/-17.0
17.0/17.0/-17.0

Tire Pressure Indication Computer


(TPIC)

LABINAL

1058-34

SFE

A320-200

17.0/17.0/-17.0

Tire Pressure Indication Computer


(TPIC)

LABINAL

1058-34

SFE

Requires prior acceptance of


CN32.40.113/25 - Wheels and brakes
alternate equipment - GOODRICH

03

Installation of TPIS on ABS


wheel (A320)
Requires prior acceptance of
CN32.40.113/07 - Wheels and brakes
alternate equipment - ABS.

04

Installation of TPIS on ABS


wheel (A321)

A321-200

17.0/17.0/-17.0

Tire Pressure Indication Computer


(TPIC)

LABINAL

1058-34

SFE

05

Installation of TPIS on MESSIER wheel (A321)

A321-200

17.0/17.0/-17.0

Tire Pressure Indication Computer


(TPIC)

LABINAL

1058-34

SFE

Requires prior acceptance of


CN32.40.113/30 - Wheels and brakes
alternate equipment - MESSIER/BF
GOODRICH.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

32.49.109

Page 444

[ 32-20]

A320 Family

Lights 33

Reference

Title

33.12.109

Changes in cockpit illumination (excluding instrument and panel lighting)

33.43.000

Runway turnoff lights

33.46.000

Taxi and take-off lights

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 445

[ 33-1]

A320 Family

33 Lights

33.12.109 - Changes in cockpit illumination (excluding instrument and panel


lighting)
Objective
To give better illumination of sliding table and chart
holder areas. To improve reliability and reduce power
consumption.
Basic aircraft
Basically the A/C is equipped with yellow bulb lamps.
Description
The sliding table light units and the map reading lights
are fitted with LED lamps. The new lights are white and
give better illumination.
Note
Two-way interchangeable.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

33.12.109

Page 446

[ 33-2]

Lights 33

A320 Family
Table 33-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

02

Installation of brighter LED


pilot chart holder and map
reading lights

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

33.12.109

Page 447

[ 33-3]

A320 Family

33 Lights
33.43.000 - Runway turnoff lights
Basic aircraft
Two runway turnoff lights are installed to provide wide
beams for side lighting while taxiing.
Description
An alternate runway turnoff light from vendor ECE is installed.
This modification consists in replacing the sealed beam
with a lens/reflector unit containing a replaceable halogen lamp of higher colour temperature. The remainder
of the light assembly remains unchanged.
This new installation:
prevents transformer overheating and failure
improves lamp lifetime
is fully interchangeable with the GE sealed beam
unit.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

33.43.000

Page 448

[ 33-4]

Lights 33

A320 Family
Table 33-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

Basic runway turnoff lights

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

05

Alternate runway turnoff light ECE

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Requires prior acceptance of


CN33.46.000/04 - Alternate taxi and takeoff lights - ECE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Runway turnoff light ECE

8000306Y00

SFE

Runway turnoff light ECE

8000281Y00

SFE

33.43.000

Page 449

[ 33-5]

A320 Family

33 Lights
33.46.000 - Taxi and take-off lights
Basic aircraft
One take-off and one fixed position taxi light are installed on the nose landing gear.
These lights extinguish automatically upon retraction of
the nose landing gear.
Description
Alternate taxi and take-off lights from vendor ECE shall
be installed.
This modification consists in replacing the sealed beam
with a lens/reflector unit containing a replaceable halogen lamp of higher colour temperature. The remainder
of the light assembly remains unchanged.
This new installation:
prevents transformer overheating and failure
improves lamp lifetime
is fully interchangeable with the GE sealed beam
unit.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

33.46.000

Page 450

[ 33-6]

Lights 33

A320 Family
Table 33-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

04

Basic taxi and take-off lights

Alternate taxi and take-off


lights - ECE
Requires prior acceptance of
CN33.43.000/05 - Alternate runway turnoff light - ECE.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Take-off light

ECE

4233488

SFE

Taxi light

ECE

4236564

SFE

Take-off light

ECE

8000283Y00

SFE

Taxi light

ECE

8000282Y00

SFE

33.46.000

Page 451

[ 33-7]

A320 Family

33 Lights

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

33.46.000

Page 452

[ 33-8]

A320 Family

Navigation 34

Reference

Title

34.00.108

QNH/QFE BARO setting

34.13.105

Installation of aspirated Total Air Temperature (TAT) probes

34.13.106

Pitot probes alternate equipment

34.15.101

Angle Of Attack (AOA) sensors alternate equipment

34.20.203

Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS) optional functions

34.35.109

System provision for Head Up Display (HUD) system installation

34.35.110

Installation (based on provision) of Head Up Display (HUD) system

34.41.302

Full single Weather Radar (WXR) system alternate equipment

34.41.310

Installation of dual Weather Radar (WXR) System

34.42.101

Radio altimeters alternate equipment

34.42.117

Radio altitude automatic call-outs

34.43.203

Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) alternate equipment (SFE)

34.43.250

Installation of T2CAS

34.43.260

T2CAS - Activation of alternate warnings

34.43.270

Wiring provision for T3CAS

34.43.290

Wiring provision for Aircraft Traffic Situation Awareness (ATSAW)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 453

[ 34-1]

34 Navigation

A320 Family

Reference

Title

34.43.295

Activation of ATSAW function

34.48.124

Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) - alternate equipment

34.48.127

Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) alternate warnings

34.48.132

Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) - optional functions

34.51.101

Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) interrogators alternate equipment

34.52.117

Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Broadcast (ADS-B OUT)

34.52.133

Compliance with European enhanced surveillance (EHS) regulation

34.52.140

Air Traffic Control (ATC) control panel alternate equipment

34.53.109

Full provision for second Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system

34.53.111

Single Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system alternate equipment

34.53.119

Installation of dual Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system

34.55.102

VHF Omnidirectional Range (VOR)/Marker receivers alternate equipment

34.58.313

Multi Mode Receiver (MMR) alternate equipment

34.58.316

Activation of GLS function

34.58.317

Activation of FLS function

34.58.340

Installation of MLS function for cat IIIb operation hosted by the MMR

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 454

[ 34-2]

Navigation 34

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 455

[ 34-3]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
34.00.108 - QNH/QFE BARO setting
Objective
To provide air data information based on QFE.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Basic aircraft
Possibility to select STD or QNH.
The basic air data information is based on QNH.
Description
The modification consists in making the FMGS system
capable of recognizing whether the BARO setting is
based on QNH or QFE.
The QNH/QFE mode is selected by pressing the BARO
setting knob (PFD control panel) once or twice from the
STD position. The reference value is then set by rotating
the knob and the corresponding setting (QFE or QNH)
is displayed on the PFDs.
This entails the following repercussions:
FCU, FMGCs, DMCs pin programming
pin programming of GPWS to activate QFE/QNH
function.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.00.108

Page 456

[ 34-4]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Figure 34-1 - QNH/QFE BARO setting
Mode selection

Reference value selection

Settings display
1FD2
A/THR

SPEED

STD

Pull

1013
In Hg

In hPa

Rotating the knob


has no effect

20
286 00
80

PULL
STD

STD

STD

1FD2
A/THR

SPEED

Push
once

QNH

Rotate the knob

1020
In Hg

20
286 00
80

In hPa
PULL
STD

QNH

1020
QNH

1FD2
A/THR

SPEED

Push
again

Rotate the knob

1004
In Hg

20
286 00
80

In hPa
PULL
STD

QFE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

QFE

1004
QFE

34.00.108

Page 457

[ 34-5]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
Table 34-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

QNH/QFE BARO setting

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0

34.00.108

Page 458

[ 34-6]

Navigation 34

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.00.108

Page 459

[ 34-7]

A320 Family

34 Navigation

34.13.105 - Installation of aspirated Total Air Temperature (TAT) probes


Objective
To provide a correct TAT measurement on ground for
estimation of take-off performance data, even under solar radiation.

installation of a 3/8 inch diameter air pressure pipe


for bleeding air from the cabin pressurization system
to the TAT probes
connection of the air pressure pipe into the air conditioning system.

Basic aircraft
Two non-aspirated TAT probes are installed.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Description
On the ground while the aircraft is stationary solar radiation can heat the probes due to the absence of airflow
aircraft static phase.
The air inside the probes can become hot, leading to an
inaccurate measurement.
The existing TAT probes are replaced by two probes fitted with an air suction system.
These units are mechanically interchangeable.
The following work has to be undertaken:
change of existing electrical connectors

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.13.105

Page 460

[ 34-8]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Figure 34-2 - TAT probes

Air flow

Sensing
element
New TAT probes
Pipe routing

Air conditioning
system bleed
tapping points

Supply air for


ejector operation

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.13.105

Page 461

[ 34-9]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
Table 34-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

05

Installation of aspirated TAT


probes - BF GOODRICH AEROSPACE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

TAT sensor

34.13.105

Equipment
supplier

BF GOODRICH
AEROSPACE

Equipment
PN

0102LM2GE

QTY

Page 462

STS

SFE

[ 34-10]

Navigation 34

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.13.105

Page 463

[ 34-11]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
34.13.106 - Pitot probes alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for the pitot probes.
Basic aircraft
Three pitot probes are installed on the lower front part
of the fuselage (frame 10):
the CAPT probe (1) and the STBY probe (3) are installed on the left side
the F/O probe (2) is installed on the right side.
Each pitot probe provides its pressure information to
each ADIRU through one Air Data Module (ADM).
Description
The basic pitot probes are replaced by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.13.106

Page 464

[ 34-12]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Figure 34-3 - Pitot probe installation/locations

9DA1 probe-pitot .1
9DA2 probe-pitot .2
9DA3 probe-pitot .3

Quick disconnect
coupling
Electrical
connector

Air flow

Drain hole
(one on each side)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.13.106

Page 465

[ 34-13]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
Table 34-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

Pitot probes basic equipment THALES AVIONICS

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

01

Pitot probes alternate equipment - BF GOODRICH AEROSPACE

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Pitot probe

THALES AVIONICS SA

C16195BA

SFE

Pitot probe

BF GOODRICH
AEROSPACE

0851 HL

SFE

34.13.106

Page 466

[ 34-14]

Navigation 34

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.13.106

Page 467

[ 34-15]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
34.15.101 - Angle Of Attack (AOA) sensors alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate vendor for Angle Of Attack (AOA)
sensors.
Basic aircraft
The aircraft is equipped with 3 AOA sensors located on
the lower part of the fuselage (frame 25/26):
AOA sensors 1 and 3 are installed on the LH side
AOA sensor 2 is installed on the RH side.
Each AOA sensor measures the angle of attack via a
small rotating wing-like device positioned in the direction of the airflow. Each sensor provides the angle of attack information to each ADIRU.
Description
The AOA sensors are replaced by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.15.101

Page 468

[ 34-16]

Navigation 34

A320 Family

Figure 34-4 - Angle Of Attack (AOA) sensors locations

3FP1 sensor - angle of attack . 1


3FP3 sensor - angle of attack . 3
3FP2 sensor - angle of attack . 2

2 dowel pins
8 mounting holes

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.15.101

Page 469

[ 34-17]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
Table 34-4 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

AOA sensors basic equipment


- THALES PN C16291AB

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

01

AOA sensors alternate equipment - BF GOODRICH AEROSPACE

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Angle of attack sen- THALES AVIONsor


ICS SA

C16291AB

SFE

Angle of attack sen- BF GOODRICH


sor
AEROSPACE

0861ED

SFE

34.15.101

Page 470

[ 34-18]

Navigation 34

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.15.101

Page 471

[ 34-19]

A320 Family

34 Navigation

34.20.203 - Integrated Standby Instrument System (ISIS) optional functions


Objective
To activate optional functions in the 3ATI Integrated
Standby Instrument System (ISIS).

Note
Each TDU option can be selected independently of the
others.

Basic aircraft
The following basic functions are activated in the ISIS:
attitude indication (pitch, roll, lateral acceleration)
altitude (Ft) indication
airspeed (Kts) indication
mach number
BARO setting (Hpa)
standard barometric pressure ( std 1013.25 hPa)
LOC and glide/slope received from the ILS / MMR.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Description
The following options are available in the system and
can be activated by appropriate pin programming:
altitude in meter
BARO setting in inches of mercury (inHg).
The above mentioned options have to be selected
through the dedicated TDUs.
The ISIS is connected to the Flight Data Interface and
Management Unit (FDIMU).

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.20.203

Page 472

[ 34-20]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Figure 34-5 - ISIS display installation

BUGS

TEST

LS
3910 M

340

320

10

10

280

10

10

260
.57

20

20

300

ATT

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

130
40
128 20
00

ISIS with options:


- altitude in meters
- BARO setting in inHg and hPa

125

1013/29.92

BARO

34.20.203

Page 473

[ 34-21]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
Table 34-5 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

02

ISIS optional function - BARO


setting in inHg

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0

04

ISIS optional function - altitude


in meter

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Equipment
reference

34.20.203

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

Page 474

STS

[ 34-22]

Navigation 34

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.20.203

Page 475

[ 34-23]

A320 Family

34 Navigation

34.35.109 - System provision for Head Up Display (HUD) system installation


Objective
To provide mechanical and electrical provision for Head
Up Display (HUD) system installation.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The system provision comprises mechanical and electrical provisions for the installation of a single HUD system on the captain's side (left hand pilot station).
The modification consists in:
modifying the cockpit (left-hand side) primary structure to support the installation of the Head-Up Projector Unit (HPU) and Head-Up Combiner unit (HCU)
installing wirings between the avionics compartment
and the cockpit
installation of circuit breaker with safety clip
installation of 6 MCU mounting tray for the HUDC in
avionics compartment (shelf 86VU)
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.35.109

Page 476

[ 34-24]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Table 34-6 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

System provision for single


HUD system installation

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5

34.35.109

Page 477

[ 34-25]

A320 Family

34 Navigation

34.35.110 - Installation (based on provision) of Head Up Display (HUD) system


Objective
To provide pilot with an Head Up Display (HUD) system
in order to fly the aircraft head-up in relation to the external scene.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
A Head Up Display (HUD) system is installed to manually fly the aircraft or to monitor the automatic approaches in all the flight phases for which it will be certified.
Note
Aircraft operation with HUD activated requires dedicated flight crew training.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.35.110

Page 478

[ 34-26]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Table 34-7 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Installation (based on provision) of single HUD system CFM engines


Certified only on A318/A319/A320
equipped with CFM engines.
For A318 equipped with PW engines, or
for A320 equipped with IAE engines or for
A321 equipped with CFM or IAE engines,
to be investigated on a case by case analysis.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

27.0/27.0/-27.0
27.0/27.0/-27.0
27.0/27.0/-27.0
27.0/27.0/-27.0

34.35.110

Page 479

[ 34-27]

A320 Family

34 Navigation

34.41.302 - Full single Weather Radar (WXR) system alternate equipment


Objective
To provide alternate equipment and enhanced functions
with regard to the WXR.
Basic aircraft
A single X-band weather radar system, generally in
accordance with ARINC 708A is installed. The
transceiver is installed behind the forward pressure
bulkhead.
One control panel accessible to both pilots is installed
on the pedestal.
Description
Depending on the selection made, some or all of the
equipment is replaced.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.41.302

Page 480

[ 34-28]

Navigation 34

A320 Family

Figure 34-6 - Single Weather Radar (WXR) system

GS 394
249/16

TAS 388
6
9

LMG 004
93 NM
18:35

LMG

FF33R

12

.2R

33

ARPT

15

NDB

VOR D

WPT

CSTR

BARO

GAI
AGN

40
20

30

60

WXR transceiver

VOR1
CGCM
123 NM

ARC
in Hg

10
27

NAV

18

D130M

10

ROSE
VOR

160

ILS

hPa

PLAN
PULL
STD

21
24

320

Range
selector

ND (Rose mode)
GS 394 TAS 388
249/16

35

LMG 004
93 NM
18:35

OL

33

ADF

VOR
OFF

34

1
ADF

VOR

ILS

FD

OFF

Mode
selector

CDN
ANG
AMB
AVD
240

CGC

240

LMG

160

WXR antenna

WXR antenna mount


(single drive)

VOR1
CGC M
103 NM

160

TILT
-3.00
CAL

.2R
GAI
AGN

ND (Arc mode)

Single control panel (Cockpit pedestal)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.41.302

Page 481

[ 34-29]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
Table 34-8 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

02

Full single WXR (ARINC 708A)


with PWS activation - ROCKWELL COLLINS, PN -624

Alternate full single WXR


(ARINC 708A) with PWS and
multiscan (WXR 2100) - ROCKWELL COLLINS, PN -213

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Weather radar
antenna

ROCKWELL COL- 622-5137-601


LINS

SFE

Weather radar
antenna mount

ROCKWELL COL- 622-5135-801


LINS

SFE

Weather radar con- ROCKWELL COL- 622-5129-021


trol panel
LINS

SFE

Weather radar
transceiver

ROCKWELL COL- 622-5132-624


LINS

SFE

Weather radar
transceiver mount

ROCKWELL COL- 622-5133-006


LINS

SFE

Weather radar
antenna

ROCKWELL COL- 622-5137-601


LINS

SFE

Weather radar
antenna mount

ROCKWELL COL- 622-5135-801


LINS

SFE

Weather radar con- ROCKWELL COL- 622-5130-820


trol panel
LINS

SFE

Weather radar
transceiver

ROCKWELL COL- 822-1710-213


LINS

SFE

Weather radar
transceiver mount

ROCKWELL COL- 622-5133-006


LINS

SFE

34.41.302

Page 482

[ 34-30]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

03

Alternate full single WXR


(ARINC 708A) with PWS activation & autotilt function - HONEYWELL, PN -409
Autotilt function is incompatible with
T2CAS (CN34.43.250)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Weather radar
antenna

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

2041446-0401 1

SFE

Weather radar
antenna mount

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

2041444-0403 1

SFE

Weather radar dual


control panel

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

2041223-3131 1

SFE

Weather radar
transceiver

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

066-500080409

SFE

Weather radar
transceiver mount

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

2041213-0414 1

SFE

34.41.302

Page 483

[ 34-31]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
34.41.310 - Installation of dual Weather Radar (WXR) System
Objective
To provide redundancy for the WXR system.
Basic aircraft
A single X-band weather radar system, generally in
accordance with ARINC 708A is installed. The
transceiver is installed behind the forward pressure
bulkhead.
One control panel accessible to both pilots is installed
on the pedestal.
Description
Dual WXR system is installed according to the customer
requirements in place of the basic single WXR.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.41.310

Page 484

[ 34-32]

Navigation 34

A320 Family

Figure 34-7 - Dual Weather Radar (WXR) system


GS 394
249/16

TAS 388
6
9

LMG 004
93 NM
18:35

LMG

FF33R

12

.2R

33

ARPT

15

NDB

VOR D

WPT

CSTR

BARO

GAI
AGN

40
20

30

60

27

VOR1
CGCM
123 NM

ARC
in Hg

10

WXR transceiver (basic)

NAV

18

D130M

10

ROSE
VOR

160

ILS

PULL
STD

21
24

320

Range
selector

ND (Rose mode)
GS 394 TAS 388
249/16

35

LMG 004
93 NM
18:35

OL

33

1
ADF

2
VOR

OFF

34

Dual transceiver
mount (basic)

hPa

PLAN

ADF

VOR

ILS

FD

OFF

Mode
selector

CDN
ANG
AMB
AVD
240

CGC

240

LMG

160

WXR antenna

VOR1
CGC M
103 NM

Second WXR
transceiver

WXR antenna mount


(dual drive)

OFF
1

WX

TILT
-3.00
CAL

.2R
GAI
AGN

ND (Arc mode)

WX/TURB
2

160

WX RADAR
MAP
TILT
5

10

GAIN

15
UP
0
DN

AUTO

MAX

15
5

10

Dual control panel (Cockpit pedestal)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.41.310

Page 485

[ 34-33]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
Table 34-9 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

03

Dual WXR system (ARINC


708A) with PWS activation and
autotilt function - HONEYWELL, PN -409
Autotilt function is incompatible with
T2CAS (CN34.43.250)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

14.6/14.6/-14.6
14.6/14.6/-14.6
14.6/14.6/-14.6
14.6/14.6/-14.6

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Audio mixing box

T.E.A.M

BMA3603AA0 1
1

SFE

Weather radar
antenna

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

2041446-0401 1

SFE

Weather radar con- HONEYWELL


trol panel
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

2041220-3231 1

SFE

Weather radar dual


antenna mount

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

2041444-0404 1

SFE

Weather radar dual


transceiver mount

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

2041214-0401 1

SFE

Weather radar
transceiver

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

066-500080409

SFE

34.41.310

Page 486

[ 34-34]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

11

12

Dual WXR (ARINC 708A) with


PWS and multiscan (WXR
2100) - ROCKWELL COLLINS,
PN -213

Dual WXR (ARINC 708A) with


PWS activation - ROCKWELL
COLLINS, PN -624

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

14.0/14.0/-14.0
14.0/14.0/-14.0
14.0/14.0/-14.0
14.0/14.0/-14.0

14.0/14.0/-14.0
14.0/14.0/-14.0
14.0/14.0/-14.0
14.0/14.0/-14.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

Audio mixing box

T.E.A.M

Weather radar
antenna

ROCKWELL COL- 622-5137-601


LINS

SFE

Weather radar con- ROCKWELL COL- 622-5130-820


trol panel
LINS

SFE

Weather radar dual


antenna mount

ROCKWELL COL- 622-5136-801


LINS

SFE

Weather radar dual


transceiver mount

ROCKWELL COL- 622-5134-064


LINS

SFE

Weather radar
transceiver

ROCKWELL COL- 822-1710-213


LINS

SFE

Audio mixing box

T.E.A.M

BMA3603AA0 1
1

SFE

Weather radar
antenna

ROCKWELL COL- 622-5137-601


LINS

SFE

Weather radar con- ROCKWELL COL- 622-5130-021


trol panel
LINS

SFE

Weather radar dual


antenna mount

ROCKWELL COL- 622-5136-201


LINS

SFE

Weather radar dual


transceiver mount

ROCKWELL COL- 622-5134-064


LINS

SFE

Weather radar
transceiver

ROCKWELL COL- 622-5132-624


LINS

SFE

34.41.310

BMA3603AA0 1
1

STS

Page 487

SFE

[ 34-35]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
34.42.101 - Radio altimeters alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate vendors for radio altimeters equipment.
Basic aircraft
Two radio altimeter systems generally in accordance
with ARINC 707 are installed.
Description
This option installs alternate radio altimeter transceivers
and antennas mechanically and electrically interchangeable with the basic equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.42.101

Page 488

[ 34-36]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Figure 34-8 - Radio altimeters

Aft cargo hold door

Antenna R2
Antenna T2

Antenna R1
Antenna T1

D
FW

Radio
altimeters

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.42.101

Page 489

[ 34-37]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
Table 34-10 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

07

11

Radio altimeters basic equipment - THALES AVIONICS

Radio altimeters alternate


equipment - ROCKWELL COLLINS 900

Radio altimeters alternate


equipment - HONEYWELL, PN
066-50007-0222

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Radio altimeter
antenna

THALES AVIONICS SA

9599-60712352

SFE

Radio altimeter
transceiver

THALES AVIONICS SA

9599-60714943

SFE

Radio altimeter
antenna

ROCKWELL COL- 622-8701-003


LINS

SFE

Radio altimeter
transceiver

ROCKWELL COL- 822-0334-020


LINS

SFE

Radio altimeter
antenna

HONEYWELL
INC.

071-500260300

SFE

Radio altimeter
transceiver

HONEYWELL
INC.

066-500070222

SFE

34.42.101

Page 490

[ 34-38]

Navigation 34

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.42.101

Page 491

[ 34-39]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
34.42.117 - Radio altitude automatic call-outs
Objective
To customize the radio altitude announcements.
Basic aircraft
The automatic call-out function is integrated in the
FWCs and generates synthetic voice announcements
of radio altitude.
Basic definition gives the following announcements:
altitudes in feet:
2 500, (two thousand five hundred), 1000, 400, 50, 40,
30, 20, 10, 5
(e.g. at 400 ft, the voice says in English "four hundred").
"hundred above" at DH / MDA / MDH + 100 ft (*)
"minimum" at DH / MDA / MDH (*).
(*) DH on PA, MDA on NPA - QFE, MDH on NPA-QNH.

B) The following announcements are also proposed:


2 500 ft: "twenty five hundred" (refer to paragraph C)
2 000 ft: "two thousand"
500 ft: "five hundred" (refer to paragraph D)
300 ft: "three hundred"
200 ft: "two hundred"
100 ft: "one hundred"
C) It is strongly recommended to select automatic callout 2500. Basically "two thousand five hundred" is proposed but it can be replaced by "twenty five hundred".
D) According to operational requirements for TAWS it is
mandatory to select the 400 ft or 500 ft automatic callout
(at least one of them).

Description
The FWC pin programming shall be modified according
to the selected announcements.

Note
"Hundred above" and "minimum" automatic callouts
cannot be deselected.

A) The following altitude automatic callouts are strongly


recommended and should not be deselected from the
basic definition: 1 000 - 50 - 40 - 30 - 20 - 10 - 5.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.42.117

Page 492

[ 34-40]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Figure 34-9 - Radio altitude automatic call-outs
Announcement

Comments

at 2500 ft: "two thousand five hundred"

Strongly recommended

at 2500 ft: "twenty five hundred"

Strongly recommended (alternate to "Two thousand five hundred")

at 2000 ft: "two thousand"


at 1000 ft: "one thousand"
at 500 ft: "five hundred"

Strongly recommended
500 ft or 400 ft is mandatory (at least one of them)

at 400 ft: "four hundred"

400 ft or 500 ft is mandatory (at least one of them)

at 300 ft: "three hundred"


at 200 ft: "two hundred"
at 100 ft: "one hundred"
at 50 ft: "fifty"

Strongly recommended

at 40 ft: "forty"

Strongly recommended
Strongly recommended

at 30 ft: "thirty"
at 20 ft: "twenty"
at 10 ft: "ten"

Strongly recommended
Strongly recommended

at 5 ft: "five"
at DH / MDA / MDH + 100 ft: "hundred above"

Strongly recommended

at DH / MDA / MDH: "minimum"

Cannot be deselected

Cannot be deselected

Basic announcements

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.42.117

Page 493

[ 34-41]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
Table 34-11 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Radio altitude automatic callouts


Customizable.
A318-100 : Subject to customer specific
study
A319-100 : Subject to customer specific
study
A320-200 : Subject to customer specific
study
A321-200 : Subject to customer specific
study

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0

Equipment
reference

Radio altitude automatic call-outs

34.42.117

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

TBD

QTY

TBD

Page 494

STS

SFE

[ 34-42]

Navigation 34

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.42.117

Page 495

[ 34-43]

A320 Family

34 Navigation

34.43.203 - Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS) alternate


equipment (SFE)
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for the TCAS delivered
as SFE.
Basic aircraft
A TCAS SFE is installed, generally in accordance with
ARINC 735. TCAS equipment is software change 7,
also known as ACAS II. The transponder is basically capable of European elementary surveillance.
Description
Installation of alternate TCAS consists of:
TCAS computer and associated antennas (2)
TCAS compatible ATC transponder, mode S.
Note
ELS: ELementary Surveillance, EHS: EnHanced
Surveillance
for alternate ATC/TCAS control panel installation,
see item CN34.52.140.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.43.203

Page 496

[ 34-44]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Figure 34-10 - TCAS system
STBY AUTO ON
ATC

A
T
C
OFF

ON

FAIL

2
5

3
6

ALL ABV
THRT
BLW

T
C
A
S

IDENT
STBY

TA

TCAS antenna

TA/RA

CLR

ALT RPTG

ATC/TCAS control panel

FMGC 2

Location of ATC/TCAS antennas


ATC mode S 1/
ATC mode S 2

ATC 1
mode S
capable

TCAS

FWC

2
FMGC 1

Windshear
stall inhibit
Mount for

ALT limit

TCAS

Synth.
voice

EIS displays

DMC

CFDIU
Inhibit

ATC 1/ATC 2

TCAS

GPWS

FDIU
TCAS antenna

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.43.203

Page 497

[ 34-45]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
Table 34-12 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

10

TCAS change 7 - HONEYWELL


TPA 100 / ATC ELS, EHS - HONEYWELL (-1402)

TCAS change 7.1 alternate


equipment - HONEYWELL TPA100B / ATC ELS, EHS - HONEYWELL (-1402)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

ATC mode S transponder

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

066-011271402

SFE

TCAS directional
antenna

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

071-500018104

SFE

TCAS II computer

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

940-0300-001

SFE

ATC mode S transponder

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

066-011271402

SFE

TCAS directional
antenna

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

071-500018104

SFE

TCAS II computer

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

940-0351-001

SFE

34.43.203

Page 498

[ 34-46]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

39

61

TCAS change 7.1 - ACSS 2000 /


ATC ELS, EHS - ACSS (-10100)
DO-260A

TCAS change 7.1 - ROCKWELL


COLLINS 921 / ATC ELS, EHS ROCKWELL COLLINS 901

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

ATC mode S transponder

ACSS-AN L3
COMMUNICATIONS/THALES

751-780010100

SFE

TCAS directional
antenna

ACSS-AN L3
COMMUNICATIONS/THALES

751-4081-911

SFE

TCAS II computer

ACSS-AN L3
COMMUNICATIONS/THALES

751-790010020

SFE

ATC mode S transponder

ROCKWELL COL- 822-1338-021


LINS

SFE

TCAS directional
antenna

ROCKWELL COL- 622-8973-104


LINS

SFE

TCAS II computer

ROCKWELL COL- 822-1293-332


LINS

SFE

34.43.203

Page 499

[ 34-47]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
34.43.250 - Installation of T2CAS

Buyer to verify with the relevant states in which the


Buyer operates, the correctness of the information
contained in the terrain database. Errors in the terrain data shall be reported to the relevant states and
the supplier of the related equipment. In no case shall
Airbus be held responsible or liable for the contents,
acquisition, use or updating of the terrain data base.

Objective
To install a TCAS system and ATC Mode S transponder. Vendor selection for the ATC Transponder is required.
Basic aircraft
EGPWS, TCAS and ATC Transponder are installed.
Description
The EGPWS and TCAS are replaced by TCAS which
provides both TAWS & TCAS functions in the same
equipment. TCAS manufactured by ACSS is installed
in the same location as the TCAS. Customer choice is
required for the supplier of the ATC Transponder.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Note
for ATC TCAS control panel selection, see item
CN34.52.140
incompatible with weather radar autotilt function
(CN34.41.300/03 and CN34.41.310/03)
the contents of the terrain database are made available by the various states, which are members of the
ICAO world organization, to the supplier. Each state
is responsible for the definition of the content of the
terrain database. It shall be the responsibility of the

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.43.250

Page 500

[ 34-48]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Table 34-13 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

20

Install. of T2CAS - ACSS (11111)/ATC - ACSS (-10100)


DO-260A - lateral GPS posit.
with auto desel.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

ATC mode S transponder

ACSS-AN L3
COMMUNICATIONS/THALES

751-780010100

Enhanced Ground
Proximity Warning
Computer
(EGPWC)

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

965-1676-00X -1

SFE

T2CAS computer

ACSS-AN L3
COMMUNICATIONS/THALES

900000011111

SFE

TCAS directional
antenna

ACSS-AN L3
COMMUNICATIONS/THALES

751-4081-911

SFE

34.43.250

STS

Page 501

SFE

[ 34-49]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
34.43.260 - T2CAS - Activation of alternate warnings
Objective
To propose alternate warnings for the Ground Collision
Avoidance Module (GCAM) within the T2CAS in line
with FAA recommendations.
Basic aircraft
The basic GCAM aural and visual annunciation is in line
with the EASA/JAA requirements:
Caution annunciation: "Terrain ahead !" voice associated with visual amber "TERR AHEAD" message on Navigation Display.
Warning annunciation: "Terrain ahead, pull-up ! , pull-up
! ..." voice associated with visual red "TERR AHEAD"
message on Navigation Display.
Avoid Terrain: "Avoid Terrain!" voice associated with
red "TERRAIN" message on Navigation Display.

Warning annunciation: "Terrain, Terrain, pull-up ! , pullup ! ..." voice associated with visual red "TERRAIN"
message on Navigation Display.
Avoid Terrain: "Avoid Terrain!" voice associated with visual red "TERRAIN" message on Navigation Display is
unchanged.
Note
Requires prior installation of a T2CAS.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Description
The modification consists of activation of the alternate
FAA recommended wording which is selectable by pin
programming:
Caution annunciation: "Caution Terrain !" voice associated with visual amber "TERRAIN" message on Navigation Display.
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.43.260

Page 502

[ 34-50]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Table 34-14 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

T2CAS - Activation of
announcements (aural and
visual) in compliance with FAA
wording

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0

34.43.260

Page 503

[ 34-51]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
34.43.270 - Wiring provision for T3CAS
Objective
To allow later installation of a T3CAS.
Basic aircraft
A TCAS SFE is installed, generally in accordance with
ARINC 735. TCAS equipment is software change 7,
also known as ACAS II. The transponder is basically capable of European elementary surveillance.
Description
Wiring provision shall be made in the avionics compartment for later installation of a T3CAS.
The modification consists in installing additional wiring
between the ATC transponder rack and the TCAS rack
for future used by the T3CAS.
Note
T3CAS is to be used in conjunction with a transponder
ACSS DO-260A.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.43.270

Page 504

[ 34-52]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Table 34-15 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Wiring provision for T3CAS

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0

34.43.270

Page 505

[ 34-53]

A320 Family

34 Navigation

34.43.290 - Wiring provision for Aircraft Traffic Situation Awareness (ATSAW)


Objective
To allow later activation of Aircraft Traffic Situation
Awareness (ATSAW) function.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
Complete wiring provision for later activation of ATSAW
function is provided.
ATSAW applications aim at enhancing the flight crews'
knowledge of the surrounding traffic information. The
principle is to use a Cockpit Display Traffic
Information (CDTI) that provides permanently updated
traffic information received via ADS-B using mode S
1090 MHz.
ATSAW enhances the traffic situational awareness with
the objective to improve the efficiency and the safety of
the flight.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.43.290

Page 506

[ 34-54]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Table 34-16 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Wiring provision for Aircraft


Traffic Situation Awareness
(ATSAW)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0

34.43.290

Page 507

[ 34-55]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
34.43.295 - Activation of ATSAW function
Objective
To enhance the efficiency and the safety of the flight
thanks to a better traffic situational awareness.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
Airborne Traffic Situational AWareness (ATSAW) aims
at enhancing the flight crews' knowledge of the surrounding traffic information. The principle is to display
permanently updated traffic information received via
ADS-B using mode S 1090 MHz.

Using a traffic selector switch, crew can select a specific


aircraft to get more information as aircraft identification
and ground speed. More information is available on
MCDU selecting the specific Traffic page.
ATSAW function:
enhances the opportunity to flight level change
optimizes the flight level and generates fuel savings
improves cooperation with ATC (better understanding of ATC instructions)
EPAC selection mode
Individual

With ATSAW, the surrounding traffic information displayed by default on ND is:


the aircraft position
the aircraft direction
the relative altitude
the vertical speed tendency.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.43.295

Page 508

[ 34-56]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Table 34-17 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

01

Activation of ATSAW function

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Pushbutton

AIRBUS

ABS1650-01

SFE

02

Activation of ATSAW function


including ITP (In Trail Procedure)

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Pushbutton

AIRBUS

ABS1650-01

SFE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.43.295

Page 509

[ 34-57]

A320 Family

34 Navigation

34.48.124 - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) - alternate


equipment
Objective
To provide an alternate Enhanced Ground Proximity
Warning Computer (EGPWC) capable of geometric altitude, PEAKS, OBSTACLE and use of GPS lateral position functions.
Basic aircraft
The basic EGPWC is capable of geometric altitude,
PEAKS and OBSTACLE and use of GPS lateral position functions.

database. It shall be the responsibility of the Buyer to


verify with the relevant states in which the Buyer operates, the correctness of the information contained in the
terrain database. Errors in the terrain data shall be reported to the relevant states and the supplier of the related equipment. In no case shall Airbus be held
responsible or liable for the contents, acquisition, use or
updating of the terrain data base.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Description
An alternate EGPWC manufactured by HONEYWELL is
installed in place of the basic one.
The main improvements of this alternate equipment are
the compatibility with low RNP approach, with steep approach (on A318 only) and the provision for managing
RAAS audio volume.
Note
The contents of the terrain database are made available
by the various states, which are members of the ICAO
world organization, to the supplier. Each state is responsible for the definition of the content of the terrain
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.48.124

Page 510

[ 34-58]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Table 34-18 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

EGPWC - capable of GPS lateral position

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

03

EGPWC alternate equipment HONEYWELL, -003

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Ground Proximity
Warning Computer
(GPWC)

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

965-1676-002

SFE

Ground Proximity
Warning Computer
(GPWC)

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

965-1676-003

SFE

34.48.124

Page 511

[ 34-59]

A320 Family

34 Navigation

34.48.127 - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) alternate


warnings
Objective
To propose an EGPWS man machine interface with alternate aural and visual annunciation.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Basic aircraft
The basic EGPWS aural and visual annunciation is in
line with the EASA/JAA wording:
Caution annunciation: "Terrain ahead !" voice associated with amber "TERR AHEAD" message on Navigation
Display.
Warning annunciation: "Terrain ahead, pull-up ! , pull-up
! ..." voice associated with red "TERR AHEAD" message on Navigation Display.
Description
The EGPWS aural and visual annunciation is:
Caution annunciation: "Caution Terrain !" voice associated with amber "TERRAIN" message on Navigation
Display.
Warning annunciation: "Terrain, Terrain, pull-up ! , pullup ! ..." voice associated with red "TERRAIN" message
on Navigation Display.
The modification is made by pin-program.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.48.127

Page 512

[ 34-60]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Table 34-19 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

03

EGPWS annunciation (aural &


visual) in accordance with FAA
wording

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0

34.48.127

Page 513

[ 34-61]

A320 Family

34 Navigation

34.48.132 - Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS) - optional


functions
Objective
To give aircraft position on the airport surface by providing aural advisories.
Basic aircraft
An EGPWC is installed.
Description
The Runway Awareness And Advisory System (RAAS)
is a new function implemented in EGPWS. It allows to
give aircraft position on the airport surface.
The aircraft position comes from GPS. The airport location comes from an EGPWS runway database.
RAAS function provides only aural advisories.
To be available, RAAS needs a certain EGPWS configuration:
EGPWS is powered up
EGPWS -003
EGPWS runway database -435 or later
RAAS Configuration Database -521
GPS position
RAAS discrete activation.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.48.132

Page 514

[ 34-62]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Table 34-20 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

15

Activation of the Runway


Awareness and Advisory System (RAAS) function in the
EGPWS (-003)

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0

Requires prior selection of CN34.48.124/


03 EGPWC alternate equipment - HONEYWELL, -003

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.48.132

Page 515

[ 34-63]

A320 Family

34 Navigation

34.51.101 - Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) interrogators alternate equipment


Objective
To provide alternate equipment for DME interrogators.
Basic aircraft
Two DME interrogators generally in accordance with
ARINC 709, are installed together with the two independent L-blade antennas on the fuselage.
DME (1+2) indications are provided on EFIS NDs.
Description
The modification consists in replacing the DME interrogators by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.51.101

Page 516

[ 34-64]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Figure 34-11 - DME interrogators

GS 390 TAS 380


095/20
27

30

VOR1 116. 00
CRS 010
TRO
33

24

21

18
2'30"
VOR1
TRO
15 NM

DME 1
Antenna

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

15
12

ADF2
JAG

ND

DME 2
Antenna

34.51.101

Page 517

[ 34-65]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
Table 34-21 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

DME interrogators basic equipment - ROCKWELL COLLINS


900

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

13

DME interrogators alternate


equipment - HONEYWELL, PN
066-50013-1222

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

DME interrogator

ROCKWELL COL- 822-0329-020


LINS

SFE

DME interrogator

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

SFE

34.51.101

066-500131222

Page 518

[ 34-66]

Navigation 34

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.51.101

Page 519

[ 34-67]

A320 Family

34 Navigation

34.52.117 - Automatic Dependent Surveillance - Broadcast (ADS-B OUT)


Objective
To update the documentation (AFM, FCOM) to be compliant with AMC-20-24 for ADS-B OUT in Non Radar
Airspace.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The necessary changes to implement ADS-B OUT regulation for Non Radar Airspace are made.
The objective of ADS-B OUT function is to
comply with AMC-20-24 applicable to the airborne domain specified for 5NM separations in Non Radar Airspace.
Note
Not interchangeable with a transponder not capable of
ADS-B OUT.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.52.117

Page 520

[ 34-68]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Table 34-22 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

02

Compliance with ADS-B OUT


regulation for NRA

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

34.52.117

Page 521

[ 34-69]

A320 Family

34 Navigation

34.52.133 - Compliance with European enhanced surveillance (EHS) regulation


Objective
To update the documentation (AFM, FCOM, AMM) to
be compliant with TGL18/JAA NPA-20-12a (EHS regulation).
Basic aircraft
Two mode S ATC transponders compliant with ELS (Elementary surveillance).
Description
The necessary changes to implement TGL18/JAA NPA20-12a (EHS regulation) are made.
Note
Not interchangeable with a transponder non capable of
EHS.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.52.133

Page 522

[ 34-70]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Table 34-23 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Compliance with European


enhanced surveillance (EHS)
regulation

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0

34.52.133

Page 523

[ 34-71]

A320 Family

34 Navigation

34.52.140 - Air Traffic Control (ATC) control panel alternate equipment


Objective
To provide alternate equipment for ATC control panel.
Basic aircraft
One ATC control panel (Mode S, TCAS with Full Time
and Above/Below display mode).
Description
ATC control panel is replaced by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.52.140

Page 524

[ 34-72]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Figure 34-12 - ATC control panel location

STBY

AUTO

AUTO

IDENT

ON

STBY

ATC

ON

FAIL

TA
1

STBY

TARA

A
T
C
OFF

ON
ATC FAIL

ALL ABV
THRT
BLW

T
C
A
S

A
T
C

1
4

ON

ALL
THRT

ABV
STBY
BLW

TA

T
C
A
S
TARA

CLR

ALT RPTG

THALES AVIONICS C124-02-AA02 (optional)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

3
IDENT

OFF

ALT RPTG

THALES AVIONICS C124-04-AB02 (basic)

34.52.140

Page 525

[ 34-73]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
Table 34-24 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

Dual ATC/TCAS control panel


basic equipment - THALES
AVIONICS (-AB02)
Keyboard type with Full Time and Above/
Below display mode.

20

Dual ATC /TCAS control panel


alternate equipment - THALES
AVIONICS (-AA02)
Rotactor type with Full Time and Above/
Below display mode.
Not applicable to A318-100 equipped with
PW engines.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Dual ATC/TCAS
control panel

THALES AVIONICS SA

C124-04AB02

SFE

Dual ATC/TCAS
control panel

THALES AVIONICS SA

C124-02AA02

SFE

34.52.140

Page 526

[ 34-74]

Navigation 34

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.52.140

Page 527

[ 34-75]

A320 Family

34 Navigation

34.53.109 - Full provision for second Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system
Objective
To provide full provision for the later installation of a second ADF system.
Basic aircraft
One ADF system incorporating a combined loop and
sense antenna is installed.
There is space provision for a second ADF receiver and
structural provision for the installation of a second ADF
antenna.
Description
The modification consists in:
installation of a second ADF antenna on top of the fuselage
installation of a second ADF receiver mount in the
avionics compartment
installation of associated wiring.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.53.109

Page 528

[ 34-76]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Figure 34-13 - ADF system

FMGC2

FMGC1

ADF1 antenna

RMP1

ADF2 antenna

ADF receivers

Normal flow

RMP2

VOR1

VOR2

DME1

DME2

MMR1

MMR2

ADF1

Prov for
ADF2

Alternate flow

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.53.109

Page 529

[ 34-77]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
Table 34-25 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Full provision for second ADF


system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

8.0/8.0/-8.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0
8.5/8.5/-8.5

Equipment
reference

ADF antenna

34.53.109

Equipment
supplier

THALES AVIONICS SA

Equipment
PN

615-2630-102

QTY

Page 530

STS

SFE

[ 34-78]

Navigation 34

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.53.109

Page 531

[ 34-79]

A320 Family

34 Navigation

34.53.111 - Single Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system alternate equipment


Objective
To provide alternate equipment for ADF system.
Basic aircraft
One ADF system is installed.
ADF bearing information is displayed on NDs according
to the EFIS control panel ADF/VOR selector switch positions.
ADF bearing can be displayed on the DDRMI (if selected).
Description
The ADF receiver is replaced by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.53.111

Page 532

[ 34-80]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Figure 34-14 - Single ADF system

FMGC2

FMGC1

RMP1

ADF1 antenna

RMP2

VOR1

VOR2

DME1

DME2

MMR1

MMR2

ADF1

ADF2

Normal flow
Alternate flow

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.53.111

Page 533

[ 34-81]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
Table 34-26 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

ADF system basic equipment ROCKWELL COLLINS 900

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

03

ADF system alternate equipment - HONEYWELL

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

ADF receiver

ROCKWELL COL- 822-0299-020


LINS

SFE

ADF receiver

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

SFE

34.53.111

066-500140202

Page 534

[ 34-82]

Navigation 34

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.53.111

Page 535

[ 34-83]

A320 Family

34 Navigation

34.53.119 - Installation of dual Automatic Direction Finder (ADF) system


Objective
To install dual ADF system to provide redundancy for
navigation purposes.

ADF1 (or 2) information is displayed on NDs according


to the EFIS control panel ADF/VOR selector switch positions.

Basic aircraft
One ADF system incorporating a combined loop and
sense antenna is installed.
There is space provision for a second ADF receiver and
structural provision for the installation of a second ADF
antenna.

Note
This option is not compatible with later installation of a
satellite TV system.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Description
The complete installation of dual ADF system is implemented as follows:
installation of a second antenna on top of the fuselage
installation of dual ADF receiver with associated
mount in the avionics compartment in place of the basic single ADF receiver
installation of associated wiring
pin-programming modification of peripheral equipment (DMC, FMGC, RMP).

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.53.119

Page 536

[ 34-84]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Figure 34-15 - Dual ADF system
ADF1 antenna

ADF2 antenna
FMGC2

FMGC1

RMP1

ARPT

NDB

VOR D

40
20

60

ROSE
VOR

WPT

CSTR

160

VOR1

VOR2

hPa

DME1

DME2

FD

MMR1

MMR2

ADF1

ADF2

BARO

NAV
ARC
in Hg

10

RMP2

ILS

PLAN
PULL
STD

320
1
ADF

2
VOR

ADF

OFF

Activated
position

VOR

ILS

OFF

Normal flow
Alternate flow

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.53.119

Page 537

[ 34-85]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
Table 34-27 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

03

04

Installation of dual ADF system


- HONEYWELL

Installation of dual ADF system


- ROCKWELL COLLINS 900

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

12.5/12.5/-12.5
12.5/12.5/-12.5
12.5/12.5/-12.5
13.0/13.0/-13.0

11.5/11.5/-11.5
11.5/11.5/-11.5
11.5/11.5/-11.5
12.0/12.0/-12.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

ADF antenna

THALES AVIONICS SA

615-2630-102

SFE

ADF receiver

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

066-500140202

SFE

ADF antenna

THALES AVIONICS SA

615-2630-102

SFE

ADF receiver

ROCKWELL COL- 822-0299-020


LINS

SFE

34.53.119

Page 538

[ 34-86]

Navigation 34

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.53.119

Page 539

[ 34-87]

A320 Family

34 Navigation

34.55.102 - VHF Omnidirectional Range (VOR)/Marker receivers alternate equipment


Objective
To provide alternate equipment for the VOR system.
Basic aircraft
Two VOR receivers are installed in the avionics compartment.
VOR 1 and VOR 2 information is displayed on NDs
depending on the position of the ADF/VOR selectors
on the EFIS control panel
VOR 1 and VOR 2 bearing is also displayed on the
DDRMI located on the main instrument panel.
Each VOR receiver shall include a marker beacon function capability.
The outer, middle and inner marker signals are displayed on the PFD.
Description
The VOR receivers are replaced by alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.55.102

Page 540

[ 34-88]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Figure 34-16 - VOR/Marker

VOR antenna (dual)


ARPT

NDB

VOR D

40
20

60

ROSE
VOR

CSTR

WPT

BARO

NAV
ARC
in Hg

10

160

ILS

hPa

PLAN
PULL
STD

320
2

1
ADF

VOR
OFF

ADF

VOR

MKR antenna
ADF/VOR
control
GS 390 TAS 380
095/20
27

30

FD

Mode
selector

VOR1 116. 00
CRS 010
TRO
33

24

21

18
2'30"
VOR1
TRO
15 NM

ILS

OFF

15
12

ADF2
JAG

ROSE/VOR

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.55.102

Page 541

[ 34-89]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
Table 34-28 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

13

VOR/MARKER receivers basic


equipment - ROCKWELL COLLINS 900

VOR/MARKER receivers alternate equipment - HONEYWELL, PN 066-50012-1212

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Marker antenna

CHELTON

6204-89-00

SFE

VOR antenna

CHELTON

3108-89

SFE

VOR receiver

ROCKWELL COL- 822-0297-020


LINS

SFE

VOR receiver

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

SFE

34.55.102

066-500121212

Page 542

[ 34-90]

Navigation 34

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.55.102

Page 543

[ 34-91]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
34.58.313 - Multi Mode Receiver (MMR) alternate equipment
Objective
To allow alternate equipment selection for MMR.

Description
The basic MMRs and GPS active antennas are replaced by alternate ones.

Basic aircraft
Two MMRs are installed.
Each one includes:
an ILS card - a GPS card
space provision for GLS
space provision for MLS.
Two GPS active antennas are installed above the cockpit. A dual loc and a dual glide antennas are installed.
GPS information from MMR 1 and 2 are sent to ADIRS
1,2,3 for hybridization and then to FMGC 1 and 2 for calculation of the position.
GPS is certified as per C129 class 1
Integrity is provided through ADIRU hybridization
algorithms:
when Honeywell ADIRU are installed, "HIGH step 1"
with ADIRU HG2030AExx, "HIGH step 2" with ADIRU HG2030BExx (HIGH = Honeywell Inertial Gps
Hybrid)
when NORTHROP GRUMMAN are installed, "AIME"
(AIME = Autonomous Integrity Monitored Extrapolation)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

EPAC selection mode


Individual

34.58.313

Page 544

[ 34-92]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Figure 34-17 - MMR typical installation

FMGC2

FMGC1

Active antennas

FMS

RMP1

RMP2

VOR1

VOR2

DME1

DME2

MMR1

MMR2

ADF1

Prov for
ADF2

ADIRS MMR

Avionics compartment

Normal flow
Alternate flow

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.58.313

Page 545

[ 34-93]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
Table 34-29 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

02

13

21

MMR basic equipment providing ILS (FM immunity) and GPS


C1 functions - ROCKWELL
COLLINS

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

MMR alternate equipment providing ILS and GPS functions


with FLS/GLS capability ROCKWELL COLLINS

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

MMR alternate equipment providing ILS (FM immunity) and


GPS C1 functions - THALES
AVIONICS

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

MMR alternate equipment providing ILS (FM immunity) and


GPS C1 functions - HONEYWELL

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

GPS antenna

ROCKWELL COL- 822-1330-001


LINS

SFE

Multi Mode
Receiver (MMR)

ROCKWELL COL- 822-1152-122


LINS

SFE

GPS antenna

ROCKWELL COL- 8222033001


LINS

SFE

Multi Mode
Receiver (MMR)

ROCKWELL COL- 822-1821-430


LINS

SFE

GPS antenna

THALES AVIONICS SA

C17065AA

SFE

Multi Mode
Receiver (MMR)

THALES AVIONICS SA

TLS755-010102A

SFE

GPS antenna

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

071-500295502

SFE

Multi Mode
Receiver (MMR)

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

066-500291161

SFE

34.58.313

Page 546

[ 34-94]

Navigation 34

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.58.313

Page 547

[ 34-95]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
34.58.316 - Activation of GLS function
Objective
To offer GNSS Landing System (GLS) capability.
Basic aircraft
Two MMR are basically installed, each one includes
GPS and ILS cards.
Description
Depending on operational needs, the GLS additional
option shall be activated through a specific MMR pinprogramming.
This GLS function enables to fly CAT I precision approaches with autoland, in an ILS look-alike manner.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.58.316

Page 548

[ 34-96]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Table 34-30 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Activation of GLS function

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

34.58.316

Page 549

[ 34-97]

A320 Family

34 Navigation
34.58.317 - Activation of FLS function
Objective
To offer FMS Landing System (FLS) capability.
Basic aircraft
Two MMR are basically installed, each one includes
GPS and ILS cards.
Description
Depending on operational needs, the FLS option shall
be activated thanks to a dedicated FMS OPC (Operational Programme Configuration).
This FLS function enables fly non-precision approaches
in an ILS look-alike manner.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.58.317

Page 550

[ 34-98]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Table 34-31 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Activation of FLS function

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

34.58.317

Page 551

[ 34-99]

A320 Family

34 Navigation

34.58.340 - Installation of MLS function for cat IIIb operation hosted by the MMR
Objective
To allow CAT IIIB operation.
Basic aircraft
None.
Description
The MLS function shall be implemented within the
MMR. The modified aircraft shall be capable of CAT IIIB
operation at airports equipped with adequate MLS
ground station and facilities.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.58.340

Page 552

[ 34-100]

Navigation 34

A320 Family
Table 34-32 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

03

MLS function implementation


for CAT IIIB operation - THALES MMR, PN TLS755-140103A

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

MLS capture
antenna

THALES AVIONICS SA

1071-84-00

SFE

MLS landing
antenna

THALES AVIONICS SA

3602-84-00

SFE

Multi Mode
Receiver (MMR)

THALES AVIONICS SA

TLS755-140103A

SFE

34.58.340

Page 553

[ 34-101]

A320 Family

34 Navigation

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

34.58.340

Page 554

[ 34-102]

A320 Family

Oxygen 35

Reference

Title

35.11.102

Installation of in-situ replenishment facility for cockpit oxygen cylinder

35.11.201

Cockpit oxygen cylinder alternate equipment

35.20.010

Installation of four oxygen masks per box

35.20.113

Extended supply duration for passenger chemical oxygen system

35.20.114

Extended supply duration for passenger gaseous oxygen system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 555

[ 35-1]

A320 Family

35 Oxygen

35.11.102 - Installation of in-situ replenishment facility for cockpit oxygen cylinder


Objective
To permit convenient in-situ replenishing of flight crew
oxygen cylinder.
Basic aircraft
No replenishment facility is provided; the oxygen cylinder is removed via the external access door.
Structural and space provision is made for a ground filling connector and associated pressure gauge.
Description
Adaptation of the flight crew oxygen storage system, located in the LH forward under-floor compartment, to
permit in-situ charging of the oxygen cylinder, via the
access door.
The modification consists in:
installation of a filling connector
installation of a flexible tube and a duct between the
regulator and the filling connector
installation of an HP indicator
installation of appropriate wiring.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

35.11.102

Page 556

[ 35-2]

Oxygen 35

A320 Family
Figure 35-1 - External oxygen replenishment principle
Full face quick
donning mask
Optional
(Fourth occupant)

Storage box
assembly
Flex. hose

Access door

Distribution manifold
Pressure switch
Pressure regulator
transmitter
Overpressure hose

Supply
valve
LP
HP

FR13
FR11
FR9
Oxygen cylinder
Flexible hose

Direct reading
pressure gauge

overpressure
high pressure
low pressure

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Test port

Manual isolation
valve

Overboard discharge
indicator

35.11.102

HP indicator
Filling connector
with cap

Page 557

[ 35-3]

A320 Family

35 Oxygen
Table 35-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

03

Installation of in-situ replenishment facility for cockpit oxygen cylinder

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0
1.0/1.0/-1.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Filling flexible hose

EROS

DTH4AAR505

SFE

Filling indicator

EROS

444-00522700

SFE

Filling port assembly

EROS

DKR142

SFE

35.11.102

Page 558

[ 35-4]

Oxygen 35

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

35.11.102

Page 559

[ 35-5]

A320 Family

35 Oxygen
35.11.201 - Cockpit oxygen cylinder alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate flight crew oxygen cylinder.
Basic aircraft
The flight crew oxygen cylinder is of composite material
with 77.1 cu ft (2 183 liter) capacity. It is located in the
avionics compartment, LH side.
Description
The existing composite oxygen cylinder is replaced by
alternate equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

35.11.201

Page 560

[ 35-6]

Oxygen 35

A320 Family
Figure 35-2 - Cockpit oxygen system
Full face quick
donning mask

Storage box
assembly
Optional
(Fourth occupant)

Flex. hose

Distribution
manifold

Pressure switch
L.P. over
pressure
flex. hose
H.P. over
pressure
flex. hose

Pressure
regulator
transmitter

Over pressure
LP
HP

High pressure
Low pressure

L.P. supply
valve

77.1 Cu.ft
(composite)

Overboard
discharge indicator

Oxygen cylinder
DU
(T

115 Cu.ft

Flexible hose

Manual
isolation
valve

Test port
Supply flex. hose

)
02

Direct reading
pressure gage

(steel)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

35.11.201

Page 561

[ 35-7]

A320 Family

35 Oxygen
Table 35-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

Cockpit oxygen cylinder basic


equipment 77.1 cu ft (composite) - AVOX SYSTEMS

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

02

Cockpit oxygen cylinder alternate equipment 115 cu ft


(steel) - AVOX SYSTEMS

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

04

Cockpit oxygen cylinder alternate equipment 115 cu ft (composite) - AVOX SYSTEMS

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Oxygen cylinder
(77.1 cu ft)

AVOX SYSTEMS
INC.

897940-77

SFE

17.0/17.0/-17.0
17.0/17.0/-17.0
17.0/17.0/-17.0
17.0/17.0/-17.0

Oxygen cylinder
(115 cu ft)

AVOX SYSTEMS
INC.

891511-14

SFE

5.5/5.5/-5.5
5.5/5.5/-5.5
5.5/5.5/-5.5
5.5/5.5/-5.5

Oxygen cylinder
(115 cu ft)

AVOX SYSTEMS
INC.

897940-15

SFE

35.11.201

Page 562

[ 35-8]

Oxygen 35

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

35.11.201

Page 563

[ 35-9]

A320 Family

35 Oxygen
35.20.010 - Installation of four oxygen masks per box
Objective
To allow unrestricted seating of passengers with infants.
Basic aircraft
Three and four masks oxygen containers are installed.
Description
Four passenger oxygen masks are installed above each
of the LH and RH passenger seat units providing a total
of eight masks per seat row.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

35.20.010

Page 564

[ 35-10]

Oxygen 35

A320 Family
Table 35-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Installation of four oxygen


masks per box

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

4.5/4.5/-4.5
5.0/5.0/-5.0
6.0/6.0/-6.0
8.0/8.0/-8.0

35.20.010

Page 565

[ 35-11]

A320 Family

35 Oxygen

35.20.113 - Extended supply duration for passenger chemical oxygen system


Objective
To increase operational capability by providing extended supply duration for the passenger oxygen system.
Basic aircraft
A chemically generated passenger oxygen system,
from supplier B/E AEROSPACE SYSTEMS, with 15
minutes supply duration capability is installed.
Description
The basic passenger oxygen boxes are replaced by
boxes with oxygen generator supply duration increased
to 22 minutes, at the following locations:
in the lateral supply channels above passenger seats
at all attendant stations
in all lavatories
in the forward and aft entrance ceilings.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

35.20.113

Page 566

[ 35-12]

Oxygen 35

A320 Family
Figure 35-3 - Extended cabin altitude/descent profile

Flight Level (x100 ft)


410
400

300

290

Extended emergency descent profile


250

200
Basic emergency descent profile
100
Time (minutes)
0
0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

10

11

12

35.20.113

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

Page 567

23

[ 35-13]

A320 Family

35 Oxygen
Table 35-4 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

Basic passenger chemical oxygen system (15 min) - B/E


AEROSPACE SYSTEMS

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

07

Extended supply duration for


passenger chemical oxygen
system (22 min) - B/E AEROSPACE SYSTEMS

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

35.0/35.0/-35.0
39.0/39.0/-39.0
46.0/46.0/-46.0
56.0/56.0/-56.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Passenger chemical oxygen system

B/E AEROSPACE TBD


SYSTEMS GMBH

SFE

Passenger chemical oxygen system

B/E AEROSPACE TBD


SYSTEMS GMBH

SFE

35.20.113

Page 568

[ 35-14]

Oxygen 35

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

35.20.113

Page 569

[ 35-15]

A320 Family

35 Oxygen

35.20.114 - Extended supply duration for passenger gaseous oxygen system


Objective for A319-100
To provide a gaseous passenger oxygen system with
an extended oxygen supply duration.
Basic aircraft for A319-100
The standard chemical oxygen system provides oxygen
for 15 min.
Space provision and structural reinforcements.
Description for A319-100
The supply duration for passenger oxygen system is extended to tbd min with the installation of gaseous oxygen cylinders in the aft cargo compartment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

35.20.114

Page 570

[ 35-16]

Oxygen 35

A320 Family
Table 35-5 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Extended duration passenger


gaseous oxygen system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A319-100

124.0/124.0/-124.0

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Oxygen cylinder
(117 cu ft)

B/E AEROSPACE
OXYGEN SYST
PRODUCT LENEXA

4441103-115

SFE

Set of passenger
emergency oxygen
masks

BE AEROSPACE

TBD

SFE

35.20.114

Page 571

[ 35-17]

A320 Family

35 Oxygen

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

35.20.114

Page 572

[ 35-18]

A320 Family

Water/waste 38

Reference

Title

38.10.104

Installation of water conditioner in potable water system

38.41.101

Installation of auxiliary compressor in the potable water pressurization system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 573

[ 38-1]

A320 Family

38 Water/waste

38.10.104 - Installation of water conditioner in potable water system


Objective
To prevent build-up of limescale in the potable water
system including associated equipment as water heaters, faucets etc.
Basic aircraft
No system with limescale prevention capabilities installed.
Description
One small size water conditioner is installed in the filling/
distribution line below the potable water tank.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

38.10.104

Page 574

[ 38-2]

Water/waste 38

A320 Family
Table 38-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

02

Installation of water conditioner in potable water system


(A318, A319, A321)

A318-100
A319-100
A321-200

3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0

Water conditioner

MAN TECHNOLOGIE GMBH

9630602-1001 1

SFE

03

Installation of water conditioner in potable water system


(A320)

A320-200

3.0/3.0/-3.0

Water conditioner

MAN TECHNOLOGIE GMBH

9630602-1101 1

SFE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

38.10.104

Page 575

[ 38-3]

A320 Family

38 Water/waste

38.41.101 - Installation of auxiliary compressor in the potable water pressurization


system
Objective
To maintain potable water system pressure within the
working range of 25 to 28 lbf/sq in (172 to 193 kPa) in
flight and on the ground.

installation of pressure switch


installation of associated wiring.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Basic aircraft
The water system pressure is at least 25 lbf/sq in under
normal flight conditions.
Description
An electrically driven compressor is installed in the potable water system pressure within the working range of
25 to 28 psi (172 to 193 kpa) in flight and on the ground.
The compressor is controlled by a pressure switch, installed in the air supply line to the potable water tank.
Compressor is automatically switched ON if the system
air pressure is less than 25 psi (172 kpa).
The compressor only works if the door of the potable
water service panel is in closed position.
The modification consists of:
installation of air compressor
installation of modified air supply lines including air
filter and non return valve

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

38.41.101

Page 576

[ 38-4]

Water/waste 38

A320 Family
Table 38-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Installation of auxiliary compressor in the potable water


pressurization system

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

8.5/8.5/-8.5
8.5/8.5/-8.5
8.5/8.5/-8.5
8.5/8.5/-8.5

38.41.101

Page 577

[ 38-5]

A320 Family

38 Water/waste

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

38.41.101

Page 578

[ 38-6]

A320 Family

Information systems 46

Reference

Title

46.21.102

Installation of AIRBUS standard Airline Operational Communication (AOC) software for


ATSU

46.21.105

Activation of ARINC 623 ATS applications in the ATSU

46.21.111

Activation of VHF Data Link (VDL) Mode 2 function

46.21.140

Installation of Future Air Navigation System (FANS) A+

46.21.142

Installation of Future Air Navigation System (FANS) B+

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 579

[ 46-1]

A320 Family

46 Information systems

46.21.102 - Installation of AIRBUS standard Airline Operational Communication


(AOC) software for ATSU
Objective
To provide Airbus standard definition of Airline Operational Communication (AOC) in the Air Traffic Services
Unit (ATSU). The AOC software supports data communications between the aircraft and the airline facilities on
the ground.
Basic aircraft
The aircraft is equipped with an ATSU and its host platform (hardware + software including ACARS router).
Availability of ACARS router functionality (e.g. interface
with systems such as FMS, CFDS, AIDS) does not require installation of AOC software.
Description
The modification consists in installing in the ATSU, via
dataloading, the standard AOC software from the selected supplier (ROCKWELL COLLINS or HONEYWELL).
Each supplier proposes two solutions, one with fuel
units in pounds and one with fuel units in kg.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Note
1) Use of the ATSU requires installation of airline
ground system and contract with datalink service providers.
2) Customization of the AOC software
In case of installation of airline customized AOC, it is not
required to raise an RFC for the installation of the AIRBUS standard AOC (application software + database).
Installation of customized AOC is not managed/recorded by AIRBUS in the definition process. The certification
level of AOC applications software is level E (DO178B).
Evolution or modification of AOC software does not require AIRBUS involvement. Customization of the AOC
function is the responsibility of the airline and its selected supplier.
3) Customization of the ATSU
In order to use the ATSU, it must be configured with airline specific information. Providing this information is
supplied by the operator during the delivery process,
AIRBUS can provide customization of the ATSU during
aircraft delivery under direct responsibility of the cus-

46.21.102

Page 580

[ 46-2]

Information systems 46

A320 Family

46.21.102 - Installation of AIRBUS standard Airline Operational Communication


(AOC) software for ATSU (Continued)
tomer (configuration of ACARS router and VHF scan
mask). The same applies for installation of customized
AOC software.
Should problems occur during the customization process or if the operator does not provide customization
information in due time, the aircraft will be delivered with
default ATSU configuration: default router and scan
mask configuration, standard selected AOC software.
Information to be provided during the delivery process:
Airline identification: 2 character and 3 character
codes
List and regional applicability of Datalink Service Providers contracted by the airline for the Scan Mask
(e.g. SITA Europe, SITA Pacific, Arinc, Avicom, Air
Canada)
Customized AOC software diskettes if applicable.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

46.21.102

Page 581

[ 46-3]

A320 Family

46 Information systems
Table 46-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

12

13

14

15

AIRBUS standard AOC software from ROCKWELL COLLINS with units in lbs (by
default)

AIRBUS standard AOC software from ROCKWELL COLLINS with units in kg (by
default)

AIRBUS standard AOC software from HONEYWELL with


units in lbs (by default)

AIRBUS standard AOC software from HONEYWELL with


units in kg (by default)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

AOC application
software diskette
for ATSU

ROCKWELL COL- 222-6279LINS


232-RVA

BFE

AOC database diskette for ATSU

ROCKWELL COL- 222-5870LINS


501-RVD

BFE

AOC application
software diskette
for ATSU

ROCKWELL COL- 222-6279LINS


232-RVA

BFE

AOC database diskette for ATSU

ROCKWELL COL- 222-7720LINS


001-RVB

BFE

AOC application
software diskette
for ATSU

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

998-2459-510

BFE

AOC database diskette for ATSU

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

998-2449-507

BFE

AOC application
software diskette
for ATSU

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

998-2459-510

BFE

AOC database diskette for ATSU

HONEYWELL
INC. REDMOND,
OLATHE

998-6393-507

BFE

46.21.102

Page 582

[ 46-4]

Information systems 46

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

46.21.102

Page 583

[ 46-5]

A320 Family

46 Information systems
46.21.105 - Activation of ARINC 623 ATS applications in the ATSU
Objective
To provide Departure Clearance (DCL), Automatic Terminal Information System (ATIS) and Oceanic Clearance (OCL) applications, (OCL only applicable to FANS
A+)
Basic aircraft
An ATSU is installed providing ACARS function.
Description
Airbus certified (DO178B level C) A623 ATS applications shall be loaded into the ATSU.
The ATSU software must be upgraded to receive A623
ATS applications.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

46.21.105

Page 584

[ 46-6]

Information systems 46

A320 Family

Table 46-2 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

03

Activation of ATSU ARINC 623


ATS applications capable of
FANS A+

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

46.21.105

Page 585

[ 46-7]

A320 Family

46 Information systems
46.21.111 - Activation of VHF Data Link (VDL) Mode 2 function
Objective
To provide VDL mode 2 over the ACARS network
(VDL2/AOA), to improve air-ground digital communication and increase RF (radio frequency) transmission
speed from 2.4 to 31.5 kbps (kilo bit per second).
Basic aircraft
An ATSU is installed providing ACARS function. VDR
mode A are installed.
Description
The VDL Mode 2/AOA (ACARS over AVLC: Aviation
VHF Link Control) capability shall be activated in the
ATSU. This requires prior installation of:
upgraded ATSU software to be capable of VDL Mode
2/AOA function
upgraded VHF Data Radio (VDR) to be VDL mode 2
capable.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

46.21.111

Page 586

[ 46-8]

Information systems 46

A320 Family

Table 46-3 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

02

Activation of VDL Mode 2 for


ACARS in ATSU (CSB4.X)
Only applicable in conjunction with VHF
Data Radio (VDR) capable of VDL mode
2.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0
0.0/0.0/0.0

Equipment
reference

ATSU CONFIG
database

46.21.111

Equipment
supplier

AIRBUS

Equipment
PN

QTY

LA2T0J6000X 1
XXXX

Page 587

STS

SFE

[ 46-9]

A320 Family

46 Information systems

46.21.140 - Installation of Future Air Navigation System (FANS) A+


Objective
To face air traffic growth, and increase airspace capacity in oceanic and remote environment.
Basic aircraft
The aircraft is equipped with an ATSU and its aircraft interface software (including ACARS router).
Availability of ACARS router functionality (e.g. interface
with systems such as FMS, CFDS, AIDS) does not require installation of AOC software.
Description
FANS A+ configuration introduces FANS communication and surveillance capability in the aircraft to allow improved operations in oceanic and remote environment,
based on Air Traffic Control (ATC) applications:
Automatic Dependent Surveillance (ADS-C)
Air Traffic Service (ATS) Facilities Notification (AFN)
Controller Pilot Data Link Communication (CPDLC).
FANS A + configuration is still compatible with Airline
Operational Control (AOC) communications.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

46.21.140

Page 588

[ 46-10]

Information systems 46

A320 Family

Table 46-4 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

07

Installation of FANS A+ with


data link recording capability

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

4.5/4.5/-4.5
4.5/4.5/-4.5
4.5/4.5/-4.5
4.5/4.5/-4.5

Equipment
reference

Datalink Control
and Display Unit
(DCDU)

46.21.140

Equipment
supplier

SMITHS INDUSTRIES

Equipment
PN

401MFD3-2

QTY

Page 589

STS

SFE

[ 46-11]

A320 Family

46 Information systems

46.21.142 - Installation of Future Air Navigation System (FANS) B+


Objective
To support data link operations in continental Europe
over VDL (VHF Data Link) Mode 2/ATN (Aeronautical
Telecommunication Network).
Basic aircraft
The aircraft is equipped with an ATSU and its aircraft interface software (including ACARS router).
Availability of ACARS router functionality (e.g. interface
with systems such as FMS, CFDS, AIDS) does not require installation of AOC software.
Description
This installation includes:
upgrade of ATSU hardware to new part number
(standard "-A10") to host FANS B+ software and
router ATN.
the ACARS ATSU router software providing VDL
mode A capability is retained and upgraded to VDL
mode 2/AOA capability for AOC applications and
VDL2/ATN capability for ATC (S/W upgrade: standard "CSB6")
activation of FANS B+ with new ATSU Configuration
(21TX) and ATC applications S/W
Controller Pilot Data Link Communication (CPDLC)
application software loading into the ATSU
Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

activation of ATC/MSG Push Buttons


installation of two Datalink Control and Display Units
(DCDUs) from SMITHS INDUSTRIES.
Note
This option allows to configure adequately the aircraft
avionics to make the aircraft operational above FL 285
in European continental high density area. Nevertheless, before starting datalink operations, the operators
(Airlines) need to ensure the following:
sign contract(s) with Datalink service provider(s)
(ARINC/SITA)
declare aircraft to these Datalink services providers
declare aircraft and its FANS capability to ATC centres of the operated routes.
This FANS B+ option is compliant of the LINK
2000+ mandate phase.
As per FAR amendments 25-124 and 121-338, provision for CVR capable of data link recording
(CN23.71.120/01) is recommended for customers operating in FANS environment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

46.21.142

Page 590

[ 46-12]

Information systems 46

A320 Family

Table 46-5 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

02

Installation of FANS B+
Incompatible with CN46.21.111 since
activation of VDL Mode 2 is included.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

5.5/5.5/-5.5
5.5/5.5/-5.5
5.5/5.5/-5.5
5.5/5.5/-5.5

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Air Traffic Services


Unit (ATSU)

AIRBUS

LA2T0G2100
6CA10

SFE

Air Traffic Services


Unit (ATSU) A/C
interface software

AIRBUS

LA2T0J1307E 1
00F1

SFE

Datalink Control
and Display Unit
(DCDU)

SMITHS INDUSTRIES

401MFD3-2

SFE

46.21.142

Page 591

[ 46-13]

A320 Family

46 Information systems

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

46.21.142

Page 592

[ 46-14]

A320 Family

Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) 49

Reference

Title

49.00.105

Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) alternate equipment

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 593

[ 49-1]

49 Auxiliary Power Unit (APU)

A320 Family

49.00.105 - Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) alternate equipment


Objective
To provide alternate APU.
Basic aircraft
The APU is installed in the tailcone of the aircraft and
the associated Electronic Control Box (ECB) in the
pressurized bulk cargo compartment, No. 5.
Description
The basic APU and ECB are replaced by alternate
equipment, designed to be compatible with all aircraft
system interfaces (drop-in installation).
It is fully interchangeable with the basic equipment.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

49.00.105

Page 594

[ 49-2]

Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) 49

A320 Family

Figure 49-1 - APU components


36VU
DC BUS 1

BAT 1

GALLEY
FAULT
E
L
E
C

OFF

BAT

FAULT

FAULT

OFF

OFF

BAT 2

DC BUS 2

20VU

FAULT
A
U
T
O

ALTN

AC ESS BUS

AC BUS 1

AC BUS 2
E
L
E
C

BUS TIE
SMOKE

IDG 1

OFF

A
U
T
O

F
I
R
E

IDG 2

GEN 1

APU GEN

EXT PWR

GEN 2

FAULT

FAULT

FAULT

AVAIL

FAULT

FAULT

OFF

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

AGENT 1

AGENT 2

SQUIB

SQUIB

DISCH

DISCH

ENG
TEST

AGENT 1

APU FIRE

AGENT 2

SQUIB

PUSH

FIRE

DISCH

ENG

AGENT

FIRE
TEST

TEST

SQUIB

PUSH

SQUIB

DISCH

F
I
R
E

PUSH

DISCH

Fire panel

Electric panel

Ventilation
(left side only)
Fire extinguishing
bottle

108VU

Bleed air
duct
Exhaust duct

FLT INT
EXT PWR
108 VU

Access doors
Fuel line

NOT IN USE

AVAIL

COCKPIT CALL

ADIRU &
AVNCS VENT

COCKPIT CALL

RESET

Air intake

APU FIRE

Diverter
LIGHT TEST

APU SHUT-OFF

External power
control panel

25VU
APU

30VU
30VU

PACK FLOW
NORM
LO

MASTER SW

COCKPIT

FWD CABIN

AFT CABIN
HOT AIR

HI

FAULT
OFF

FAULT
ON

START

A
I
R
C
O
N
D

COLD
FAULT

HOT

COLD

HOT

COLD

PACK 2

OFF

FAULT
OFF

RAM AIR
ENG 1 BLEED

AUTO

FAULT
OFF

ON

A
I
R
C
O
N
D

ENG 2 BLEED

APU BLEED
SHUT

AVAIL

HOT

X BLEED

PACK 1

OPEN

FAULT

FAULT

ON

OFF

ON

ECB
(Electronic Control Box)

Air conditioning panel

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

49.00.105

Page 595

[ 49-3]

A320 Family

49 Auxiliary Power Unit (APU)


Table 49-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

06

APU basic equipment - HAMILTON SUNDSTRAND, APS 3200

APU alternate equipment HONEYWELL, GTCP131-9A

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

24.5/24.5/-24.5
24.5/24.5/-24.5
24.5/24.5/-24.5
24.5/24.5/-24.5

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Auxiliary Power Unit HAMILTON


(APU)
SUNDSTRAND

4500001C

SFE

Electronic Control
Box (ECB)

4500003M

SFE

Auxiliary Power Unit HONEYWELL


(APU)
INC.

3800 708-1

SFE

Electronic Control
Box (ECB)

3888394221204

SFE

49.00.105

HAMILTON
SUNDSTRAND

HONEYWELL
INC.

Page 596

[ 49-4]

A320 Family

Structures 51

Reference

Title

51.00.115

Fuselage and wings extended corrosion prevention

51.22.250

External livery decorative adhesive film

51.22.710

Alternate paint system (CF primer/strippable) on standard areas (3 coats)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 597

[ 51-1]

A320 Family

51 Structures
51.00.115 - Fuselage and wings extended corrosion prevention
Objective
To have an extended corrosion protection on fuselage
and wings.
Basic aircraft
The following areas are treated with Type III Corrosion
Inhibitor (CI) & Water Repellent Fluid (WRF) as per
AIMS 09-08-003:
Fuselage
from frames C01 to C12, between stringers P32 LH
and P32 RH
from frames C12 to C21, between stringers P19 LH
and P19 RH
from frames C21 to C35, between stringers P32 LH
and P32 RH
from frames C35 to C47 (C35 to C47.5 on A321), between stringers P23 LH and P23 RH
from frames C47 to C63 (C47.5 to C60 on A321), between stringers P36 LH and P36 RH
from frames C63 to C77 (C60 to C77 on A321), between stringers P23 LH and P23 RH
floorgrid (cross beam only) and tail cone, between
stringers P13 LH and P13 RH.
Doors
emergency exits (A318/A319/A320)
emergency exit doors (A321)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

hatches
cargo holds doors
bulk compartment door.
Vertical stabilizer
rear spar including servo-control.
Horizontal stabilizer
rear spar including servo-control.
Wings
MLG bay on areas of underwing and overwing panel
(wing strut wells)
aft face of false rear spar
aft face of rear spar inboard of gear rib 5
aft faces of shroud box.
Description
Corrosion prevention Type III is enlarged on fuselage,
floor grid and wings.
The following additional areas are protected:
Fuselage
lower shell from frames C01 to C12, between stringers P23 and P32 on LH and RH sides
lower shell from frames C21 to C35, between stringers P23 and P32 on LH and RH sides

51.00.115

Page 598

[ 51-2]

Structures 51

A320 Family

51.00.115 - Fuselage and wings extended corrosion prevention (Continued)


lower shell from frames C47 to C63 (C47.5 to C60 on
A321), between stringers P23 and P36 on LH and
RH sides
longitudinal beams and seat rails between frames
C36 and C70
floor panel connection sheets in the area sections 13
to 18
aft pressure bulk head above stringer 23 (forward
and aft faces)
Passenger floor structure
floor support structure from frames 47 (47.5 on A321)
to 63 (60 on A321).
Wings
all along forward face of front spar
all along aft face of rear spar
forward face of false rear spar
wing dry bays internal surfaces
wing root joint and build door
inside pylon enclosure (forward face of front spar, aft
face of D-nose sub spar and adjacent leading edge
ribs).
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

51.00.115

Page 599

[ 51-3]

A320 Family

51 Structures
Figure 51-1 - Type III (CI & WRF) on standard areas
Corrosion prevention on standard areas

Vertical stabilizer
C77

C69
C70

C64

C60

C74

GALLEY / LAVATORY
AREA

C47.5

C47.1

C35.8

C35.1

C35

C21

C15

C12

C1

EMERGENCY EXIT

P7
FD
P23

P32

P36

Horizontal stabilizer

C1

C15

C12

C21
C20

C25

C28

C35

C35.1

C35.8

C47.1

C47.5

C52

C57

C59

C62

C65
C64

C70
C69

C74

C77

PAX DOOR

P'9
FD
P'23

Wing
P'32

BULK COMPARTMENT DOOR


P'36
CARGO HOLD DOOR

P'30
AFT FACE OF REAR SPAR
INBOARD OF GEAR RIB 5

Section A-A

Section B-B
BULK HEAD

P'23

P23

Z - 495
P23

P'23
P44
AFT FACE OF
FALSE REAR SPAR

P44

MAIN LANDING GEAR BAY


ON AREAS OF UNDERWING AN
OVERWING PANEL (WING STRUT WELLS)

Protection Type III (CI & WRF)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

51.00.115

Page 600

[ 51-4]

Structures 51

A320 Family

Figure 51-2 - Type III (CI & WRF) on standard and additional areas
Corrosion prevention on standard and additional areas

Vertical stabilizer

C77

C74

C69
C70

C64

C60

C47.5

C47.1

C35.8

C35.1

C35

C21

C15

C1

C12

P7
FD
P23

Horizontal stabilizer

C1

C15

C12

C21
C20

C35

C35.1

C35.8

C47.1

C47.5

C52

C57

C59

C62

C65
C64

C70
C69

C74

C77

P'9
FD
P'23

Section 16/17
36

Section A-A
Effective for the
whole passenger floor

39

42 43

47 48

63 64 65

69 70

74

77

WING ROOT JOINT


AND BUILD DOOR

F6
F11
F13

Wing

INTERNAL SURFACES OF DRY BAY WING

F19
F21
F23

INSIDE PYLON ENCLOSURE (FWD FACE


OF FRONT SPAR, AFT FACE OF D-NOSE
SUB SPAR AND ADJACENT LEADING EDGE RIBS)
A

Section B-B

P 23
CI / WRF

CI / WRF

FORWARD FACE OF FRONT SPAR

BULK HEAD

additional area

P 24

P44

Protection Type III (CI & WRF)


Protection Type III (CI & WRF) - as per legend

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

51.00.115

AFT & FWD FACES


AFT FACE OF
OF FALSE REAR SPAR
REAR SPAR
MAIN LANDING GEAR BAY
ON AREAS OF UNDERWING AN
OVERWING PANEL (WING STRUT WELLS)

Page 601

[ 51-5]

A320 Family

51 Structures
Table 51-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

Application of Type III Corrosion Inhibitor (CI) & Water


Repellent Fluid (WRF) on standard areas

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

02

Application of Type III Corrosion Inhibitor (CI) & Water


Repellent Fluid (WRF) on additional areas

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.5/3.5/-3.5

51.00.115

Page 602

[ 51-6]

Structures 51

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

51.00.115

Page 603

[ 51-7]

A320 Family

51 Structures
51.22.250 - External livery decorative adhesive film
Objective
To answer specific request on external livery using decorative adhesive film.
Basic aircraft
The general paint scheme is based on conventional
spray process.

Note
For application restrictions due to erosion, fuel or hydraulic fluid, refer to the figure hereafter. However if adhesive films are requested in these areas, warranty
restrictions shall be applied.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Description
Standard external livery is generally provided with a
paint process. Nevertheless large decorative adhesive
film can be used for complex decor/logo.
The appropriate handling shall be in accordance with
the following criteria:
for new adhesive films, development and production
shall be handled as SFE
for existing ones already used by the customer, the
procurement shall be handled as BFE as far as possible. In this case, sample testing shall be performed
to validate final quality of the external livery.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

51.22.250

Page 604

[ 51-8]

Structures 51

A320 Family

Figure 51-3 - Total constraints for adhesive film application

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

51.22.250

Page 605

[ 51-9]

A320 Family

51 Structures
Table 51-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

53

External livery decorative


adhesive film (SFE)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Equipment
reference

Set of large decorative adhesive film

51.22.250

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

TBD

QTY

Page 606

STS

SFE

[ 51-10]

Structures 51

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

51.22.250

Page 607

[ 51-11]

A320 Family

51 Structures

51.22.710 - Alternate paint system (CF primer/strippable) on standard areas (3


coats)
Objective
To provide through a low Volatile Organic Compound
(VOC) and Chromate Free (CF) primer, strippable intermediate coat paint system, on metallic parts of fuselage
and vertical stabilizer, a selective stripping which reduces time and cost during maintenance process.
Basic aircraft
The basic paint scheme applied on fuselage and vertical stabilizer is composed of:
low VOC chromate free primer,
low VOC top coat.

Airbus will choose the paint supplier and the associated


paint material in line with the paint system chosen by the
Airline.
The intermediate coat between the primer and the top
coat enables a selective stripping which reduce time
and cost during maintenance process.
This paint process is not available on nacelles.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Description
The low Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) and Chromate Free (CF) primer, strippable intermediate coat
paint system shall be applied on metallic parts of fuselage and vertical stabilizer.
The following paint system is applied:
low VOC chromate free primer,
intermediate layer coat,
low VOC top coat.
This material is fully compliant with Health, Safety and
Environmental (HSE) regulations.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

51.22.710

Page 608

[ 51-12]

Structures 51

A320 Family
Figure 51-4 - Intermediate strippable coat

Basic paint system

Alternate paint system

Low VOC top coat


Low VOC top coat
Intermediate coat
Low VOC CF primer
Low VOC CF primer

Basic Primer

Basic Primer

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

51.22.710

Page 609

[ 51-13]

A320 Family

51 Structures
Table 51-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

08

Alternate paint system - CF


primer/strippable on fuselage
& vertical stabilizer (3 coats)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

2.5/2.5/-2.5
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.5/3.5/-3.5
4.0/4.0/-4.0

51.22.710

Page 610

[ 51-14]

A320 Family
Reference

Title

52.22.200

Installation of additional emergency exits (A319)

52.51.100

Installation of cockpit door release back-up system (MMEL conditions)

52.51.106

Installation of modified door lock mechanism

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Doors 52

Page 611

[ 52-1]

A320 Family

52 Doors
52.22.200 - Installation of additional emergency exits (A319)
Objective for A319-100
In order to fulfil the 160 max passengers cabin capacity
on an A319 aircraft, and to meet the evacuation data requirements, it is necessary to install a second emergency exit near the first one as per type III exits design of
the A320.

adaptation of the Flight Warning system to incorporate this door in the A319 configuration
adaptation of emergency lighting
external placards on the door and escape markings
on the wings.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Basic aircraft for A319-100


One emergency exit is installed on each side of the fuselage.
Description for A319-100
A second emergency exit is installed near the first one
as per type III exits design of the A320.
This modification includes the following aspects:
repercussion on structure of section 15
installation of the exit door and its relevant slide activation
relocation of cabin windows into emergency exit
air supply quantity assessment and air distribution
adaptation of the sidewall, dado panels and exit door
frame lining
update of the emergency evacuation analysis,
modification of primary insulation blankets
SDAC updating for data recording on the new door

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

52.22.200

Page 612

[ 52-2]

Doors 52

A320 Family
Figure 52-1 - Additional emergency exit - A319

Additional Emergency Exit Door on each side of fuselage - A319

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

52.22.200

Page 613

[ 52-3]

A320 Family

52 Doors
Table 52-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Installation of additional emergency exits (A319)

A319-100

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

69.0/69.0/-69.0

Lead-time constraint 9 months

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

52.22.200

Page 614

[ 52-4]

Doors 52

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

52.22.200

Page 615

[ 52-5]

A320 Family

52 Doors

52.51.100 - Installation of cockpit door release back-up system (MMEL conditions)


Objective
To install an electrical override function to ensure functionality of cockpit door system under Master Minimum
Equipment List (MMEL) conditions.
Basic aircraft
The cockpit door is intrusion & penetration resistant. No
back-up system is installed.
Description
The modification comprises the installation of:
a second control unit on the overhead panel
an additional circuit breaker
an additional NORM/BKUP/OFF switch
additional grounding points
corresponding wire harness.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

52.51.100

Page 616

[ 52-6]

Doors 52

A320 Family
Table 52-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

07

Installation of cockpit door


release back-up system (MMEL
conditions)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0
3.0/3.0/-3.0

52.51.100

Page 617

[ 52-7]

A320 Family

52 Doors
52.51.106 - Installation of modified door lock mechanism
Objective
To install a closing mechanism for the cockpit door.
Basic aircraft
The door between the cockpit and the passenger cabin
is mechanically latched. This latch is operated by a knob
on the cockpit side and by a safety key on the passenger cabin side.
Description
Installation of deadbolt on the reinforced cockpit door,
on the cockpit side. The deadbolt shall allow to close the
door manually in case of electrical locking system failure, or during maintenance when power is off.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

52.51.106

Page 618

[ 52-8]

Doors 52

A320 Family
Figure 52-2 - Installation of modified door lock mechanism

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

52.51.106

Page 619

[ 52-9]

A320 Family

52 Doors
Table 52-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

03

Installation of deadbolt on reinforced cockpit door

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5

52.51.106

Page 620

[ 52-10]

A320 Family
Reference

Title

53.30.050

Belly fairing panels - extrusion strips

53.35.100

Ram air inlet leading edge protection

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Fuselage 53

Page 621

[ 53-1]

A320 Family

53 Fuselage
53.30.050 - Belly fairing panels - extrusion strips
Objective
The modification consists in adding a profile on belly
fairing panels forward edges at FR34 (ST1,ST3,ST4) or
FR35.7 (ST2) to avoid erosion damage.
This modification is specially recommended for a/c operated in an erosive environment (Asia or over-sea operation).

Note
Interchangeability of the center panel is not any longer
kept.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Basic aircraft
The exposed panel edges are protected by anti-erosion
paint only.
Description
New adjustable extrusion strips are installed on RH lateral panel 192EB, on RH aft lateral panel 192FB, on
center panel 191BB and on LH lateral panel 191 EB.
These extrusions are fixed with the fasteners of the belly
fairing panels.
A washer is fitted between the bolt head and the panel
to ensure correct tightening. Extrusions are covered
with anti-erosion paint.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

53.30.050

Page 622

[ 53-2]

Fuselage 53

A320 Family

Figure 53-1 - Location of the additional anti-erosion protection

FR34
FR35.7 (A321)

Right
lateral
panel

Z1600

Right after
lateral panel
Left lateral panel

Center panel
Anti-erosion
extrusion strip

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

53.30.050

Page 623

[ 53-3]

A320 Family

53 Fuselage

Figure 53-2 - Typical section of the anti-erosion extrusion strip

Anti-erosion strip
Washer

FR34

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

53.30.050

Page 624

[ 53-4]

Fuselage 53

A320 Family
Table 53-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Belly fairing panels - add extrusion

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

53.30.050

Page 625

[ 53-5]

A320 Family

53 Fuselage
53.35.100 - Ram air inlet leading edge protection
Objective
To provide increased erosion resistance of the ram air
inlet lip.
Basic aircraft
Inlet leading edge is made of hard foam core faced with
prepreg skin layers.
Description
The composite material in the leading edge of the ram
air inlet is protected with a sheet of aluminum in order to
avoid erosion damage. This sheet of aluminum is painted in the background color.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

53.35.100

Page 626

[ 53-6]

Fuselage 53

A320 Family
Figure 53-3 - Ram air inlet leading edge protection

Typical section (AA & CC)

0.4mm clad aluminium protection flush


Inlet lip detail

Hard foam core


Prepreg skin

18mm

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

53.35.100

Page 627

[ 53-7]

A320 Family

53 Fuselage
Table 53-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

02

Ram air inlet leading edge protection (aluminum)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0
2.0/2.0/-2.0

53.35.100

Page 628

[ 53-8]

A320 Family

Stabilizers 55

Reference

Title

55.30.101

Installation of erosion protection on vertical stabilizer leading edge

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 629

[ 55-1]

A320 Family

55 Stabilizers

55.30.101 - Installation of erosion protection on vertical stabilizer leading edge


Objective
To avoid premature rework of erosion paint system and
repair at an early stage.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Basic aircraft
Exterior surface of the vertical stabilizer leading edge is
protected with standard paint systems.
Description
A stainless steel metal sheet, thickness 0.5 mm is installed on the vertical stabilizer leading edges 1, 2, 3
and 4 (A318 only).
The modification consists of thermal curing of prepreg
material together with the new profiled metal sheet in an
autoclave oven in order to bond the two different materials.
The metal sheets are bolted on upper and lower ends of
leading edges. Anti-erosion painting according to the dimensions of metal sheet is necessary at dorsal fin.
Note
No livery top coat shall be applied to the stainless steel.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

55.30.101

Page 630

[ 55-2]

Stabilizers 55

A320 Family

Figure 55-1 - Vertical stabilizer leading edge protection (A319/A320/A321)

B - B (TYP.)

A
A-A

Stainless steel metal sheet


(0,5 mm)

A
Anti erosion painting

B
VIZ 0

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

56
.5
60

55.30.101

Page 631

[ 55-3]

A320 Family

55 Stabilizers
Table 55-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Installation of erosion protection on vertical stabilizer leading edge - stainless steel

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

5.0/5.0/-5.0
5.0/5.0/-5.0
5.0/5.0/-5.0
5.0/5.0/-5.0

55.30.101

Page 632

[ 55-4]

A320 Family
Reference

Title

56.10.102

Cockpit windows alternate equipment

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Windows 56

Page 633

[ 56-1]

A320 Family

56 Windows
56.10.102 - Cockpit windows alternate equipment
Objective
To provide alternate equipment for cockpit windows.
Basic aircraft
2 front windshields made of glass (all fixed)
4 lateral windows made of acrylic (2 sliding and
2 fixed).
Description
This modification consists in replacing the two front
windshields and/or four lateral windows by windows
from an alternate manufacturer.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

56.10.102

Page 634

[ 56-2]

Windows 56

A320 Family
Figure 56-1 - Cockpit windows

Lateral windows
Front windows

Sliding window
Guiding track

Control handle

Fixed window
Sliding window

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

D
FW

56.10.102

Page 635

[ 56-3]

A320 Family

56 Windows
Table 56-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

Basic front windows - SAINTGOBAIN SULLY / Basic lateral


windows - GKN

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Front window panel SAINT-GOBAIN


(LH)
SULLY

STA320-1-8-2

SFE

Front window panel SAINT-GOBAIN


(RH)
SULLY

STA320-2-8-2

SFE

Lateral fixed window panel (LH)

GKN AEROSPACE TRANSPARENCY


SYSTEMS

NH25216-141

SFE

Lateral fixed window panel (RH)

GKN AEROSPACE TRANSPARENCY


SYSTEMS

NH25216-142

SFE

Lateral sliding window panel (LH)

GKN AEROSPACE TRANSPARENCY


SYSTEMS

NH25216-1

SFE

Lateral sliding window panel (RH)

GKN AEROSPACE TRANSPARENCY


SYSTEMS

NH25216-2

SFE

56.10.102

Page 636

[ 56-4]

Windows 56

A320 Family
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

23

25

28

Alternate lateral windows SAINT-GOBAIN SULLY

Alternate lateral windows PPG

Alternate front windows - PPG

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

18.0/18.0/-18.0
18.0/18.0/-18.0
18.0/18.0/-18.0
18.0/18.0/-18.0

14.0/14.0/-14.0
14.0/14.0/-14.0
14.0/14.0/-14.0
14.0/14.0/-14.0

1.5/1.5/-1.5
1.5/1.5/-1.5
1.5/1.5/-1.5
1.5/1.5/-1.5

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Lateral fixed window panel (LH)

SAINT-GOBAIN
SULLY

SPSA320-9-2- 1
2

SFE

Lateral fixed window panel (RH)

SAINT-GOBAIN
SULLY

SPSA320-102-2

SFE

Lateral sliding window panel (LH)

SAINT-GOBAIN
SULLY

SPSA320-7-4- 1
2

SFE

Lateral sliding window panel (RH)

SAINT-GOBAIN
SULLY

SPSA320-8-4- 1
2

SFE

Lateral fixed window panel (LH)

PPG INDUSTRIES

NP165313-3

SFE

Lateral fixed window panel (RH)

PPG INDUSTRIES

NP165313-4

SFE

Lateral sliding window panel (LH)

PPG INDUSTRIES

NP165312-11

SFE

Lateral sliding window panel (RH)

PPG INDUSTRIES

NP165312-12

SFE

Front window panel PPG INDUS(LH)


TRIES

NP165331-1

SFE

Front window panel PPG INDUSTRIES


(RH)

NP165331-2

SFE

56.10.102

Page 637

[ 56-5]

A320 Family

56 Windows

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

56.10.102

Page 638

[ 56-6]

A320 Family
Reference

Title

57.40.100

Leading edge and leading edge devices

57.49.101

Wing leading edge access panels - miscellaneous changes

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Wings 57

Page 639

[ 57-1]

A320 Family

57 Wings
57.40.100 - Leading edge and leading edge devices
Objective for A320-200
To install the common root fillet fairing seal currently
used on A318/A319/A321 and A320-200 CFM, as well
on A320-200 IAE in order to achieve commonality and
improve aerodynamic properties.
Basic aircraft for A320-200
A specific seal assembly is standard on A320-200
equipped with IAE engines.
Description for A320-200
The common and interchangeable root fillet fairing seal
is installed, achieving commonality and improving aerodynamic properties.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

57.40.100

Page 640

[ 57-2]

Wings 57

A320 Family
Table 57-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Install common root fillet fairing seal (A320-200 with IAE


engines)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A320-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

1.0/1.0/-1.0

57.40.100

Page 641

[ 57-3]

A320 Family

57 Wings

57.49.101 - Wing leading edge access panels - miscellaneous changes


Objective
To remove the sealant from the wing leading edge access panels
Basic aircraft
Polysulphide sealant applied to fill the gap between installed leading edge access panels and forward edge of
the bottom wing skin
Description
The sealant applied to fill the gap between installed
leading edge access panels and forward edge of the
bottom wing skin is removed.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

57.49.101

Page 642

[ 57-4]

Wings 57

A320 Family
Table 57-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

01

Wing leading edge access panels - removal of sealant

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

57.49.101

Page 643

[ 57-5]

A320 Family

57 Wings

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

57.49.101

Page 644

[ 57-6]

A320 Family
Reference

Title

72.00.118

Engines selection and alternate equipment (A318)

72.00.119

Engines selection and alternate equipment (A319)

72.00.120

Engines selection and alternate equipment (A320)

72.00.121

Engines selection and alternate equipment (A321)

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Engines 72

Page 645

[ 72-1]

A320 Family

72 Engines
72.00.118 - Engines selection and alternate equipment (A318)
Objective for A318-100
To allow basic engines selection by the customer, and
to offer alternate engines with different thrust rating.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Basic aircraft for A318-100


The basic aircraft can be equipped with the following engines (depending on the customer's choice):
CFM INTERNATIONAL (CFMI): CFM56-5B8/3 (PIP)
at 21 600 lbf nominal thrust or 21 200 lbf Airbus
Equivalent Thrust
or
PRATT & WHITNEY: PW6122A at 22 100 lbf nominal thrust or 21 100 lbf Airbus Equivalent Thrust.
Description for A318-100
installation of CFMI (PIP) or PRATT & WHITNEY engines
modification or pin programming of the associated
equipment: DMC, ELAC, FAC, FDIMU, FMGC,
FWC.
Note for A318-100
Airbus Equivalent Thrust definition: Mach number 0.25
/ISA+15C/ sea level thrust divided by 0.8 (representative of sea level aircraft performance).

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

72.00.118

Page 646

[ 72-2]

Engines 72

A320 Family
Figure 72-1 - Engines selection (A318)

PRATT & WHITNEY engines

CFMI engines

Engine mounts

Plug

Primary
nozzle

Pivoting door
thrust reverser
Air inlet
Systems
installations

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Fan cowl
doors

72.00.118

Page 647

[ 72-3]

A320 Family

72 Engines
Table 72-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

03

CFMI engines - CFM56-5B8/3


(SAC - Tech Insertion - PIP) at
21 600 lbf nominal thrust
(A318-111)

A318-100

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Engine

CFM INTERNATIONAL (CFMI)

CFM56-5B8/3

SFE

07

CFMI engines - CFM56-5B9/3


(SAC - Tech Insertion - PIP) at
23 300 lbf nominal thrust
(A318-112)

A318-100

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Engine

CFM INTERNATIONAL (CFMI)

CFM56-5B9/3

SFE

31

PW engines - PW6122A at 22
100 lbf nominal thrust (A318121)

A318-100

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Engine

PRATT & WHITNEY

PW6122A

SFE

A318-100

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Engine

PRATT & WHITNEY

PW6124A

SFE

Subject to lead-time confirmation.

35

PW engines - PW6124A at 23
800 lbf nominal thrust (A318122)
Subject to lead-time confirmation.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

72.00.118

Page 648

[ 72-4]

Engines 72

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

72.00.118

Page 649

[ 72-5]

A320 Family

72 Engines
72.00.119 - Engines selection and alternate equipment (A319)
Objective for A319-100
To allow basic engines selection by the customer, and
to offer alternate engines with different thrust rating.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Basic aircraft for A319-100


The basic aircraft can be equipped with the following engines (depending on the customer's choice):
CFM INTERNATIONAL (CFMI): CFM56-5B5/3 (PIP)
at 22 000 lbf nominal thrust or 22 100 lbf Airbus
Equivalent Thrust
or
INTERNATIONAL AERO ENGINES (IAE): V2522A5 (SelectOne) at 22 000 lbf nominal thrust or 21 900
lbf Airbus Equivalent Thrust.
Description for A319-100
installation of CFMI (PIP) or IAE (SelectOne) engines
modification or pin programming of the associated
equipment: DMC, ELAC, FAC, FDIMU, FMGC,
FWC.
Note for A319-100
Airbus Equivalent Thrust definition: Mach number 0.25
/ISA+15C/ sea level thrust divided by 0.8 (representative of sea level aircraft performance).

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

72.00.119

Page 650

[ 72-6]

Engines 72

A320 Family
Figure 72-2 - Engines selection (A319)

IAE engines

CFMI engines

Engine mounts

Plug

Engine mounts

Primary
nozzle

Pivoting door
thrust reverser
Air inlet
Systems
installations

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Air inlet
Systems
installations

Fan cowl
doors

72.00.119

Cascade thrust
reverser
Fan cowl
doors

Page 651

[ 72-7]

A320 Family

72 Engines
Table 72-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

01

CFMI engines - CFM56-5B5/3


(SAC - Tech Insertion - PIP) at
22 000 lbf nominal thrust
(A319-111)

A319-100

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Engine

CFM INTERNATIONAL (CFMI)

CFM56-5B5/3

SFE

03

CFMI engines - CFM56-5B6/3


(SAC - Tech Insertion - PIP) at
23 500 lbf nominal thrust
(A319-112)

A319-100

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Engine

CFM INTERNATIONAL (CFMI)

CFM56-5B6/3

SFE

15

CFMI engines - CFM56-5B7/3


(SAC - Tech Insertion - PIP) at
27 000 lbf nominal thrust
(A319-115)

A319-100

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Engine

CFM INTERNATIONAL (CFMI)

CFM56-5B7/3

SFE

40

IAE engines - V2522-A5 (SelectOne) at 22 000 lbf nominal


thrust (A319-131)

A319-100

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Engine

INT AERO
ENGINES AG

IAE V2522-A5 2

SFE

41

IAE engines - V2524-A5 (SelectOne) at 23 500 lbf nominal


thrust (A319-132)

A319-100

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Engine

INT AERO
ENGINES AG

IAE V2524-A5 2

SFE

42

IAE engines - V2527M-A5


(SelectOne) at 26 500 lbf nominal thrust (A319-133)

A319-100

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Engine

INT AERO
ENGINES AG

IAEV2527MA5

SFE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

72.00.119

Page 652

[ 72-8]

Engines 72

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

72.00.119

Page 653

[ 72-9]

A320 Family

72 Engines
72.00.120 - Engines selection and alternate equipment (A320)
Objective for A320-200
To allow basic engines selection by the customer, and
to offer alternate engines with different thrust rating.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Basic aircraft for A320-200


The basic aircraft can be equipped with the following engines (depending on the customer's choice):
CFM INTERNATIONAL (CFMI): CFM56-5B4/3 (PIP)
at 27 000 lbf nominal thrust or 25 900 lbf Airbus
Equivalent Thrust
or
INTERNATIONAL AERO ENGINES (IAE): V2527A5 (SelectOne) at 26 500 lbf nominal thrust or 25 400
lbf Airbus Equivalent Thrust.
Description for A320-200
installation of CFMI (PIP) or IAE (SelectOne) engines
modification or pin programming of the associated
equipment: DMC, ELAC, FAC, FDIMU, FMGC,
FWC.
Note for A320-200
Airbus Equivalent Thrust definition: Mach number 0.25
/ISA+15C/ sea level thrust divided by 0.8 (representative of sea level aircraft performance).

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

72.00.120

Page 654

[ 72-10]

Engines 72

A320 Family
Figure 72-3 - Engines selection (A320)

IAE engines

CFMI engines

Engine mounts

Plug

Engine mounts

Primary
nozzle

Pivoting door
thrust reverser
Air inlet
Systems
installations

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Air inlet
Systems
installations

Fan cowl
doors

72.00.120

Cascade thrust
reverser
Fan cowl
doors

Page 655

[ 72-11]

A320 Family

72 Engines
Table 72-3 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

01

CFMI engines - CFM56-5B4/3


(SAC - Tech Insertion - PIP) at
27 000 lbf nominal thrust
(A320-214)

A320-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Engine

CFM INTERNATIONAL (CFMI)

CFM56-5B4/3

SFE

09

CFMI engines - CFM56-5B5/3


(SAC - Tech Insertion - PIP) at
22 000 lbf nominal thrust
(A320-215)

A320-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Engine

CFM INTERNATIONAL (CFMI)

CFM56-5B5/3

SFE

10

CFMI engines - CFM56-5B6/3


(SAC - Tech Insertion - PIP) at
23 500 lbf nominal thrust
(A320-216)

A320-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Engine

CFM INTERNATIONAL (CFMI)

CFM56-5B6/3

SFE

30

IAE engines - V2527-A5 (SelectOne) at 26 500 lbf nominal


thrust (A320-232)

A320-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Engine

INT AERO
ENGINES AG

IAE V2527-A5 2

SFE

32

IAE engines - V2527E-A5


(SelectOne) at 26 500 lbf nominal thrust (A320-233)

A320-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Engine

INT AERO
ENGINES AG

IAE V2527EA5

SFE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

72.00.120

Page 656

[ 72-12]

Engines 72

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

72.00.120

Page 657

[ 72-13]

A320 Family

72 Engines
72.00.121 - Engines selection and alternate equipment (A321)
Objective for A321-200
To allow basic engines selection by the customer, and
to offer alternate engines with different thrust rating.

EPAC selection mode


Individual

Basic aircraft for A321-200


The basic aircraft can be equipped with the following engines (depending on the customer's choice):
CFM INTERNATIONAL (CFMI): CFM56-5B3/3 (PIP)
at 33 000 lbf nominal thrust or 31 900 lbf Airbus
Equivalent Thrust
or
INTERNATIONAL AERO ENGINES (IAE): V2533A5 (SelectOne) at 33 000 lbf nominal thrust or 31 700
lbf Airbus Equivalent Thrust.
Description for A321-200
installation of CFMI (PIP) or IAE (SelectOne) engines
modification or pin programming of the associated
equipment: DMC, ELAC, FAC, FDIMU, FMGC,
FWC.
Note for A321-200
Airbus Equivalent Thrust definition: Mach number 0.25
/ISA+15C/ sea level thrust divided by 0.8 (representative of sea level aircraft performance).

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

72.00.121

Page 658

[ 72-14]

Engines 72

A320 Family
Figure 72-4 - Engines selection (A321)

IAE engines

CFMI engines

Engine mounts

Plug

Engine mounts

Primary
nozzle

Pivoting door
thrust reverser
Air inlet
Systems
installations

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Air inlet
Systems
installations

Fan cowl
doors

72.00.121

Cascade thrust
reverser
Fan cowl
doors

Page 659

[ 72-15]

A320 Family

72 Engines
Table 72-4 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

04

CFMI engines - CFM56-5B1/3


(SAC - Tech Insertion - PIP) at
30 000 lbf nominal thrust
(A321-212)

A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Engine

CFM INTERNATIONAL (CFMI)

CFM56-5B1/3

SFE

12

CFMI engines - CFM56-5B2/3


(SAC - Tech Insertion - PIP) at
31 000 lbf nominal thrust
(A321-213)

A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Engine

CFM INTERNATIONAL (CFMI)

CFM56-5B2/3

SFE

13

CFMI engines - CFM56-5B3/3


(SAC - Tech Insertion - PIP) at
33 000 lbf nominal thrust
(A321-211)

A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Engine

CFM INTERNATIONAL (CFMI)

CFM56-5B3/3

SFE

30

IAE engines - V2530-A5 (SelectOne) at 30 000 lbf nominal


thrust (A321-232)

A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Engine

INT AERO
ENGINES AG

IAE V2530-A5 2

SFE

32

IAE engines - V2533-A5 (SelectOne) at 33 000 lbf nominal


thrust (A321-231)

A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.

Engine

INT AERO
ENGINES AG

IAE V2533-A5 2

SFE

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

72.00.121

Page 660

[ 72-16]

A320 Family

Engine fuel and control 73

Reference

Title

73.21.100

Installation of additional sensors for engine health monitoring

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 661

[ 73-1]

A320 Family

73 Engine fuel and control

73.21.100 - Installation of additional sensors for engine health monitoring


Objective
To allow more detailed engine health monitoring capability .
Baseline definition for leased aircraft:
Information available from each FADEC, used for cockpit indications, is also available as data source for engine monitoring.
The FADEC system incorporates provision to process
the additional parameters.
Basic aircraft
Information available from each FADEC, used for cockpit indications, is also available as data source for engine monitoring.
The FADEC system incorporates provision to process
the additional parameters.

The sensors are connected to the FADEC.


Additional parameters are transmitted to the AIDS DMU
via the FADEC ARINC 429 bus.
The data provided by the additional sensors is directly
compatible with the ground software provided by the engine manufacturer.
There are no new reports or failure messages associated with the additional parameters.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Description
Installation of additional sensors and associated wiring
allow health monitoring of the engine modules.They
permit reading of the following parameters:
PS13: fan tip discharge pressure.
P25: HP compressor inlet pressure.
T5: LP turbine discharge temperature.

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

73.21.100

Page 662

[ 73-2]

Engine fuel and control 73

A320 Family

Table 73-1 - Technical solutions description


TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

03

Installation of additional sensors for CFM56-5B engine


health monitoring

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

5.0/5.0/-5.0
5.0/5.0/-5.0
5.0/5.0/-5.0
5.0/5.0/-5.0

73.21.100

Page 663

[ 73-3]

A320 Family

73 Engine fuel and control

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

73.21.100

Page 664

[ 73-4]

A320 Family

Oil 79

Reference

Title

79.00.101

Engine, engine accessories and Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) alternate lubricating oil

79.40.101

Installation of Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) oil level viewing port on engine RH fan
cowl

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Page 665

[ 79-1]

A320 Family

79 Oil

79.00.101 - Engine, engine accessories and Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) alternate
lubricating oil
Objective
To provide alternate engine/APU lubricating oil.
Basic aircraft
Oil MOBIL JET II is used.
Description
Change lubricating oil type in the following equipment:
engine
engine starter
IDG
APU.
Instruction labels on the oil system shall also be replaced.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

79.00.101

Page 666

[ 79-2]

Oil 79

A320 Family
Figure 79-1 - Oil indications

APU

ENGINE
1530

F.USED
KG

1560

OIL

20
0 11.5
100

QT

0 11.5

(N1)

0.8

0.9

VIB

(N2)

1.2

1.3

NAC
C

TAT +19 C
SAT +18 C

N
%

FUEL LO PR
FLAP OPEN

20

EGT
3

90

580

TAT +19 C
SAT +18 C

G.W. 60300 KG

23 H 56

Engine page

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

PSI

100

105

BLEED

35

10

0 44
C

AVAIL

APU GEN
26 %
116 V
400 HZ

100

PSI

0 42

15

20

VIB

OIL QTY
BELOW 1/4

G.W. 60300 KG

23 H 56

APU page

79.00.101

Page 667

[ 79-3]

A320 Family

79 Oil
Table 79-1 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

Std

Engine, engine accessories


and APU basic lubricating oil MOBIL JET II

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

01

Engine, engine accessories


and APU alternate lubricating
oil - BPTO 2380

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.
Negl./Negl./Negl.

Not approved for use on PW 6000


engines.

12

Engine, engine accessories


and APU alternate lubricating
oil - BPTO 2197

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

Equipment
reference

79.00.101

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

Page 668

STS

[ 79-4]

Oil 79

A320 Family

Intentionally left blank

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

79.00.101

Page 669

[ 79-5]

A320 Family

79 Oil

79.40.101 - Installation of Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) oil level viewing port on
engine RH fan cowl
Objective
To allow visual checking of the IDG oil level without
opening of the fan cowls.
Basic aircraft
Opening of the fan cowls is required to check the IDG oil
level.
Description
The modification consists in installing an access panel
on the RH fan cowls.
EPAC selection mode
Individual

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

79.40.101

Page 670

[ 79-6]

Oil 79

A320 Family
Figure 79-2 - IDG oil level viewing port on engine RH fan cowl

RH fan cowl door

IDG oil level


viewing port

View looking outboard

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

79.40.101

Page 671

[ 79-7]

A320 Family

79 Oil
Table 79-2 - Technical solutions description
TDU

Title (Remarks)

Appl.

Weight (kg)
MWE/OWE/APL

02

Installation of IDG oil level


viewing port on CFM56-5B
engine RH fan cowl

Issue 6 Revision 1, January 2012

A318-100
A319-100
A320-200
A321-200

Equipment
reference

Equipment
supplier

Equipment
PN

QTY

STS

0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5
0.5/0.5/-0.5

79.40.101

Page 672

[ 79-8]